Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / AudioCodes Ltd.

AudioCodes Ltd.

audc · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker audc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 946
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · AudioCodes Ltd.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

☐

x

☐

☐

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

Date of event requiring this shell company report _______________________

For the transition period from                             to

Commission file number 0-30070

AUDIOCODES LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter
and translation of Registrant’s name into English)

ISRAEL
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

1 Hayarden Street, Airport City Lod 7019900, Israel
(Address of principal executive offices)

Shabtai Adlersberg, Chairman and CEO, Tel: 972-3-976-4105, Fax: 972-3-9764040, 1 Hayarden Street, Airport City, Lod 7019900 Israel
 (Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Ordinary Shares, nominal value NIS 0.01 per share

  Name of each exchange on which registered
  NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

report.

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual

(Title of Class)

As of December 31, 2012, the Registrant had outstanding 37,975,803 Ordinary Shares, nominal value NIS 0.01 per share.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes   ☐   No   ☒

Yes   ☐   No   ☒

Yes   ☒   No   ☐

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required
to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that
the registrant was required to submit and post such files)

Yes   ☒   No   ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated

filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated filer    ☐

Accelerated filer      ☒

Non-accelerated filer     ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP      ☒

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by  the International Accounting Standards
Board       ☐

  Other    ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to

follow.

☐ Item 17      ☐ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):

Yes   ☐   No   ☒

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

ITEM 16.

[RESERVED]

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFIED ACCOUNTANT

ITEM 16G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

ITEM 16H.     MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

-i-

Page

1

1

1

25

50

50

66

78

79

80

82

105

105

106

106

106

107

107

107

107

108

108

109

109

110

110

110

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRELIMINARY NOTE

This Annual Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act,
and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act,  or  the  Exchange  Act.  These  forward-looking  statements  can  generally  be  identified  as  such  because  the
context of the statement will include words such as may, “will,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,”
“continue,”  or  “opportunity,”  the  negative  of  these  words  or  words  of  similar  import.  Similarly,  statements  that  describe  our  business  outlook  or  future
economic performance, anticipated revenues, expenses or other financial items, introductions and advancements in development of products, and plans and
objectives related thereto, and statements concerning assumptions made or expectations as to any future events, conditions, performance or other matters, are
also  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ
materially from those stated in such statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those set forth under
Item 3.D, “Key Information - Risk Factors” of this Annual Report.

Our actual results of operations and execution of our business strategy could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-
looking statements. In addition, past financial and/or operating performance is not necessarily a reliable indicator of future performance and you should not
use  our  historical  performance  to  anticipate  results  or  future  period  trends.  We  can  give  no  assurances  that  any  of  the  events  anticipated  by  the  forward-
looking statements will occur or, if any of them do, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. In evaluating our forward-
looking statements, you should specifically consider the risks and uncertainties set forth under Item 3.D, “Key Information - Risk Factors” of this Annual
Report.

Unless the context otherwise requires, “AudioCodes,” “us,” “we” and “our” refer to AudioCodes Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

PART I

ITEM 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.

KEY INFORMATION

A.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial data, set forth in the table below, have been derived from our audited historical financial statements for each of the years from
2008  through  2012.  The  selected  consolidated  statement  of  operations  data  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2011  and  2012,  and  the  selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements set forth elsewhere
in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the selected consolidated
balance  sheet  data  as  of  December  31,  2008,  2009  and  2010,  have  been  derived  from  our  previously  published  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,
which are not included in this Annual Report. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and are
qualified entirely by reference to these consolidated financial statements.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:
Products
Services
Total revenue

Cost of revenues:
Products
Services
Total cost of revenue

Gross profit
Operating expense:

Research and development, net
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Financial expenses, net
Income (loss) before taxes on income
Income tax expense (benefit), net
Equity in losses of affiliated companies

Net income (loss)

Net loss attributable to a non-controlling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to AudioCodes’ shareholders
Basic net earnings (loss) per share
Diluted net earnings (loss) per share
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing basic

net earnings (loss) per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing

diluted net earnings (loss) per share

2008

Year Ended December 31,
2009
2011
2010
(In thousands, except per share data)

2012

  $

163,992    $
10,752     
174,744     

114,871    $
11,023     
125,894     

132,662    $
17,378     
150,040     

135,827    $
20,025     
155,827     

103,651 
23,839 
127,490 

73,919     
3,536     
77,455     

53,004     
3,190     
56,194     

62,155     
3,983     
66,138     

59,917     
4,228     
64,145     

48,371 
5,923 
54,294 

97,289     

69,700     

83,902     

91,682     

73,196 

37,833     
44,657     
9,219     
85,015     
176,724     
(79,435)    
3,268     
(82,703)    
505     
2,582     
(85,790)   $
-    $
(85,790)   $
(2.08)   $
(2.08)   $

29,952     
32,111     
7,821     
-     
69,884     
(184)    
2,744     
(2,928)    
290     
76     
(3,294)   $
472    $
(2,822)   $
(0.07)   $
(0.07)   $

30,189     
35,024     
8,252     
-     
73,465     
10,437     
94     
10,343     
(1,885)    
213     
12,015    $
111    $
12,126    $
0.30    $
0.30    $

32,150     
43,248     
9,028     
-     
84,426     
7,256     
423     
7,679     
(238)    
277     
7,164    $
-    $
7,164    $
0.17    $
0.17    $

28,677 
40,040 
8,214 
- 
76,931 
(3,735)
453 
(3,282)
(541)
(354)
(4,177)
- 
(4,177)
(0.11)
(0.11)

41,201     

40,208     

40,560     

41,438     

39,125 

41,201     

40,208     

40,961     

41,935     

39,125 

  $

  $
  $
  $

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term and restricted bank deposits, marketable securities and

accrued interest

Working capital
Long-term and restricted bank deposits and long-term marketable

securities
Total assets
Bank loans
Senior convertible notes
AudioCodes shareholders’ equity
Non-controlling interest
Total equity
Capital stock (*)

2008

2009

December 31,
2010

2011

2012

  $

36,779    $

38,969    $

50,311    $

28,257    $

15,219 

78,351     
57,370     

13,902     
54,557     

13,825     
66,537     

14,353     
55,083     

18,296 
46,598 

-     
230,304     
27,750     
70,670     
83,860     
228     
84,088     
167,981     

-     
147,533     
21,750     
403     
84,129     
(244)    
83,885     
170,062     

-     
173,718     
15,750     
353     
99,180     
-     
99,180     
172,263     

32,943     
192,677     
33,155     
353     
106,019     
-     
106,019     
176,998     

25,013 
166,004 
22,913 
353 
98,297 
- 
98,297 
178,623 

(*) Capital stock represents share capital plus additional paid-in capital, less carrying amount of the equity component of the senior convertible notes.

Currency and Exchange Rates

The following table sets forth the exchange rates for one United States dollar (“US$”) expressed in terms of one New Israeli Shekel (“NIS”) in effect

at the end of the following years, (based on the exchange rate on the last day of each year).

2008

2009

December 31,

2010

2011

2012

3.802     

3.775     

3.549     

3.821     

3.733 

The high and low exchange rates for each month during the previous six months are as follows (NIS per United States $1.00):

Month
October 2012
November 2012
December 2012
January 2013
February 2013
March 2013

High

Low

3.895   
3.952   
3.835   
3.791   
3.733   
3.733   

3.792 
3.810 
3.726 
3.714 
3.663 
3.637 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The high, low, average (calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period) and closing exchange

rates for each of the Company’s five previous fiscal years are as follows:

High
Low
Average
Period End

2008

4.022     
3.230     
3.586     
3.802     

Year Ended December 31,
2010

2009

2011

2012

4.256     
3.690     
3.923     
3.775     

3.894     
3.549     
3.732     
3.549     

3.821     
3.363     
3.579     
3.821     

4.084 
3.700 
3.858 
3.733 

Unless otherwise indicated, in this Annual Report all references herein are to United States dollar.

The exchange rate on April 3, 2013, as reported by the Bank of Israel, for the conversion of United States dollars into New Israeli Shekel was U.S.

$1.00 equals NIS 3.618.

B.

CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

Not applicable.

C.

REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

D.

RISK FACTORS

We are subject to various risks and uncertainties relating to or arising out of the nature of our business and general business, economic, financing,
legal and other factors or conditions that may affect us. We believe that the occurrence of any one or some combination of the following factors could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We reported losses in 2008, 2009 and 2012. We may experience additional losses in the future.

We reported a net loss of $85.8 million in 2008, $2.8 million in 2009 and $4.2 million in 2012. We reported net income of $12.1 million in 2010 and
$7.2 million in 2011. The loss in 2008 included a non-cash impairment charge of $86.1 million taken in the fourth quarter of 2008 with respect to goodwill,
intangible assets and investment in an affiliate. The majority of our expenses are directly and indirectly related to the number of people we employ. We may
increase our expenses based on projections of revenue growth. If at any given time we do not meet our expectations for growth in revenues our expenses
incurred in anticipation of projected revenues may cause us to incur a loss. We may not be able to anticipate a loss in advance and adjust our variable costs
accordingly. We cannot be sure that we will be able to return to profitability in 2013.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have depended, and expect to continue to depend, on a small number of large customers. The loss of one or more of our large customers or the
reduction  in  purchases  by  a  significant  customer  or  failure  of  such  customer  to  pay  for  the  products  it  purchases  from  us  could  have  a  material
adverse effect on our revenues.

Historically, a substantial portion of our revenues has been derived from large purchases by a small number of original equipment manufacturers, or
OEMs, and network equipment providers, or NEPs, systems integrators and distributors. Our top three customers accounted for approximately 22.2% of our
revenues  in  2010,  25.5%  of  our  revenue  in  2011  and  25.3%  of  our  revenues  in  2012.  Sales  to  ScanSource  Communications  Inc.,  our  largest  customer,
accounted  for  13.9%  of  our  revenues  in  2012  compared  to  14.4%  of  our  revenues  in  2011  and  9.8%  of  our  revenues  in  2010.  We  do  not  enter  into  sales
agreements  in  which  a  customer  is  obligated  to  purchase  a  set  quantity  of  our  products.  Based  on  our  experience,  we  expect  that  our  customer  base  may
change from period to period. If we lose a large customer and fail to add new customers, or if purchases made by such customers are significantly reduced,
there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations. For example, Nortel Networks was our largest customer in 2008 and 2009 accounting for
14.4% of our revenues in 2008 and 15.6% of our revenues in 2009. Nortel filed for bankruptcy protection in January 2009. In 2010, Nortel accounted for only
3.9% of our revenue, in 2011 revenues from sales to Nortel were negligible, and, in 2012, there were no revenues from sales to Nortel. Our sales to companies
that purchased units of Nortel are significantly less than our sales to Nortel. The reduction in sales to Nortel and the purchasers of its business units negatively
affected our results of operations. Any significant reduction in sales to other large customers similar to the loss of our sales to Nortel could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations.

Recent and future economic conditions may adversely affect our business.

The uncertain economic and credit environment is having a negative impact on business around the world. The impact of these conditions on the
technology industry and our major customers and potential customers has been significant. Conditions may continue to be uncertain or may be subject to
deterioration  which  could  lead  to  a  further  reduction  in  consumer  and  customer  spending  overall,  which  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  sales  of  our
products.  A  disruption  in  the  ability  of  our  significant  customers  to  access  liquidity  could  cause  serious  disruptions  or  an  overall  deterioration  of  their
businesses which could lead to a significant reduction in their orders of our products and the inability or failure on their part to meet their payment obligations
to us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial
and/or credit position could also require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or could limit our ability to collect receivables
related to previous purchases by that customer. As a result, our reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable could increase.

We  may  need  additional  financing  to  operate  or  grow  our  business.  We  may  not  be  able  to  raise  additional  financing  for  our  capital  needs  on
favorable terms, or at all, which could limit our ability to grow and to continue our longer term expansion plans.

We  may  need  additional  financing  to  operate  our  business  or  continue  our  longer  term  expansion  plans.  To  the  extent  that  we  cannot  fund  our
activities and acquisitions through our existing cash resources and any cash we generate from operations, we may need to raise equity or debt funds through
additional public or private financings. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
This could inhibit our growth, increase our financing costs or cause us severe financial difficulties.

We have a significant amount of bank debt and could be forced to repay this debt in advance if we are unable to satisfy the covenants in our loan
agreements.

We borrowed $30 million in 2008 that is repayable in 20 equal quarterly payments of $1.5 million from August 2008 through July 2013. In 2011, we
borrowed  an  additional  $23.8  million.  Of  that  amount,  $19.9  million  is  repayable  in  20  equal  quarterly  payments  of  approximately  $1.0  million  from
December 2011 through September 2017 and the remaining $3.9 million is repayable in 10 equal semiannual payments of $390,000 from June 2012 through
December 2016. If we are unable to make payments when required by these loan agreements or if we do not comply with covenants in our loan agreements
with  respect  to  maintaining  shareholders’  equity  at  specified  levels  or  achieving  certain  levels  of  operating  income,  we  could  be  required  to  repay  all  or
portion of these bank loans prior to their maturity. During 2011 and 2012, we were not in compliance with some of the financial covenants contained in our
loan agreements. Each of our lenders agreed to waive compliance with these covenants subject to compliance with revised financial covenants during the
remainder of 2012 and 2013. If we are unable to comply with these revised financial covenants in the future, our lenders could require us to repay all of our
outstanding loans.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are party to an agreement for the construction and long-term lease of a new building in Israel. We are currently engaged in a dispute with the
landlord with respect to this lease. Any unfavorable outcome in this dispute could result in significant damages to us.

In  May  2007,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  respect  to  property  adjacent  to  our  headquarters  in  Israel,  pursuant  to  which  a  building  of
approximately 145,000 square feet has been erected and was expected to be leased to us for a period of eleven years. This new building was substantially
completed on a structural level in May 2010. The landlord claimed that we should have taken delivery of the building at that time and started paying rent. We
disagreed with the landlord’s interpretation of the relevant agreement. As a result, the landlord terminated the agreement and leased the property to a third
party.  This  dispute  has  been  referred  to  arbitration  where  we  claim  that  due  to  the  landlord’s  failure  we  lost  significant  potential  revenues.  The  landlord
counterclaimed alleging that it sustained losses equal to approximately one year’s rent and management fees in the aggregate amount of approximately NIS
14  million  (approximately  $3.75  million  based  on  the  December  31,  2012  exchange  rate).  It  is  not  possible  at  this  stage  to  predict  the  outcome  of  these
proceedings. We believe that we have valid defenses to the counterclaim. An unfavorable outcome in the arbitration could result in the payment by us of a
significant amount to the landlord.

We are dependent on the development of the VoIP market to increase our sales.

We are dependent on the development of the Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, market to increase our sales. We cannot be sure that the delivery
of telephone and other communications services over packet networks will continue to expand or that there will be a need to interconnect to other networks
utilizing the type of technology contained in our products. For example, the need for our media gateway products depends on the need to interconnect VoIP
networks with traditional non-packet based networks. Our enterprise session border control products depend on growth in the need to interconnect Voice over
Packet  and  unified  communication  systems  with  each  other.  The  adaptation  process  of  connecting  packet  networks  and  telephone  networks  can  be  time
consuming and costly. Sales of our VoIP products will depend on the continued development of packet networks and the commercialization of VoIP services.
If this market develops more slowly than we expect, we may not be able to sell our products in a significant enough volume to be profitable.

We may expand our business through acquisitions that could result in diversion of resources and extra expenses. This could disrupt our business and
affect our results of operations.

Part of our strategy is to pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses and technologies or to establish joint ventures to expand our business.
The negotiation of acquisitions, investments or joint ventures, as well as the integration of acquired or jointly developed businesses or technologies, could
divert our management’s time and resources. Acquired businesses, technologies or joint ventures may not be successfully integrated with our products and
operations. The markets for the products produced by the companies we acquire may take longer than we anticipated to develop and to result in increased
sales and profits for us. We may not realize the intended benefits of any acquisition, investment or joint venture and we may incur losses from any acquisition,
investment or joint venture.

The  future  valuation  of  acquired  businesses  may  be  less  than  the  purchase  price  we  paid  and  result  in  impairment  charges  related  to  goodwill  or
intangible assets. During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recognized non-cash impairment charges of $86.1 million with respect to goodwill and intangible
assets related to previous acquisitions and an investment in an affiliated company.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, acquisitions could result in:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

substantial cash expenditures;

potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities;

the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities;

a decrease in our profit margins;

amortization of intangibles and potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, such as occurred during 2008;

reduction of management attention to other parts of the business;

failure to invest in different areas or alternative investments;

failure to generate expected financial results or reach business goals; and

increased expenditures on human resources and related costs.

If acquisitions disrupt our sales or marketing efforts or operations, our business may suffer.

If  new  products  we  recently  introduced  or  expect  to  introduce  in  the  future  fail  to  generate  the  level  of  demand  we  anticipated,  we  will  realize  a
lower  than  expected  return  from  our  investment  in  research  and  development  with  respect  to  those  products,  and  our  results  of  operations  may
suffer.

Our success is dependent, in part, on the willingness of our customers to transition or migrate to new products, such as our expanded offering of
Mediant and IP media products, our residential gateways, our session border controller products, our multi service business gateways (MSBRs), our software
application products or expected future products. We are involved in a continuous process of evaluating changing market demands and customer requirements
in order to develop and introduce new products, features and applications to meet changing demands and requirements. We need to be able to interpret market
trends and the advancement of technology in order to successfully develop and introduce new products, features and applications. If potential customers defer
transition or migration to new products, our return on our investment in research and development with respect to products recently introduced or expected to
be introduced in the near future will be lower than we originally anticipated and our results of our operations may suffer.

Because of the rapid technological development in the communications equipment market and the intense competition we face, our products can
become  outmoded  or  obsolete  in  a  relatively  short  period  of  time,  which  requires  us  to  provide  frequent  updates  and/or  replacements  to  existing
products. If we do not successfully manage the transition process to the next generation of our products, our operating results may be harmed.

The  communications  equipment  market  is  characterized  by  rapid  technological  innovation  and  intense  competition.  Accordingly,  our  success
depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  develop  next  generation  products  in  a  timely  and  cost-effective  manner.  The  development  of  new  products  is  expensive,
complex and time consuming. If we do not rapidly develop our next generation products ahead of our competitors, we may lose both existing and potential
customers  to  our  competitors.  Further,  if  a  competitor  develops  a  new,  less  expensive  product  using  a  different  technological  approach  to  delivering
informational services over existing networks, our products would no longer be competitive. Conversely, even if we are successful in rapidly developing new
products ahead of our competitors and we do not cost-effectively manage our inventory levels of existing products when making the transition to the new
products, our financial results could be negatively affected by high levels of obsolete inventory. If any of the foregoing were to occur, then our operating
results would be harmed.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our industry is rapidly evolving and we may not be able to keep pace with technological changes, which could adversely affect our business.

The  transmission  of  multimedia  over  data  networks  is  rapidly  evolving.  Short  product  life  cycles  place  a  premium  on  our  ability  to  manage  the
transition from current products to new products. Our future success in generating revenues will depend on our ability to enhance our existing products and to
develop  and  introduce  new  products  and  product  features.  These  products  and  features  must  keep  pace  with  technological  developments  and  address  the
increasingly sophisticated needs of our customers. The development of new technologies and products is increasingly complex and uncertain. This increases
the difficulty in coordinating the planning and production process and can result in delay in the introduction of new technologies and products.

The increase in the number of IP networks may adversely affect the demand for media gateway products.

Media gateway products are primarily intended to transcode voice from traditional telephony networks to IP networks and vice versa. Along with the
growth in the number of IP networks, there has been an increase in the amount of information that is sent directly from one IP network to another IP network.
This direct network communication potentially obviates the need to use a media gateway or transcoding. A reduction in the demand for media gateways may
adversely affect the demand for our media gateway products and, in turn, adversely affect our results of operations.

New industry standards, the modification of our products to meet additional existing standards or the addition of features to our products may delay
the introduction of our products or increase our costs.

The industry standards that apply to our products are continually evolving. In addition, since our products are integrated into networks consisting of
elements manufactured by various companies, they must comply with a number of industry standards and practices established by various international bodies
and  industry  forums.  Should  new  standards  gain  broad  acceptance,  we  will  be  required  to  adopt  those  standards  in  our  products.  We  may  also  decide  to
modify our products to meet additional existing standards or add features to our products. Standards may be adopted by various industry interest groups or
may be proprietary and nonetheless accepted broadly in the industry. It may take us a significant amount of time to develop and design products incorporating
these new standards. We may also have to pay additional fees to the developers of the technologies which constitute the newly adopted standards.

Our OEM customers or potential customers may develop or prefer to develop their own technical solutions, or purchase third party technology, and
as a result, would not buy our products.

Our products are sold also as components or building blocks to large OEMs and NEPs. These customers incorporate our products into their product
offerings,  usually  in  conjunction  with  value-added  services  of  their  own  or  of  third  parties.  OEM  or  NEP  customers  or  potential  customers  may  prefer  to
develop their own technology or purchase third party technology. They could also manufacture their own components or building blocks that are similar to
the ones we offer. Large customers have already committed significant resources in developing integrated product offerings. Customers may decide that this
gives them better profitability and/or greater control over supplies, specifications and performance. Customers may therefore not buy components or products
from an external manufacturer such as us. This could have an adverse impact on our ability to sell our products and our revenues.

We have a limited order backlog. If revenue levels for any quarter fall below our expectations, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

We have a limited order backlog, which makes revenues in any quarter substantially dependent on orders received and delivered in that quarter. A
delay in the recognition of revenue, even from one customer, may have a significant negative impact on our results of operations for a given period. We base
our decisions regarding our operating expenses on anticipated revenue trends, and our expense levels are relatively fixed, or require some time for adjustment.
Because  only  a  small  portion  of  our  expenses  varies  with  our  revenues,  if  revenue  levels  fall  below  our  expectations,  our  results  of  operations  will  be
adversely affected.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Generally,  we  sell  to  original  equipment  manufacturers,  or  OEMs,  network  equipment  providers  or  system  integrator  customers,  as  well  as  to
distributors. As a result, we have less information with respect to the actual requirements of end-users and their utilization of equipment. We also
have less influence over the choice of equipment by these end-users.

We typically sell to OEM customers, network equipment providers, and system integrators, as well as to distributors. Our customers usually purchase
equipment from several suppliers and may be trying to fulfill one of their customers’ specific technical specifications. We rely heavily on our customers for
sales of our products and to inform us about market trends and the needs of their customers. We cannot be certain that this information is accurate. If the
information we receive is not accurate, we may be manufacturing products that do not have a customer or fail to manufacture products that end-users want.
Because  we  are  selling  products  to  OEMs,  system  integrators  and  distributors  rather  than  directly  to  end-users,  we  have  less  control  over  the  ultimate
selection of products by end-users.

We have invested significant resources in developing products compatible with Microsoft Lync related solutions. If Microsoft abandons this solution,
decides to promote products of our competitors instead of our products, is unwilling to continue to recognize AudioCodes as its partner or fails to
achieve the expected growth of Lync, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

We have invested significant resources in complying with Microsoft’s requirements for the purpose of becoming a Microsoft recognized partner for
their  unified  communication  solutions  for  the  enterprise  market,  which  are  known  as  Microsoft  Lync.  We  believe  that  recognition  as  a  Microsoft  partner
enhances our access to and visibility in markets relevant to our products. We are dependent on the users of Microsoft Lync to recognize the utility of our
compatible products and purchase them. If Microsoft were to abandon Lync, decide to promote the products of our competitors instead of our products, is
unwilling to continue to recognize AudioCodes as a Lync partner or fails to achieve the expected growth of Lync, our results of operations will be adversely
affected.

The  markets  we  serve  are  highly  competitive  and  many  of  our  competitors  have  much  greater  resources,  which  may  make  it  difficult  for  us  to
maintain profitability.

Competition  in  our  industry  is  intense  and  we  expect  competition  to  increase  in  the  future.  Our  competitors  currently  sell  products  that  provide
similar  benefits  to  those  that  we  sell.  There  has  been  a  significant  amount  of  merger  and  acquisition  activity  and  strategic  alliances,  frequently  involving
major telecommunications equipment manufacturers acquiring smaller companies, and we expect that this will result in an increasing concentration of market
share among these companies, many of whom are our customers.

Our principal competitors in the area of analog media gateways (2 to 24 ports) for access and enterprise are Linksys (a division of Cisco Systems,
Inc.), Mediatrix Telecom, Inc., Vega Stream Limited, Innovaphone AG, NET (acquired by Sonus Networks), Tainet Communication System Corp., D-Link
Systems, Inc., Patton, Sangoma, Dialogic and Edgewater.

Our principal competitors in the residential gateway market are Pirelli Broadband (ADB), Technicolor (previously Thomson), Sagemcom, ZyXEL,

Netgear, Bewan (Pace), Huawei, FiberHome and ZTE.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the area of low and mid density digital gateways we face competition from companies such as Nokia-Siemens, Huawei, and from Cisco, Dialogic,

Genband, Sonus Networks, NET (acquired by Sonus Networks), Patton, Ferrari and Snagoma.

Our  competitors  in  the  area  of  multi  service  business  gateways  are  companies  such  as  Cisco,  Juniper,  Adtran,  One-Access,  Patton,  Huawei,

HP/3COM, Alcatel and more.

Specifically in the area of enterprise class session border controller technology we compete with ACME Packet (acquired by Oracle), Cisco, SIPera

(acquired by Avaya), Sonus Networks, NET (acquired by Sonus Networks), Ingate and Edgewater.

Our  competitors  in  the  Microsoft  Lync  certified  gateways  and  session  border  controller  markets  include  NET  (acquired  by  Sonus  Networks),

Dialogic, Cisco, Ferrari and ACME Packet (acquired by Oracle).

Some of our competitors are also customers of our products and technologies.

Our principal competitors in the sale of signal processing chips are Broadcom, Octasic and Mindspeed. Other indirect competition is arriving from
the integration of VoIP functionality into processors (running VoIP signal processing on generic ARM/MIPS cores), thus decreasing the need for dedicated
signal  processing  chips  in  the  VoIP  product.  Examples  to  such  manufacturers  are  Cavium,  Texas  Instruments  and  more.  Our  principal  competitors  in  the
communications board market are Dialogic, Sangoma and PIKA Technologies.

Our principal competitors in the area of IP Phones are comprised of “best-of-breed” IP phone vendors and end-to-end IP telephony vendors. “Best of
breed”  IP  phone  vendors  sell  standard-based  SIP  phones  that  can  be  integrated  into  any  standards-based  IP-PBX  or  hosted  IP  telephony  system.  These
competitors include Polycom, HP, Yaelink and SNOM. End-to-end IP telephony vendors sell IP phones that only work in their proprietary systems. These
competitors include Cisco, Avaya, Alcatel-Lucent, Siemens, Aastra, NEC and more.

Many of our competitors have the ability to offer complete network solutions and vendor-sponsored financing programs to prospective customers.
Some of our competitors with broad product portfolios may also be able to offer lower prices on products that compete with ours because of their ability to
recoup a loss of margin through sales of other products or services. Additionally, voice, audio and other communications alternatives that compete with our
products are being continually introduced.

In the future, we may also develop and introduce other products with new or additional telecommunications capabilities or services. As a result, we
may  compete  directly  with  VoIP  companies  and  other  telecommunications  and  solution  infrastructure  providers,  some  of  which  may  be  our  customers.
Additional competitors may include companies that currently provide communication software products and services. The ability of some of our competitors
to bundle other enhanced services or complete solutions with VoIP products could give these competitors an advantage over us.

Offering to sell system level products that compete with the products manufactured by our customers could negatively affect our business.

Our product offerings range from media gateway building blocks, such as chips and boards, to media gateways, media servers and session border
control products (systems). These products could compete with products offered by our customers. These customers could decide to decrease purchases from
us because of this competition. This could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Offering to sell directly to carriers or service providers may expose us to requirements for service which we may not be able to meet.

We also sell our products directly to telecommunications carriers, service providers or other end-users. We have traditionally relied on third party
distributors and OEMs to test and/or sell our products and to inform us about the requirements of end-users. We have limited experience selling our products
directly  to  end-user  customers.  Telecommunications  carriers  and  other  service  providers  have  great  bargaining  power  in  negotiating  contracts.  Generally,
contracts with end-users tend to be more complex and impose more obligations on us than contracts with third party distributors. We may be unable to meet
the requirements of these contracts. If we are unable to meet the conditions of a contract with an end-user customer, we may be subject to liquidated damages
or liabilities that could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Selling directly to end-users may adversely affect our relationship with our current third party distributors upon whom we will continue to rely for a
significant portion of our sales. Loss of third party distributors and OEMs, or a decreased commitment by them to sell our products as a result of direct sales
by us, could adversely affect our sales and results of operations.

We  rely  on  third-party  subcontractors  to  assemble  our  products  and  therefore  do  not  directly  control  manufacturing  costs,  product  delivery
schedules or manufacturing quality.

Our products are assembled and tested by third-party subcontractors. As a result of our reliance on third-party subcontractors, we cannot directly
control product delivery schedules. We have in the past experienced delays in delivery schedules. Any problems that occur and persist in connection with the
delivery, quality or cost of the assembly and testing of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.  This  reliance  could  also  lead  to  product  shortages  or  quality  assurance  problems,  which,  in  turn,  could  lead  to  an  increase  in  the  costs  of
manufacturing or assembling our products.

In addition, we have engaged several original design manufacturers, or ODMs, based in Asia to design and manufacture some of our products and
may engage additional ODMs in the future. Any problems that occur and persist in connection with the delivery, quality, cost of the assembly or testing of our
products, as well as the termination of our commercial relationship with an ODM or the discontinuance of the manufacturing of the respective products could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to deliver our products to our customers, and substantial reengineering costs may be incurred if a small number of third-party
suppliers do not provide us with key components on a timely basis.

Texas Instruments Incorporated supplies all of the chips for our signal processor product line. Our signal processor line is used both as a product line
in  its  own  right  and  as  a  key  component  in  our  other  product  lines.  Motorola  and  Cavium  Networks  manufacture  all  of  the  communications  and  network
processors currently used on our embedded communications boards and network products.

We have not entered into any long-term supply agreements or alternate source agreements with our suppliers and, while we maintain an inventory of

critical components, our inventory of chips would likely not be sufficient in the event that we had to engage an alternate supplier for these components.

An  unexpected  termination  of  the  supply  of  the  chips  provided  by  Texas  Instruments  or  the  communications  processors  supplied  by  Motorola  or
Cavium Networks or disruption in their timely delivery would require us to make a large investment in capital and personnel to shift to using chips or signal
processors manufactured by other companies and may cause a delay in introducing replacement products. Customers may not accept an alternative product
design. Supporting old products or redesigning products may make it more difficult for us to support our products.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We utilize other sole source suppliers upon whom we depend without having long-term supply agreements.

Some  of  our  sole  source  suppliers  custom  produce  components  for  us  based  upon  our  specifications  and  designs  while  other  of  our  sole  source
suppliers  are  the  only  manufacturers  of  certain  components  required  by  our  products.  We  have  not  entered  into  any  long-term  supply  agreements  or
alternative source agreements with our suppliers and while we maintain an inventory of components from single source providers, our inventory would likely
not be sufficient in the event that we had to engage an alternate supplier of these single source components. In the event of any interruption in the supply of
components from any of our sole source suppliers, we may have to expend significant time, effort and other resources in order to locate a suitable alternative
manufacturer and secure replacement components. If no replacement components are available, we may be forced to redesign certain of our products. Any
such new design may not be accepted by our customers. A prolonged disruption in supply may force us to redesign and retest our products. Any interruption
in supply from any of these sources or an unexpected technical failure or termination of the manufacture of components could disrupt production, thereby
adversely affecting our ability to deliver products and to support products previously sold to our customers.

In addition, if demand for telecommunications equipment increases, we may face a shortage of components from our suppliers. This could result in

longer lead times, increases in the price of components and a reduction in our margins, all of which could adversely affect the results of our operations.

Our customers may require us to produce products or systems to hold in inventory in order to meet their “just in time,” or short lead time, delivery
requirements.  If  we  are  unable  to  sell  this  inventory  on  a  timely  basis,  we  could  incur  charges  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  which  would
adversely affect our results of operations.

Our  customers  expect  us  to  maintain  an  inventory  of  products  available  for  purchase  off  the  shelf  subsequent  to  the  initial  sales  cycle  for  these
products. This may require us to incur the costs of manufacturing inventory without having a purchase order for the products. The VoIP industry is subject to
rapid  technological  change  and  volatile  customer  demands,  which  result  in  a  short  product  commercial  life  before  a  product  becomes  obsolete.  If  we  are
unable to sell products that are produced to hold in inventory, we may incur write-offs as a result of slow moving items, technological obsolescence, excess
inventories,  discontinued  products  and  products  with  market  prices  lower  than  cost.  Write-offs  could  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  and  financial
condition. We wrote off inventory in an aggregate amount of $1.1 million in 2010, $644,000 in 2011 and $2.3 million in 2012.

The  right  of  our  customers  to  return  products  and  their  right  to  exchange  products  may  affect  our  ability  to  recognize  revenues  which  could
adversely affect the results of our operations.

Some of our customers expect us to permit them to return some or all of the products they purchase from us. If we contractually agree to allow a
customer to return products, the customer may be entitled to a refund for the returned products or to receive a credit for the purchase of replacement products.
If we agree to this type of contractual obligation, it could affect our ability to recognize revenues. In addition, if we are not able to resell any products that are
returned, we would have to write off this inventory. This could adversely affect our results of operations.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our products generally have long sales cycles and implementation periods, which increase our costs in obtaining orders and reduce the predictability
of our revenues.

Our products are technologically complex and are typically intended for use in applications that may be critical to the business of our customers.
Prospective customers generally must make a significant commitment of resources to test and evaluate our products and to integrate them into larger systems.
As a result, our sales process is often subject to delays associated with lengthy approval processes that typically accompany the design and testing of new
communications equipment. The sales cycles of our products to new customers are approximately six to twelve months after a design win, depending on the
type of customer and complexity of the product. This time period may be further extended because of internal testing, field trials and requests for the addition
or customization of features. This delays the time until we realize revenue and results in significant investment of resources in attempting to make sales.

Long  sales  cycles  also  subject  us  to  risks  not  usually  encountered  in  a  short  sales  span,  including  customers’  budgetary  constraints,  internal
acceptance  reviews  and  cancellation.  In  addition,  orders  expected  in  one  quarter  could  shift  to  another  because  of  the  timing  of  customers’  procurement
decisions. The time required to implement our products can vary significantly with the needs of our customers and generally exceeds several months; larger
implementations can take multiple calendar quarters. This complicates our planning processes and reduces the predictability of our revenues.

Our proprietary technology is difficult to protect, and our products may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. Our business
may suffer if we are unable to protect our intellectual property or if we are sued for infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties.

Our  success  and  ability  to  compete  depend  in  part  upon  protecting  our  proprietary  technology.  We  rely  on  a  combination  of  patent,  trade  secret,
copyright and trademark laws, nondisclosure and other contractual agreements and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights. These agreements and
measures may not be sufficient to protect our technology from third-party infringement, or to protect us from the claims of others.

Enforcement of intellectual property rights may be expensive and may divert attention of management and of research and development personnel
away from our business. Intellectual property litigation could also call into question the ownership or scope of rights owned by us. We believe that at least one
of our patents may cover technology related to the ITU G.723.1 standard. Because of our involvement in the standard setting process, we may be required to
license certain of our patents on a reasonable and non-discriminatory basis to a current or future competitor, to the extent required to carry out the G.723.1
standard. Additionally, our products may be manufactured, sold, or used in countries that provide less protection to intellectual property than that provided
under U.S. or Israeli laws or where we do not hold relevant intellectual property rights.

We believe that the frequency of third-party intellectual claims is increasing, as patent holders, including entities that are not in our industry and that
purchase  patents  as  an  investment  or  to  monetize  such  rights  by  obtaining  royalties,  use  infringement  assertions  as  a  competitive  tactic  and  a  source  of
additional  revenue.  Any  intellectual  property  claims  against  us,  even  without  merit,  could  cost  us  a  significant  amount  of  money  to  defend  and  divert
management’s  attention  away  from  our  business.  We  may  not  be  able  to  secure  a  license  for  technology  that  is  used  in  our  products  and  we  may  face
injunctive  proceedings  that  prevent  distribution  and  sale  of  our  products  even  prior  to  any  dispute  being  concluded.  These  proceedings  may  also  have  a
deterrent effect on purchases by customers, who may be unsure about our ability to continue to supply their requirements. We may be forced to repurchase
our  products  and  compensate  customers  that  have  purchased  such  infringing  products.  We  may  be  forced  to  redesign  the  product  so  that  it  becomes  non-
infringing, which may have an adverse impact on the results of our operations.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  claims  alleging  that  the  development,  use,  or  sale  of  our  products  infringes  third  parties’  intellectual  property  rights  may  be  directed
either at us or at our direct or indirect customers. We may be required to indemnify such customers against claims made against them. We may be required to
indemnify them even if we believe that the claim of infringement is without merit.

Multiple patent holders in our industry may result in increased licensing costs.

There are a number of companies besides us that hold patents for various aspects of the technology incorporated in our industry’s standards and our
products. We expect that patent enforcement will be given high priority by companies seeking to gain competitive advantages or additional revenues. We have
been sued a number of times in recent years for alleged patent infringement. The holders of patents from which we have not obtained licenses may take the
position that we are required to obtain a license from them. We cannot be certain that we would be able to negotiate a license agreement at an acceptable price
or at all. Our results of operations could be adversely affected by the payment of any additional licensing costs or if we are prevented from manufacturing or
selling a product.

Changes in governmental regulations in the United States or other countries could slow the growth of the VoIP telephony market and reduce the
demand for our customers’ products, which, in turn, could reduce the demand for our products.

VoIP and other services are not currently subject to all of the same regulations that apply to traditional telephony. Nevertheless, it is possible that
foreign or U.S. federal or state legislatures may seek to impose increased fees and administrative burdens on VoIP, data, and video providers. The FCC has
already  required  VoIP  service  providers  to  meet  various  emergency  service  requirements  relating  to  delivery  of  911  calls,  known  as  E911,  and  to
accommodate law enforcement interception or wiretapping requirements, such as the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA. In
addition,  the  FCC  may  seek  to  impose  other  traditional  telephony  requirements  such  as  disability  access  requirements,  consumer  protection  requirements,
number assignment and portability requirements, and other obligations, including additional obligations regarding E911 and CALEA.

The cost of complying with FCC regulations could increase the cost of providing Internet phone service which could result in slower growth and

decreased profitability for this industry, which would adversely affect our business.

The enactment of any additional regulation or taxation of communications over the Internet in the United States or elsewhere in the world could have
a material adverse effect on our customers’ (and their customers’) businesses and could therefore adversely affect sales of our products. We do not know what
effect, if any, possible legislation or regulatory actions in the United States or elsewhere in the world may have on private telecommunication networks, the
provision of VoIP services and purchases of our products.

Use  of  encryption  technology  in  our  products  is  regulated  by  governmental  authorities  and  may  require  special  development,  export  or  import
licenses.  Delays  in  the  issuance  of  required  licenses,  or  the  inability  to  secure  these  licenses,  could  adversely  affect  our  revenues  and  results  of
operations.

Growth  in  the  demand  for  security  features  may  increase  the  use  of  encryption  technology  in  our  products.  The  use  of  encryption  technology  is
generally  regulated  by  governmental  authorities  and  may  require  specific  development,  export  or  import  licenses.  Encryption  standards  may  be  based  on
proprietary technologies. We may be unable to incorporate encryption standards into our products in a manner that will insure interoperability. We also may
be  unable  to  secure  licenses  for  proprietary  technology  on  reasonable  terms.  If  we  cannot  meet  encryption  standards,  or  secure  required  licenses  for
proprietary encryption technology, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  subject  to  regulations  that  require  us  to  use  components  based  on  environmentally  friendly  materials.  We  may  be  subject  to  various
regulations relating to management and disposal of waste with respect to electronic equipment. Compliance with these regulations has increased our
costs. Failure to comply with these regulations could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

We  are  subject  to  an  increasing  number  of  telecommunications  industry  regulations  requiring  the  use  of  environmentally-friendly  materials  in
telecommunications equipment. For example, pursuant to a European Community directive, telecom equipment suppliers are required to stop using specified
materials that are not environmentally friendly. In addition, telecom equipment suppliers that take advantage of an exemption with respect to the use of lead in
solders are required by this directive to eliminate the lead in solders from their products by the time set forth by the European Community regulations. This
exemption  has  been  extended  by  the  authorities.  Some  of  our  customers  may  also  require  products  that  meet  higher  standards  than  those  required  by  the
directive, such as complete removal of additional harmful substances from our products. We are dependent on our suppliers for components and sub-system
modules, such as semiconductors and purchased assemblies and goods, to comply with these requirements. This may harm our ability to sell our products in
regions or to customers that may adopt such directives.

Compliance  with  these  directives,  especially  with  respect  to  the  requirement  that  products  eliminate  lead  solders,  has  required  us  to  undertake
significant expenses with respect to the re-design of our products. In addition, we may be required to pay higher prices for components that comply with this
directive.  We  may  not  be  able  to  pass  these  higher  component  costs  on  to  our  customers.  Compliance  with  these  regulations  have  increased  and  could
continue to increase our product design costs. New designs may also require qualification testing with both customers and government certification boards.
We cannot be certain of the reliability of any new designs that utilize non-lead components. While we have not experienced any significant reliability issues
as a result of using non-lead components, the incorporation of these new components could adversely affect equipment reliability and durability.

Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment, including laws
governing the management and disposal of waste with respect to electronic equipment. We could incur substantial costs, including fines and civil or criminal
sanctions, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws. We also face
increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the materials that compose
our products. The EU has enacted the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, which makes producers of electrical goods financially responsible
for  specified  collection,  recycling,  treatment  and  disposal  of  past  and  future  covered  products.  Similar  legislation  has  been  or  may  be  enacted  in  other
jurisdictions, including the United States, Canada, Mexico, China and Japan.

Our inability or failure to comply with these regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, manufacturers
of  components  that  use  lead  solders  may  decide  to  stop  manufacturing  those  components  prior  to  the  required  compliance  date.  These  actions  by
manufacturers of components could result in a shortage of components that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

A  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  is  generated  outside  of  the  United  States  and  Israel.  We  intend  to  continue  to  expand  our  operations
internationally and, as a result, our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our international operations effectively.

We generated approximately 39% of our revenues in 2010, 37% of our revenues in 2011 and 42% of our revenues in 2012, outside of the United
States and Israel. Part of our strategy is to expand our penetration in existing foreign markets and to enter new foreign markets. Our ability to penetrate some
international  markets  may  be  limited  due  to  different  technical  standards,  protocols  or  product  requirements  in  different  markets.  Expansion  of  our
international business will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our international sales and operations are subject to numerous
risks inherent in international business activities, including:

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

economic and political instability in foreign countries;

compliance with foreign laws and regulations;

different technical standards or product requirements;

staffing and managing foreign operations;

foreign currency fluctuations;

export control issues;

governmental controls;

import or currency control restrictions;

local taxation;

increased risk of collection; and

burdens that may be imposed by tariffs and other trade barriers.

If  we  are  unable  to  address  these  risks,  our  foreign  operations  may  be  unprofitable  or  the  value  of  our  investment  in  our  foreign  operations  may

decrease.

The prices of our products may become less competitive due to foreign exchange fluctuations.

Although we have operations throughout the world, the majority of our revenues and our operating costs in 2012 were denominated in, or linked to,
the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, we consider the U.S. dollar to be our functional currency. However, a significant portion of our operating costs in 2012 were
incurred in New Israeli Shekels (NIS). During 2012, the NIS appreciated against the U.S. dollar, which resulted in an increase in the U.S. dollar cost of our
operations in Israel. As a result of this differential, from time to time we may experience increases in the costs of our operations outside the United States, as
expressed  in  U.S.  dollars.  If  there  is  a  significant  increase  in  our  expenses,  we  may  be  required  to  increase  the  prices  of  our  products  and  may  be  less
competitive. Currently, our international sales are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars. Therefore, any devaluation in the local currencies of our customers
relative to the U.S. dollar could cause customers to decrease or cancel orders or default on payment.

Our sales to European customers denominated in Euros are increasing. Sales denominated in Euros could make our revenues subject to fluctuation in
the  Euro/U.S.  dollar  exchange  rate.  If  the  U.S.  dollar  appreciates  against  the  Euro,  we  may  be  required  to  increase  the  prices  of  our  products  that  are
denominated in Euros. In 2012, the U.S. dollar depreciated against the Euro, which resulted in a decrease in the prices of our products that are denominated in
Euros. If the U.S. dollar appreciates against the Euro, we may be required to increase the prices of our products that are denominated in Euros.

We may be unable to attract sales representatives who will market our products effectively.

A significant portion of our marketing and sales involves the aid of independent sales representatives that are not under our direct control. We cannot
be certain that our current independent sales representatives will continue to distribute our products or that, even if they continue to distribute our products,
they will do so successfully. These representatives are not subject to any minimum purchase requirements and can discontinue marketing our products at any
time.  In  addition,  these  representatives  often  market  products  of  our  competitors. Accordingly,  we  must  compete  for  the  attention  and  sales  efforts  of  our
independent sales representatives.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our products could contain defects, which would reduce sales of those products or result in claims against us.

We develop complex and evolving products. Despite testing by us and our customers, undetected errors or defects may be found in existing or new
products. The introduction of products with reliability, quality or compatibility problems could result in reduced revenues, additional costs, increased product
returns  and  difficulty  or  delays  in  collecting  accounts  receivable.  The  risk  is  higher  with  products  still  in  the  development  stage,  where  full  testing  or
certification is not yet completed. This could result in, among other things, a delay in recognition or loss of revenues, loss of market share or failure to achieve
market acceptance. We could also be subject to material claims by customers that are not covered by our insurance.

Obtaining  certification  of  our  products  by  national  regulators  may  be  time-consuming  and  expensive.  We  may  be  unable  to  sell  our  products  in
markets in which we are unable to obtain certification.

Our customers may expect us to obtain certificates of compliance with safety and technical standards set by national regulators, especially standards
set by U.S. or European regulators. There is no uniform set of standards, and each national regulator may impose and change its own standards. National
regulators may also prohibit us from importing products that do not conform to their standards. If we make any change in the design of a product, we are
usually required to obtain recertification of the product. The process of certification may be time-consuming and expensive and may affect the length of the
sales cycle for a product. If we are unable to obtain certification of a product in a market, we may be unable to sell the product in that market.

We depend on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace.

Because our products are complex and our market is evolving, the success of our business depends in large part upon the continuing contributions of
our management and key personnel. Specifically, we rely heavily on the services of Shabtai Adlersberg, our Chief Executive Officer and President, and Lior
Aldema, our Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Sales. If our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Sales are unable
or  unwilling  to  continue  with  us,  our  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  We  do  not  carry  key  person  insurance  for  our  key
personnel.

The success of our business also depends upon our continuing ability to attract and retain other highly-qualified management, technical, sales and
marketing  personnel.  We  need  highly-qualified  technical  personnel  who  are  capable  of  developing  technologies  and  products  and  providing  the  technical
support required by our customers. We experience competitive pressure with respect to retaining and hiring employees in the high technology sector in Israel.
If we fail to hire and retain skilled employees, our business may be adversely affected.

If we do not manage our operations effectively, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have actively expanded our operations in the past and may continue to expand them in the future. This expansion has required, and may continue
to require, the application of managerial, operational and financial resources. We cannot be sure that we will continue to expand, or that we will be able to
expand our operations successfully. In particular, our business requires us to focus on multiple markets, including the VoIP, wireline, cable, enterprise unified
communications and wireless markets. In addition, we work simultaneously with a number of large OEMs and network equipment providers each of which
may have different requirements for the products that we sell to them. We may not have sufficient personnel, or may be unable to devote this personnel when
needed, to address the requirements of these markets and customers. If we are unable to manage our operations effectively, our revenues may not increase, our
cost of operations may rise and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As we grow we may need new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls. The transition to such systems, procedures or controls, as well as any
delay in transitioning to new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may seriously harm our ability to accurately forecast sales demand, manage our
product inventory and record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis.

Our gross profit percentage could be negatively impacted by amortization expenses in connection with acquisitions, increased manufacturing costs
and other factors. This could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our gross profit percentage decreased in 2008, 2009 and 2012 and increased in 2010 and 2011. The decrease in our gross profit percentage in 2008
was primarily attributable to amortization expenses related to the acquisitions of Nuera and Netrake beginning in the third quarter of 2006 and CTI Squared
beginning  in  the  second  quarter  of  2007,  as  well  as  expenses  related  to  equity-based  compensation  resulting  from  the  adoption  of  Accounting  Standards
Codification, or ASC, 718 beginning in 2006. During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recognized non-cash impairment charges of $86.1 million with respect to
goodwill, intangible assets and investment in an affiliate. As a result of these impairment charges, non-cash amortization expense included in cost of revenues
declined in 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

Our  gross  profit  percentage  has  also  been  negatively  affected  in  the  past  and  could  continue  to  be  negatively  affected  by  an  increase  in
manufacturing costs, a shift in our sales mix towards our less profitable products, increased customer demand for longer product warranties and increased cost
pressures as a result of increased competition. Acquisitions of new businesses could also negatively affect our gross profit percentage, which could cause an
adverse effect on our results of operations.

The growth in our product portfolio means that we have to service and support more products. This may result in an increase in our expenses and
an adverse effect on our results of operations.

The size of our product portfolio has increased and continues to increase. As a result, we are required to provide to our customers sales support.
Customers have requested that we provide a contractual commitment to support a product for a specified period of time. This period of time may exceed the
working life of the product or extend past the period of time that we may intend to manufacture or support a product. We are dependent on our suppliers for
the  components  (hardware  and  software)  needed  to  provide  support  and  may  be  unable  to  secure  the  components  necessary  to  satisfy  our  service
commitments. We do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers, and they may not be obligated to provide us with products or services for any specified
period of time. We may need to purchase an inventory of replacement components and parts in advance in order to try to provide for their availability when
needed.  This  could  result  in  an  increased  risk  of  write-offs  with  respect  to  our  replacement  component  inventory  to  the  extent  that  we  cannot  accurately
predict our future requirements under our customer service contracts. If any of our component suppliers cease production, cease operations or refuse or fail to
make  timely  delivery  of  orders,  we  may  not  be  able  to  meet  our  contractual  commitments  for  product  support.  We  may  be  required  to  supply  enhanced
components or parts as substitutes if the original versions are no longer available. Product support may be costly and any extra service revenues may not
cover the hardware and software costs associated with providing long-term support.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Terrorist  attacks,  or  the  threat  of  such  attacks,  may  negatively  impact  the  global  economy  which  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,
financial condition and results of operation and may cause our share price to decline.

Financial, political, economic and other uncertainties following terrorist attacks throughout the world may negatively impact the global economy. As
a result, many of our customers and potential customers have become much more cautious in setting their capital expenditure budgets, thereby restricting their
telecommunications  procurement.  Uncertainties  related  to  the  threat  of  terrorism  have  had  a  negative  effect  on  global  economy,  causing  businesses  to
continue slowing spending on telecommunications products and services and further lengthen already long sales cycles. Any escalation of these threats or
similar future events may disrupt our operations or those of our customers, distributors and suppliers, which could adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

We are subject to taxation in several countries.

Because we operate in several countries, mainly in the United States, Israel, the United Kingdom, Singapore and Brazil, we are subject to taxation in
multiple jurisdictions. We are required to report to and are subject to local tax authorities in the countries in which we operate. In addition, our income that is
derived from sales to customers in one country might also be subject to taxation in other countries. We cannot be sure of the amount of tax we may become
obligated to pay in the countries in which we operate. The tax authorities in the countries in which we operate may not agree with our tax position. Our tax
benefits from carry forward losses and other tax planning benefits such as Israeli approved enterprise programs, may prove to be insufficient due to Israeli tax
limitations, or may prove to be insufficient to offset tax liabilities from foreign tax authorities. Foreign tax authorities may also use our gross profit or our
revenues in each territory as the basis for determining our income tax, and our operating expenses might not be considered for related tax calculations, which
could adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Related to Operations in Israel

Conditions  in  Israel  affect  our  operations  and  may  limit  our  ability  to  produce  and  sell  our  products  and  instability  in  the  Middle  East  may
adversely affect us.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, and our principal executive offices and principal research and development facilities are
located in the State of Israel. Political, economic and military conditions in Israel directly affect our operations. There has been an increase in unrest and
terrorist activity in Israel, which has continued with varying levels of severity for many years through the current period of time. This has led to ongoing
hostilities between Israel, the Palestinian Authority, other groups in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, and the northern border of Lebanon, such as the hostilities
along  Israel's  border  with  the  Gaza  Strip  and  the  missiles  fired  from  the  Gaza  Strip  into  Israel  in  2012.  The  future  effect  of  this  violence  on  the  Israeli
economy  and  our  operations  is  unclear.  The  Israeli-Palestinian  conflict  may  also  lead  to  political  instability  between  Israel  and  its  neighboring  countries.
Ongoing violence between Israel and the Palestinians, as well as tension between Israel and the neighboring countries, may have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Recent political events in various countries in the Middle East have weakened the stability of those countries, which may result in extremists coming
to  power.  This  instability  may  lead  to  deterioration  of  the  political  and  trade  relationships  that  exist  between  the  State  of  Israel  and  these  countries.  In
addition,  this  instability  may  affect  the  global  economy  and  marketplace  through  changes  in  oil  and  gas  prices.  Our  headquarters  and  research  and
development facilities are located in the State of Israel. Any events that affect the State of Israel may impact us in unpredictable ways. We have contingent
plans for alternative manufacturing and supply sources, but these plans may be insufficient. Should our operations be impacted in a significant way, this may
adversely affect the results of our operations.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  cannot  predict  the  effect  on  us  of  an  increase  in  these  hostilities  or  any  future  armed  conflict,  political  instability  or  violence  in  the  region.
Additionally, some of our officers and employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual military reserve duty and are subject to being called for additional
active  duty  under  emergency  circumstances.  Some  of  our  employees  live  within  conflict  area  territories  and  may  be  forced  to  stay  at  home  instead  of
reporting to work. We cannot predict the full impact of these conditions on us in the future, particularly if emergency circumstances or an escalation in the
political situation occur. If many of our employees are called for active duty, or forced to stay at home, our operations in Israel and our business may be
adversely affected. Additionally, a number of countries continue to restrict or ban business with Israel or Israeli companies, which may limit our ability to
make sales in those countries.

We are adversely affected by the devaluation of the U.S. dollar against the New Israeli Shekel and could be adversely affected by the rate of inflation
in Israel.

We generate substantially all of our revenues in U.S. dollars and, in 2012, a significant portion of our expenses, primarily salaries, related personnel
expenses  and  the  leases  of  our  buildings  in  Israel,  were  incurred  in  NIS.  We  anticipate  that  a  significant  portion  of  our  expenses  will  continue  to  be
denominated in NIS.

Our NIS related costs, as expressed in U.S. dollars, are influenced by the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the NIS. During 2010 and 2012,
the NIS appreciated against the U.S. dollar, which resulted in a significant increase in the U.S. dollar cost of our operations in Israel. During 2011, the NIS
depreciated  against  the  U.S.  dollar,  which  resulted  in  a  decrease  in  the  U.S.  dollar  cost  of  our  operations  in  Israel.  To  the  extent  the  U.S.  dollar  weakens
against the NIS, we could experience an increase in the cost of our operations, which are measured in U.S. dollars in our financial statements, which could
adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, in periods in which the U.S. dollar appreciates against the NIS, we bear the risk that the rate of inflation
in Israel will exceed the rate of such devaluation of the NIS in relation to the U.S. dollar or that the timing of such devaluations were to lag considerably
behind inflation, which will increase our costs as expressed in U.S. dollars.

The decrease in value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the NIS has and may continue to have the effect of increasing the cost in U.S. dollars of these
expenses.  Our  U.S.  dollar-measured  results  of  operations  were  adversely  affected  in  2010  and  2012.  This  could  happen  again  if  the  U.S.  dollar  were  to
decrease in value against the NIS.

In order to manage the risks imposed by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, from time to time, we enter into currency forward and put and
call  options  contracts  to  hedge  some  of  our  foreign  currency  exposure.  We  can  provide  no  assurance  that  our  hedging  arrangements  will  be  effective.  In
addition, if we wish to maintain the U.S. dollar-denominated value of our products in non-U.S. markets, devaluation in the local currencies of our customers
relative to the U.S. dollar may cause our customers to cancel or decrease orders or default on payment.

Because exchange rates between the NIS and the U.S. dollar fluctuate continuously, exchange rate fluctuations have an impact on our profitability
and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations. In 2012, the value of the U.S. dollar decreased in relation to the NIS by 2.3% and the inflation
rate in Israel was 1.4%. In 2011, the value of the U.S. dollar increased in relation to the NIS by 7.7%, and the inflation rate in Israel was 2.2%. Our results of
operations may be adversely affected in case of any significant fluctuations.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Israeli government programs in which we currently participate, and the tax benefits we currently receive require us to meet several conditions
and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs.

Currently there are four programs under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, or the Investment Law, that entitle us
to certain tax benefits. Our facilities in Israel have been granted Approved Enterprise status under the Investment Law and we have four programs that qualify
as Privileged Enterprises pursuant to an amendment to the Investment Law that came into effect in April 2005. Among other things, the Investment Law, as
amended in 2005, provides tax benefits to both local and foreign investors and simplifies the approval process. Such amendments do not apply to investment
programs approved prior to December 31, 2004. Therefore, our Approved Enterprise program is not subject to the provisions of the amendment, but our four
Privileged Enterprise programs are subject to the amendment.

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  tax  benefits  under  the  Investment  Law,  our  Approved  Enterprise  and  Privileged  Enterprises  must  comply  with  various
conditions set forth in the Investment Law and the criteria set forth in the applicable certificate of approval for the Approved Enterprise, as well as periodic
reporting obligations. If we fail to meet these requirements, we would be subject to corporate tax in Israel at the regular statutory rate. Additionally, some of
these programs and the related tax benefits are available to us for a limited number of years, and these benefits expire from time to time. We could also be
required  to  refund  tax  benefits,  with  interest  and  adjustments  for  inflation  based  on  the  Israeli  consumer  price  index.  See  Note  14  to  our  Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information with respect to tax benefits under the Investment Law.

If  the  Government  of  Israel  discontinues  or  modifies  these  programs  and  potential  tax  benefits,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of

operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The  government  grants  we  have  received  for  research  and  development  expenditures  limit  our  ability  to  manufacture  products  and  transfer
technologies outside of Israel and require us to satisfy specified conditions. If we fail to satisfy these conditions, we may be required to refund grants
previously received together with interest and penalties.

In connection with research and development grants we received from the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Israeli Minister of Industry, Trade and
Labor, or the OCS, we must pay royalties to the OCS on the revenue derived from the sale of products, technologies and services developed with the grants
from  the  OCS.  The  terms  of  the  OCS  grants  and  the  law  pursuant  to  which  grants  are  made  restrict  our  ability  to  manufacture  products  or  transfer
technologies developed outside of Israel if OCS grants funded the development of the products or technology. An amendment to the relevant law facilitates
the transfer of technology or know-how developed with the funding of the OCS to third parties outside of Israel, but any future transfer would still require the
approval of the OCS, which may not be granted, and is likely to involve a material payment to the OCS. This restriction may limit our ability to enter into
agreements for those products or technologies without OCS approval. We cannot be certain that any approval of the OCS will be obtained on terms that are
acceptable to us, or at all.

In order to meet specified conditions in connection with the grants and programs of the OCS, we have made representations to the Government of
Israel concerning our Israeli operations. If we fail to meet the conditions related to the grants, including the maintenance of a material presence in Israel, or if
there is any material deviation from the representations made by us to the Israeli government, we could be required to refund the grants previously received
(together with an adjustment based on the Israeli consumer price index and an interest factor) and would likely be ineligible to receive OCS grants in the
future. In addition, manufacturing products outside the State of Israel (as we currently do) increases the rates of royalties to be paid to the OCS. Any inability
to receive these grants would result in an increase in our research and development expenses.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2012, we recognized a royalty-bearing grant of $2.7 million from the Government of Israel, through the OCS, for the financing of a portion of our
research  and  development  expenditures  in  Israel.  The  OCS  budget  has  been  subject  to  reductions,  which  may  affect  the  availability  of  funds  for  these
prospective grants and other grants in the future. As a result, we cannot be certain that we will continue to receive grants at the same rate, or at all. In addition,
the terms of any future OCS grants may be less favorable than our past grant. As of December 31, 2012, we have a contingent obligation to pay royalties in
the amount of approximately $29.4 million.

It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against us, our officers and directors, assert U.S. securities law claims in Israel or serve process on
substantially all of our officers and directors.

We are incorporated in Israel. Most of our executive officers and directors are nonresidents of the United States, and a majority of our assets and the
assets of these persons are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult to enforce a judgment obtained in the United States against us or
any such persons or to effect service of process upon these persons in the United States. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of U.S.
securities  laws  because  Israel  is  not  the  most  appropriate  forum  to  bring  such  a  claim.  In  addition,  even  if  an  Israeli  court  agrees  to  hear  a  claim,  it  may
determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved
as a fact which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law
in Israel addressing these matters. Additionally, there is doubt as to the enforceability of civil liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in
original actions instituted in Israel.

Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult a merger with or an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and therefore depress
the price of our shares.

Provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent or make undesirable a merger or an acquisition of all or a significant portion of our shares or assets.
Israeli  corporate  law  regulates  acquisitions  of  shares  through  tender  offers  and  mergers,  requires  special  approvals  for  transactions  involving  significant
shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. These provisions of Israeli law could have the effect of delaying
or preventing a change in control and may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders.
These provisions may limit the price that investors may be willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares. In addition, our articles of association contain
certain provisions that may make it more difficult to acquire us, such as a staggered board, the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock and
limitations on business combinations with interested shareholders. Furthermore, Israel tax considerations may make potential transactions undesirable to us or
to some of our shareholders.

Risks Relating to the Ownership of our Ordinary Shares

The price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly.

The market price for our ordinary shares, as well as the prices of shares of other technology companies, has been volatile. Between January 1, 2009
and  April  3,  2013,  our  share  price  has  fluctuated  from  a  low  of  $0.92  to  a  high  of  $8.07.  The  following  factors  may  cause  significant  fluctuations  in  the
market price of our ordinary shares:

·

·

·

·

fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and earnings or those of our competitors;

shortfalls in our operating results compared to levels forecast by securities analysts or by us;

announcements concerning us, our competitors or telephone companies;

announcements of technological innovations;

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
·

·

the introduction of new products;

changes in product price policies involving us or our competitors;

· market conditions in the industry;

·

·

·

integration of acquired businesses, technologies or joint ventures with our products and operations;

the conditions of the securities markets, particularly in the technology and Israeli sectors; and

political, economic and other developments in the State of Israel and worldwide.

In addition, stock prices of many technology companies fluctuate significantly for reasons that may be unrelated or disproportionate to operating

results. The factors discussed above may depress or cause volatility of our share price, regardless of our actual operating results.

Our quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and we expect these fluctuations to continue. Fluctuations in our results of operations
may disappoint investors and result in a decline in our share price.

We  have  experienced  and  expect  to  continue  to  experience  significant  fluctuations  in  our  quarterly  results  of  operations.  In  some  periods,  our
operating results may be below public expectations or below revenue levels and operating results reached in prior quarters or in the corresponding quarters of
the previous year. If this occurs, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

The following factors have affected our quarterly results of operations in the past and are likely to affect our quarterly results of operations in the

future:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

size, timing and pricing of orders, including order deferrals and delayed shipments;

launching of new product generations;

length of approval processes or market testing;

technological changes in the telecommunications industry;

competitive pricing pressures;

the timing and approval of government research and development grants;

accuracy of telecommunication company, distributor and original equipment manufacturer forecasts of their customers’ demands;

changes in our operating expenses;

disruption in our sources of supply;

temporary or permanent reduction in purchases by our significant customers; and

general economic conditions.

Therefore, the results of any past periods may not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

Our actual financial results might vary from our publicly disclosed financial forecasts.

From time to time, we publicly disclose financial forecasts. Our forecasts reflect numerous assumptions concerning our expected performance, as
well as other factors which are beyond our control and which might not turn out to be correct. As a result, variations from our forecasts could be material. Our
financial  results  are  subject  to  numerous  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  those  identified  throughout  this  “Risk  Factors”  section  and  elsewhere  in  this
Annual Report. If our actual financial results are worse than our financial forecasts, the price of our ordinary shares may decline.

23

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
It is our policy that we will not provide quarterly forecasts of the results of our operations. This policy could affect the willingness of analysts to
provide research with respect to our ordinary shares which could affect the trading market for our ordinary shares.

It is our policy that we will generally not provide quarterly forecasts of the results of our operations. This could result in the reduction of research
analysts who cover our ordinary shares. Any reduction in research coverage could affect the willingness of investors, particularly institutional investors, to
invest in our shares which could affect the trading market for our ordinary shares and the price at which our ordinary shares are traded.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on NASDAQ, we follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain
NASDAQ requirements.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on NASDAQ, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices
instead  of  certain  requirements  contained  in  the  NASDAQ  listing  rules.  We  do  not  comply  with  the  NASDAQ  requirement  that  we  obtain  shareholder
approval for certain dilutive events, such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans. Instead, we follow Israeli law
and practice which permits the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans to be approved by our board of directors without the
need for a shareholder vote, unless such arrangements are for the compensation of directors or the chief executive officer, in which case they also require
compensation committee and shareholder approval.

As a foreign private issuer listed on the NASDAQ, we may also elect in the future to follow home country practice with regard to, among other
things,  director  nomination,  composition  of  the  board  of  directors  and  quorum  at  shareholders’  meetings,  as  well  as  not  obtain  shareholder  approval  for
certain dilutive events.

Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules.

Our ordinary shares are listed for trading in more than one market and this may result in price variations.

Our  ordinary  shares  are  listed  for  trading  on  NASDAQ  and  on  the  Tel  Aviv  Stock  Exchange  (“TASE”).  Trading  in  our  ordinary  shares  on  these
markets is made in different currencies (U.S. dollars on NASDAQ and New Israeli Shekels on TASE), and at different times (resulting from different time
zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and Israel). Actual trading volume on the TASE is generally lower than trading
volume on NASDAQ, and as such could be subject to higher volatility. The trading prices of our ordinary shares on these two markets often differ resulting
from the factors described above, as well as differences in exchange rates. Any decrease in the trading price of our ordinary shares on one of these markets
could cause a decrease in the trading price of our ordinary shares on the other market.

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends on our ordinary shares.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not plan to pay any cash dividends in the near future.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. shareholders face certain income tax risks in connection with their acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. In any tax
year,  we  could  be  deemed  a  passive  foreign  investment  company,  which  could  result  in  adverse  U.S.  federal  income  tax  consequences  for  U.S.
shareholders.

Based on the composition of our gross income, the composition and value of our gross assets and the amounts of our liabilities during each of 2004,
2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we do not believe that we were a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income
tax purposes during any of such tax years. It is likely, however, that we would be deemed to have been a PFIC in each of 2001, 2002 and 2003. There can be
no assurance that we will not be deemed a PFIC for any future tax year in which, for example, the value of our assets, as measured by the public market
valuation of our ordinary shares, declines in relation to the value of our passive assets (generally, cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities). If we are a
PFIC for any tax year, U.S. shareholders who own our ordinary shares during such year may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liabilities and
reporting requirements for such year and succeeding years, even if we are no longer a PFIC in such succeeding years. Under legislation enacted by the U.S., a
U.S. holder of our ordinary shares will be required to file an information return containing certain information required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service
for each year in which we are treated as a PFIC.

We urge U.S. holders of our ordinary shares to carefully review Item 10E. – “Taxation - United States Tax Considerations - United States Federal
Income Taxes” in this Annual Report and to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax risks related to owning and disposing
of our ordinary shares and the consequences of PFIC status.

We are subject to ongoing costs and risks associated with complying with extensive corporate governance and disclosure requirements.

As a foreign private issuer subject to U.S. federal securities laws, we spend a significant amount of management time and resources to comply with
laws,  regulations  and  standards  relating  to  corporate  governance  and  public  disclosure,  including  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, SEC regulations and NASDAQ rules. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires management’s
annual review and evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting and attestations of the effectiveness of these controls by our management and by
our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm.  There  is  no  guarantee  that  these  efforts  will  result  in  management  assurance  or  an  attestation  by  our
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  adequate  in  future  periods.  In  connection  with  our
compliance  with  Section  404  and  the  other  applicable  provisions  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  our  management  and  other  personnel  devote  a  substantial
amount of time, and may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff, to assure that we comply with these requirements. The additional management
attention and costs relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and other corporate governance requirements could materially
and adversely affect our financial results.

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A.

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

AudioCodes Ltd. was incorporated in 1992 under the laws of the State of Israel. Our principal executive offices are located at 1 Hayarden Street,
Airport City, Lod, 7019900 Israel. Our telephone number is +972-3-976-4000. Our agent in the United States is AudioCodes Inc., 27 World’s Fair Drive,
Somerset, New Jersey 08873.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Major Developments since January 1, 2012

MailVision  Ltd.  is  an  Israeli  company  which  develops,  markets  and  licenses  VoIP  solutions  for  mobile,  PC,  web  and  tablet  devices  for  telecom
operators and service providers. We resell and market MailVision’s products and services. Since 2006, we have extended net loans and convertible loans to
MailVision in the aggregate principal amount of $1,064,000, including loans in the principal amount of $211,000 in 2011 and $183,000 in 2012. These loans
bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 0.5%-5% per annum and are convertible into shares of MailVision. In November 2010 and June 2011, $666,000 in
principal amount of these loans was converted by us into shares of MailVision. As of December 31, 2012, we owned 26.4% of the outstanding share capital of
MailVison, or 24.1% of the share capital of this company on a diluted basis, compared to owning 26.6% of the outstanding share capital as of December 31,
2011,  or  24.8%  of  the  share  capital  of  MailVision  on  a  diluted  basis. As  of  December  31,  2012,  there  was  $398,000  in  principal  amount  of  these  loans
outstanding.

In April 2013, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with MailVision. The closing of the transaction is subject to customary conditions and is expected
to occur during May 2013. Pursuant to this agreement, AudioCodes has agreed to acquire certain of MailVision’s assets for the following consideration: (1)
$233,000 to be payable 12 months following the closing date; and (ii) additional earn out payments will be paid to MailVision subject to the achievement of a
certain  level  of  net  revenues  from  the  sale  of  MailVision’s  products.  Payment  can  be  made,  at  our  discretion,  in  either  cash  or  our  ordinary  shares.  As
additional consideration for the transaction, on closing, we have agreed to waive repayment of any outstanding loans made by us to MailVision and to assume
specified liabilities of MailVision in the aggregate amount of approximately $1,300,000.

In January 2010, we entered into an agreement to acquire all of the outstanding equity of Natural Speech Communication Ltd., or NSC, that we did
not own as of December 31, 2009. The closing of the transaction occurred in May 2010. Pursuant to the agreement, we purchased the remaining 40.3% of the
shares  from  NSC’s  non-controlling  shareholders  with  a  maximum  total  consideration  payable  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $1,733,000,  if  certain  aggregate
revenue milestones were met for 2010, 2011 and 2012, in any combination, at our option, of cash and our shares. As a result, we paid $224,000 in 2010,
$278,000 in 2011, $336,000 in 2012 and 395,000 in 2013 in connection with this acquisition. Additional consideration of $120,000 is payable by us in 2013.

Since January 1, 2012, AudioCodes invested in the following key product lines and solutions to address the following market segments:

· Mobile Clients and Mobility Server for PBX, IP-PBX and Unified Communications Systems: We launched MobilityPLUS, an integrated enterprise
solution  that  extends  the  feature  set  of  enterprise  telephony  and  unified  communications  systems  to  leading  smart  phone  platforms.  Leveraging
existing enterprise WiFi or 3G/4G data services, MobilityPLUS enhances enterprise employee productivity with “anytime/anywhere” connectivity
resulting  in  improved  efficiencies  of  business  operations.  MobilityPLUS  interoperates  with  market  leading  PBXs  and  IP-PBXs,  as  well  as  with
integrated  unified  communications  systems,  such  as  Microsoft  Lync  2010.  MobilityPLUS  includes  a  mobile  client  designed  for  enterprise  users,
supporting enterprise voice features as well as instant messaging and presence. MobilityPLUS leverages AudioCodes Mediant business gateway and
ESBC, together with an embedded mobility application. The MobilityPLUS mobile client is available for Apple iOS and Android OS. A Window
version is estimated to be released in 2013.

·

Extended  Connectivity,  Survivability  and  Call  Recording  Solution  for  Microsoft  Lync  Deployments: An  additional  extension  of  our  product  range
specifically designed for the Microsoft unified communications environment now includes Mediant800 Survivable Branch Appliance (SBA), a cost-
effective  survivable  branch  solution  for  small  locations,  Mediant3000  Enhanced  Gateway  and  Mediant4000  SBC,  supporting  large  enterprise
customers that need high capacity, highly available media gateways, session border controllers and SmartTAP, a secure call recording solution that
enables the recording of key business interactions within the Microsoft Unified Communication environment, including Microsoft Lync and Office
Communications Server R2. SmartTAP is targeting companies in the financial services sector, as well as other highly regulated industries, providing
compliance recording as well as a complete call recording solutions for mitigating liability, customer disputes, and quality assurance. SmartTAP can
be  installed  on  stand-alone  servers,  or  alternatively  integrated  into  the  AudioCodes  Mediant  1000  platform,  that  is  also  qualified  as  a  Microsoft
Enhanced Gateway and Survivable Branch Appliance. These products are intended to further extend our value proposition to our growing network of
Microsoft VSPs (voice specialized partners) with whom we work closely.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  further  extended  our  portfolio  for  Microsoft  Lync  solution  to  meet  Lync  2013  specifications,  including  official  qualifications  of  an  internet
protocol called IPv6. Additional key developments for Microsoft Lync include ELIN gateway functionality, supporting emergency (E911) calls and
enhancing  management  capabilities  with  SCOM  2012  which  is  a  management  pack  allowing  Microsoft  System  Center  Operation  to  monitor
AudioCodes enhanced gateways, session border controllers and SBAs.

Software  Enterprise  Session  Border  Controller:  In  March,  2012,  we  announced  the  launch  of  our  Software  Enterprise  Session  Border  Controller
(SBC),  a  software  only  member  of  our  SBC  product  family.  Enterprises  deploying  the  software  SBC  benefit  from  connectivity  to  SIP  trunking
services, high VoIP quality and network security. As a software only solution, the Software SBC smoothly integrates into data center environments,
and addresses the needs for scalability and connectivity of unified communications and contact center deployments. In 2012, we also announced the
virtualized  version  of  the  Mediant  Software  SBC  which  allows  end  customers  the  flexibility  of  running  the  SBC  on  their  virtualized  server
environment.

Session Experience Manager (SEM): In March 2012, we announced the launch of our Session Experience Manager, a new software solution built to
monitor, analyze, report and control the quality of incoming and outgoing enterprise voice calling over Internet Protocol networks in real-time. SEM
is designed as an intuitive, easy to use solution, which includes an array of advanced tools producing a continuous comprehensive view of voice
quality of experience at the enterprise network and its connecting trunks. Among these tools are network views to map devices and their associated
voice quality, graphic illustrations of VoIP call metrics, convenient drill down details of a given call, traffic trend analysis to identify current and
future  bottlenecks,  active  and  historic  alarm  display,  and  flexible  pre-defined  reports.  In  addition  to  VoIP,  SEM  includes  a  tool  for  analyzing  fax
transmission  quality.  SEM  complements  our  Element  Management  System  (EMS)  for  comprehensive  configuration,  monitoring  and  performance
solution  for  IT  managers  and  service  providers  deploying  a  network  of  AudioCodes  network  products.  In  2012,  we  also  launched  a  virtualized
version of SEM enabling the product to run in virtualized data center deployments and enhanced its network visualization and reporting capabilities
to allow the SEM user to immediately monitor the status of the VoIP network and identify areas suffering from low voice quality.

IP Phones for Microsoft Lync and Contact Centers: To further open up opportunities at Microsoft Lync and contact center deployments, we launched
the HD4XX family of IP Phones, featuring updated design and improved voice quality. These phones support interoperability with Microsoft Lync
and  provide  advanced  security,  resiliency  and  login  capabilities  for  the  Contact  Center  space.  Our  HD4XX  IP  Phones  offer  multiple  hardware
configurations and capabilities at a competitive price.

·

·

·

· Mediant  4000  Session  Border  Controller  (SBC):  In  2012,  we  launched  a  high  capacity  scalable  SBC  product  intended  for  large  enterprise
deployments,  as  well  as  hosted  and  access  environments,  of  up  to  4000  concurrent  sessions,  supporting  enhanced  security,  interoperability  and
advanced monitoring of voice quality. We also extended the integrated transcoding capacity of the Mediant4000 SBC to 1000 concurrent transcoding
sessions. This extension allows enterprises to connect to lower cost SIP trunks using voice compression, as well as provide connectivity between
disparate unified communications or IP PBX systems utilizing different voice compression schemes.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
· Multi-Service-Business-Routers:  We  have  added  two  new  products  to  our  Multi-Service-Business-Routers  portfolio  to  cost  effectively  address
different business sizes and deployment scenarios. The Mediant500 addresses the pure hosted and cloud deployments, while the Mediant850 targets
the larger SIP trunk installations. Both provide a wide choice of broadband WAN interfaces featuring sustained high capacity routing performance
and support optional WiFi integration and enhanced data resiliency with WAN backup. The Mediant MSBR includes integrated SBC for secure and
interoperable IP-PBX to SoftSwitch SIP trunking and advanced VoIP resiliency for cloud installations

·

VoIP Network Assessment (VNA): During 2012 we introduced a new professional service module of VoIP Network Assessment for enterprises. The
VNA is provided to enterprises seeking a smooth and high quality transition to deployment of unified communications (e.g., Microsoft Lync) and IP
Contact  Centers.  The  VNA  provides  the  customer  an  understanding  of  its  current  IP  network  capability  and  readiness  to  carry  high  quality  VoIP
traffic on top of data services. By developing comprehensive tools for active VoIP call generation and utilizing SEM capabilities, our VNA is able to
load the target network with VoIP traffic simulating the intended usage and services. The VNA module is operated by our VoIP experts who study
the customer’s network topology in detail and install assessment probes at the appropriate strategic locations to confirm the assessment is running the
target traffic characteristics. The last stage of the VNA is analysis and a detailed yet intuitive report to help the customer decide the proper network
adjustments required prior to the deployment.

· MP26X: In 2012, we launched the next generation of our residential gateway line, the MP26x, supporting VDSL interfaces for high speed internet

connectivity and Gigabit Ethernet LAN interfaces to meet the demanding requirements of today's home networks.

·

Professional  Services.  During  2012  we  placed  increasing  focus  on  professional  services.  To  support  today’s  complex  multi-service  networks,
AudioCodes has developed a comprehensive professional services program intended to provide responsive, preventive, and consultative support of
AudioCodes  networking  products.  AudioCodes  professional  services  support  networking  devices,  applications  and  infrastructures,  allowing  large
organizations  and  service  providers  to  realize  the  potential  of  a  high-performance  multi-service  network.  The  foundation  for  AudioCodes
professional services is a network life-cycle model based on the four basic phases of planning, design, implementation and optimization . The result
is a specially designed portfolio of complementary and synergistic service components.

Principal Capital Expenditures

We have made and expect to continue to make capital expenditures in connection with expansion of our production capacity. The table below sets

forth our principal capital expenditures incurred for the periods indicated (amounts in thousands):

2010

Year Ended
December 31
2011

2012

Computers and peripheral equipment

  $

572    $

1,420    $

1,619 

Office furniture and equipment

Leasehold improvements

Total

693     

304     

148     

11     

353 

34 

  $

1,569    $

1,579    $

2,006 

28

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
B.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Introduction

We  design,  develop  and  sell  products  and  services  for  voice  and  data  over  packet  networks.  In  broad  terms,  voice  over  packet,  or  VoP,  networks
consist  of  key  network  elements  such  as  software  switches,  application  servers,  IP  phones,  media  gateways  and  session  border  controllers  (SBC).  Our
products primarily provide the media gateway and SBC element in the network, as well as voice over Internet protocol, or VoIP, end-points such as IP Phones
and  VoIP  mobile  clients.  Multi-service  business  routers  integrate  media  gateway  functionality  with  data  routing  and  network  access.  The  media  gateways
connect  legacy  and  IP  networks.  They  essentially  receive  the  legacy  format  of  communication  and  convert  it  to  an  IP  communication  and  vice  versa.
Typically, media gateways utilize compression algorithms to compress the amount of information and reduce the amo unt of bandwidth required to convey the
information (for example, a voice communication). With the industry migration to an end-to-end IP network, media gateways evolved into SBC, now also
connect between different VoIP networks, providing security, interoperability, resiliency and voice quality functionality.

Voice over IP gateway and SBC equipment can be generally segmented into three classes: service providers’ gateways and SBCs for use in central
office  facilities,  enterprise  gateways  and  SBCs  for  use  by  corporations  and  in  small  offices,  and  residential  gateways  for  use  in  homes.  In  addition  to  the
gateway element, which connects legacy voice equipment to an IP network, there is growth in native VoIP end user equipment, primarily including IP phones,
soft phones and VoIP mobile clients, running on desktop PCs or portable devices such as cellular phones, smart phones, tablets, laptops, and other devices that
have wireless IP connectivity running over WiFi or cellular data networks.

The need to re-route voice and fax traffic from the traditional circuit-switched networks onto the new packet networks has led to the development of
interface  equipment  between  the  two  networks,  generally  referred  to  as  media  gateways.  The  processing  of  voice  and  fax  signals  in  gateway  and  access
equipment is done according to industry-wide standards. These standards are needed to ensure that all traditional telephony traffic is seamlessly switched and
routed  over  the  packet  network  and  vice  versa.  The  industry  migration  into  a  network  that  is  utilizing  IP  end-to-end  has  also  created  a  need  for  a  new
functionality to mediate between different VoIP networks. This includes protocol translation as well as security services, business continuity and voice quality
enforcement and is provided by stand-alone SBCs as well as Enterprise SBC (E-SBC) functionality integrated into the gateway.

Packet  networks  differ  fundamentally  from  circuit-switched  networks  in  that  the  packet  network’s  resources  and  infrastructure  can  be  shared
simultaneously by several users and bandwidth can be flexibly allocated. Packet-based communications systems format the information to be transmitted,
such as e-mail, voice, fax and data, into a series of smaller digital packages of information called packets. Each of these packets is then transmitted over the
network and is reassembled as a complete communication at the receiving end. The various packet networks employ different network protocols for different
applications, priority schemes and addressing formats to ensure reliable communication.

Packet  networks  offer  a  number  of  advantages  over  circuit-switched  networks.  Rather  than  requiring  a  dedicated  circuit  for  each  individual  call,
packet networks commingle packets of voice, fax and data from several communications sources on a single physical link. This provides superior utilization
of network resources, especially in dealing with information sources with bursts of information followed by periods of silence. This superior utilization means
that more traffic can be carried over the same amount of network resources.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The integration of voice and data communications makes possible an enrichment of services and an entire range of new, value-added applications,
such  as  unified  communications  and  voice-enabled  web  sites.  In  addition,  voice  traffic  over  packet  networks  is  usually  compressed  to  provide  a  further
reduction in the use of or demand for bandwidth. Another recent trend in the VoIP environment, referred to as High Definition VoIP, or HD VoIP, now enables
the  improvement  of  voice  quality.  The  adoption  of  both  VoIP  technology  and  broadband  networks  has  enabled  the  development  and  deployment  of  high-
quality voice coding algorithms that make communication more efficient, effective and natural. HD VoIP allows carriers to differentiate their services with an
improved audio experience, with the goal of creating customer loyalty and affinity. It also enables enterprises to provide better, clearer voice services for their
employees, which we believe makes them more productive and makes it easier to work across different cultures and accents.

As customers integrate more services into their IP network, they tend to use integrated products that provide all the services they need in one box.
Multi-service  business  routers,  or  MSBRs,  combine  all  the  capabilities  of  media  gateways  and  session  border  controllers  with  the  support  of  native  data
switching and routing. The MSBR enables enterprise customers to connect their branch office networks into the corporate headquarters, and service providers
to connect their customers into their network data and voice services. Some MSBRs also include an integrated server which can run off-the-shelf applications
such as unified communications. This combination enables system integrators and service providers to provide a fully integrated solution for small/medium
businesses and enterprise branches, or SMB/E, that includes the voice and data infrastructure and the application in one device.

Moving  into  the  VoIP  world,  enterprise  and  service  providers  have  started  to  use  a  new  breed  of  phone  devices  that  inherently  produce  packets
instead of legacy voice, called IP phones. The IP phone is an advanced telephone that connects into the network using VoIP over Ethernet instead of using
analog TDM interfaces. Most enterprise telephony systems sold today use IP phones, as well as service providers managed services such as IP Centrex.

In addition to wireline IP telephony, mobile networks have started to use VoIP as well. Mobile VoIP clients, running on smart-phones enable cost
effective mobile roaming and allow Internet telephony service providers, or ITSPs, to enter the mobile space. These include mobile VoIP clients for leading
smartphones operating systems, such as iOS, Android, Symbian and Windows phones.

Industry Background

Market Trends

The networking and telecommunications industries have experienced rapid change over the last few years. The primary factors driving this change

include the following:

·

New technologies. The increase of speed and the proliferation of broadband access technologies alongside related technologies, such as new high
definition voice compression algorithms, quality of service mechanisms and security and encryption algorithms and protocols, have enabled delivery
of voice over packet to residential and enterprise customers with more reliability, higher quality and greater security. Examples of these broadband
access technologies include: third generation cellular, WiMax, LTE, WiFi, data over cable, digital subscriber line technologies and fiber networks
(FTTx). Packet technologies enable delivery of real time and non-real time services by different service providers that do not necessarily own the
access network or the part of the network through which the subscriber accesses the network. This allows for the growth of alternative or virtual
service providers that do not own an access network.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

·

Competition  by  alternative  service  providers  with  incumbent  and  traditional  service  providers.  Competition  by  alternative  service  providers  is
causing  incumbents  to  deploy  advanced  broadband  access  technologies  and  increase  their  competitiveness  by  offering  bundled  services  to  their
subscribers, such as voice, video and data, and online gaming. In addition, the emergence of wide band vocoders that use a higher sampling rate than
used  in  legacy  time  domain  multiplexing,  or  TDM,  networks  allows  service  providers  to  offer  higher  quality  voice  and  music  over  their  newly
established IP network.

Increasing need for peering between VoIP networks. Service providers and enterprises are increasingly building out VoIP networks. As a result, there
is an increasing need to connect between two VoIP networks. In order to interconnect between two VoIP networks, service providers and enterprises
need session border controllers to provide connectivity and security.

Increased use of open source codes for enterprise telephony. Similar to the trend experienced with respect to Linux in the IT world, open source has
started  to  gain  momentum  in  the  VoIP  space  as  well.  Open  source  based  IP  telephony  solutions,  led  by  Asterisk,  a  well  known  IP-PBX
implementation, has been penetrating the enterprise space as a low cost alternative to the proprietary IP-PBX solutions from the large vendors. The
adoption  of  open  source  IP  telephony  solutions  is  gaining  momentum  mainly  in  the  SMB/SME  space,  as  well  as  with  service  providers  and
developers that add their own code on top of the open source basic code to enable special services and features.

Unified communications in the enterprise. With  the  move  to  VoIP  and  the  network  integration  between  voice  and  data  based  on  Ethernet  and  IP,
enterprises can easily move into a unified communications network. Unified communications networks integrate all means of communications into a
single experience, providing on line (voice, data, instant messaging) and off line (voice mail, email and fax) integration into the same device. The
devices can be PCs, desktop phones or mobile smartphones and tablets.

· Mobility. Mobile  smartphones  have  become  popular  among  business  professionals  as  well  as  the  general  public.  Smartphones,  running  advanced
operating systems such as Symbian, Windows phone, Android and iOS, include high CPU power, large storage space, integrated WiFi and cellular
data,  as  well  as  the  ability  to  run  high  performance  multimedia  applications.  Mobile  VoIP  is  one  of  these  applications,  allowing  cost-effective
roaming for a service provider’s customers and enterprise mobility services.

·

·

Cloud  Computing.  The  emergence  of  cloud  computing  services  also  affects  the  communications  world.  Leading  unified  communication  vendors
offer  their  hosted  services  on  the  cloud  as  an  alternative  to  enterprise  owned  systems.  This  includes  solutions  such  as  Microsoft  Office  365,  IP
Centrex services by telecom providers and quality of experience monitoring solutions such as Broadsoft PacketSmart.

Software.  The  significance  of  software  only  products  for  the  telecommunications  market  is  increasing  as  operators  and  enterprises  are  seeking  to
move  away  from  dedicated  hardware  platforms  onto  common  generic  computing  platforms  that  are  enabling  data  centers.  These  computing
platforms, are running software-only communications systems in various modes of shared resources and virtualization.

The Challenges

Despite the inherent advantages and the economic attractiveness of packet voice networking, the transmission of packet voice and fax poses a variety
of technological challenges. These challenges relate to quality of service, reliability of equipment, functionality and features, and ability to provide a good
return on investment.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
·

·

·

·

·

Quality of Service. The most critical issues leading to poor quality of service in the transmission of voice and fax over packet networks are packet
loss,  packet  delay  and  packet  delay  jitter.  For  real  time  signals  like  voice,  the  slightest  delay  in  the  arrival  of  a  packet  may  render  that  packet
unusable  and,  in  a  voice  transmission,  the  delayed  packet  is  considered  a  lost  packet.  Delay  is  usually  caused  by  traffic  hitting  congestion  or  a
bottleneck in the network. The ability to address delay is compounded by the varying arrival times of packets, called packet-jitter, which results from
the different routes taken by different packets. This jitter can be eliminated by holding the faster arriving packets until the slower arriving packets
can  catch  up,  but  this  introduces  further  delay.  These  idiosyncrasies  of  packet  networks  do  not  noticeably  detract  from  the  quality  of  data
transmission since data delivery is relatively insensitive to time delay. However, even the slightest delay or packet loss in voice and fax transmission
can  have  severe  ramifications  such  as  voice  quality  degradation  or,  in  the  case  of  a  fax  transmission,  call  interruption.  Therefore,  the  need  to
compensate  for  lost  or  delayed  packets  without  degradation  of  voice  and  fax  quality  is  a  critical  issue.  The  rapid  adoption  of  VoIP  and  unified
communications  in  enterprise  and  contact  centers  intensifies  voice  quality  and  quality  of  service  challenges.  Enterprise  and  contact  center  data
networks are typically not properly engineered or configured to support carrying high quality real time communication services in enterprise and
contact centers. Such assessment typically requires high load simulations and advanced voice quality monitoring systems.

Service Reliability. In order for a packet network to be efficient for voice or fax transmission, the VoIP equipment that is installed in core networks
and  enterprises  must  be  able  to  deliver  a  high  level  of  performance  and  reliability  to  ensure  continuous  service.  Since  data  networks  are  more
susceptible to outages compared to traditional voice networks, businesses relying on centralized or hosted communication services need to ensure
resiliency in their headquarters and remote branches in case of data network failure.

Connectivity and Security. In contrast with legacy circuit switched voice and video communications, IP-based communications are more susceptible
to attacks, interceptions and fraud by unauthorized entities. In addition, the complexity and relative immaturity of IP networks and protocols pose
significant quality of service and connectivity interoperability challenges when sessions cross between separate IP networks.

Functionality. In order to effectively replace legacy circuit-switching equipment, packet network equipment must be able to deliver equivalent and
improved functionality and features for the service providers and network users.

Return on Investment.  With  the  reduction  in  profitability  of  service  providers  there  is  an  even  greater  need  for  them  to  achieve  better  returns  on
investment from capital expenditures on new equipment. Given the evolving nature of packet technologies and capabilities, there is greater pressure
to provide cost-effective technological solutions.

In order to maximize the benefits of using packet networks for the transmission of voice, data and fax, products must be able to address and solve
these inherent problems and challenges. These products must also be standards-based to support interoperability among different equipment manufacturers
and to allow operation over various networks.

AudioCodes’ Solution

Using  our  voice  compression  algorithms,  industry  standards,  advanced  digital  signal  processing  techniques,  VoIP  control  protocol  and  security
expertise, and voice communications system design expertise, our products address interoperability challenges, quality of service problems, security problems
and  reliability  problems  facing  the  VoIP  industry.  As  a  result,  we  enable  our  customers  to  build  voice  over  packet  networks  that  provide  communication
quality  comparable  to  traditional  telephone  networks.  Using  HDVoIP,  voice  quality  can  even  surpass  the  quality  of  traditional  TDM  networks.  We  work
closely with our customers in order to tailor our products to meet their specific needs, assist them in integrating our products within their networks and help
them bring their systems into operation on a timely basis. We also work with our customers in deploying their systems in various network environments.

32

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Utilizing our investment in developing standards-based VoIP protocol support for our products, customers can integrate our products with a large
number of industry leading IP-PBXs, unified communications, contact centers and carrier soft switches. Our interoperability teams test our products against a
variety of other products for interoperability, focusing on the leading standard VoIP protocols: Session Initiation Protocol, or SIP, and MEGACO/H.248.

We believe that the following strengths have enabled us to develop our products and provide services to our customers:

·

·

·

·

Leadership in voice compression technology. We are a leader in voice compression technology. Voice compression exploits redundancies within a
voice signal to reduce the bit rate of data required to digitally represent the voice signal while still maintaining acceptable voice quality. Our key
development personnel have significant experience in developing voice compression technology. We were involved in the development of the ITU
G.723.1 voice coding standard that was adopted by the VoIP Forum and the International Telecommunications Union as the recommended standard
for use in voice over IP gateways. We implement industry voice compression standards and work directly with our customers to design state-of-the-
art  proprietary  voice  compression  algorithms  that  satisfy  specific  network  requirements.  We  believe  that  our  significant  knowledge  of  the  basic
technology permits us to optimize its key elements and positions us to address further technological advances in the industry. We also believe that
our technological expertise has resulted in us being sought out by leading equipment manufacturers to work with them in designing their systems and
provision of solutions to their customers.

Digital  signal  processing  design  expertise.  Our  extensive  experience  and  expertise  in  designing  advanced  digital  signal  processing  algorithms
enables us to implement them efficiently in real time systems. Digital signal algorithms are computerized methods used to extract information out of
signals.  In  designing  our  signal  processors,  we  use  minimal  digital  signal  processing  memory  and  processing  power  resources.  This  allows  us  to
develop higher density solutions than our competitors. Our expertise is comprehensive and extends to all of the functions required to perform voice
compression, fax and modem transmission over packet networks and telephone signaling processing.

Compressed  voice  communications  systems  design  expertise.  We  have  the  expertise  to  design  and  develop  the  various  building  blocks  and  the
products  required  for  complete  voice  over  packet  systems.  In  building  these  systems,  we  develop  hardware  architectures,  voice  packetization
software  and  signaling  software,  and  integrate  them  with  our  signal  processors  to  develop  a  complete,  high  performance  compressed  voice
communications system. We assist our customers in integrating our signal processors into their hardware and software systems to ensure high voice
quality, high completion rate of fax and data transmissions and telephone signaling processing accuracy. Further, we are able to customize our off-
the-shelf products to meet our customers’ specific needs, thereby providing them with a complete, integrated solution.

Real time embedded software design and implementation expertise. We have the expertise to design and develop voice and data network elements
using  embedded  real  time  software  to  achieve  more  competitive  pricing.  The  development  and  integration  of  VoIP  signaling  protocols,  routing
protocols,  management  and  provisioning  into  a  more  cost-effective  solution  uses  our  expertise  and  investment  in  research  and  development
resources.  We  believe  that  the  benefits  we  can  deliver  are  better  price  performance,  smaller  footprint,  reduced  power  consumption  and  more
attractive products.

· Media gateway protocols design expertise. Our extensive experience in developing media gateway standard protocols, keeping ourselves up to date
with new request for comments, or RFCs, and adjusting our features according to customers’ requirements and interoperability testing allows us to
provide our customers with a single gateway that can interface with most of the leading solution providers in the VoIP market.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
·

·

·

Close  technology  relationships  with  market  leaders.  Our  continuing  effort  of  testing  and  certifying  our  systems  against  other  vendors’
complimentary solutions, positions us as a provider of VoIP products that can interoperate with most of the world’s leading VoIP products. It also
helps to create for us an extensive feature list that can be used by different customers for their own networks and solutions.

Deep understanding of VoIP security. Based on long-standing market experience with deploying AudioCodes products at enterprise networks, we
have developed a detailed understanding of the VoIP security requirements of enterprises including admission control, denial of service, throttling
and traversal aspects. This understanding and knowledge helps us reach integration with our communications protocols implementation creating an
effective VoIP security solution.

VoIP professional services. Based on our extensive expertise in VoIP network and technology we offer services intended to enhance customer’s VoIP
network capabilities, by offering network assessment services and other professional services.

We believe that our products possess the following advantages:

·

Voice over Packet signal processors. Our multi-channel signal processors enable our customers and us to create products that meet the reliability,
capacity, size, power consumption and cost requirements needed for building high capacity VoIP products.

· Multiple and comprehensive product lines. We address both the standards-based open telecommunications architecture market and the proprietary
system market. We can do this because we enable our customers to use multiple applications in different market segments. For example, our VoIP
communications  boards  target  the  open  telecommunications  architecture  market,  while  our  signal  processors,  modules  and  voice  packetization
software target the proprietary system market. Our analog and digital media gateways and multi-service business gateways target residential, hosted,
access, trunking and enterprise applications and our session border controllers target unified communication, SIP trunking, IP centrex and contact
center networks. Our IP phones and VoIP mobile clients target the enterprise and service provider hosted solutions markets.

·

·

·

Extensive feature set. Our products incorporate an extensive set of signal processing functions and features (such as coders, fax processing and echo
cancellation), functionalities (such as session initiation protocol, or SIP, H.248 or Megaco, H.323, and media gateway control protocol, or MGCP)
and implement a complete system. We offer the ability to manage multiple channels of communications working independently of each other, with
each channel capable of performing all of the functions required for voice compression, fax and modem transmission, telephone signaling processing
and other functions. These functions include voice, fax or data detection, echo cancellation, telephone tone signal detection, generation and other
telephony  signaling  processing.  Our  gateway  products,  media  server  and  multi-service  business  gateways  also  offer  wireless/mobile  features  to
enable fixed mobile convergence.

Cost-effective solutions.  We  are  able  to  address  different  market  segments  and  applications  with  the  same  hardware  platforms  thus  providing  our
customers with efficient and cost-effective solutions.

Open architecture. Our networking products utilize industry standard control protocols that enable them to interoperate with other vendors and easily
integrate into enterprise IP telephony systems as well as carrier networks. Our voice over packet communications boards target the open architecture
gateway  market  segment,  which  enables  our  customers  to  use  hardware  and  software  products  widely  available  for  standards-based  open
telecommunications  platforms.  We  believe  that  this  provides  our  customers  the  benefits  of  scalability,  upgradeability  and  enhanced  functionality
without the need to replace their systems for evolving applications.

34

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
·

·

Various  entry  level  products.  Our  wide  product  range  (chips  to  media  gateways,  multi-service  business  gateway,  IP  phones  and  media  servers)
provides our customers with a range of entry level products. We believe that these building blocks enable our customers to significantly shorten their
time to market by adding their value added solution.

VoIPerfect  architecture.  Our  VoIPerfect  architecture  serves  as  the  underlying  technology  platform  common  to  all  of  our  products  since  1998.
VoIPerfectTM  is  regularly  updated  and  upgraded  with  features  and  functionalities  required  to  comply  with  evolving  standards  and  protocols.
VoIPerfectTM  architecture  comprises  VoIP  digital  signal  processing,  or  DSP,  software  and  media  streaming  embedded  software,  integrated  public
telephone  switched  network,  or  PTSN,  signaling  protocols  and  VoIP  standard  control  protocols,  VoIP  security  mechanisms,  provisioning  and
management engines. Additional features enable carrier-grade quality and high availability. VoIPerfectTM architecture components are available in
AudioCodes’ products at various levels of integration, from the chip level, through blades, to high-availability and non-high-availability analog and
digital gateway and session border controller platforms.

Business Strategy

AudioCodes’ vision is to become a leading strategic supplier of VoIP and converged VoIP and data solutions for service providers and enterprises

worldwide. The following are key elements of our strategy:

· Maintain  and  extend  technological  leadership.  We  intend  to  capitalize  on  our  expertise  in  voice  compression  technology  and  voice  signaling
protocols  and  proficiency  in  designing  voice  communications  systems.  We  continually  upgrade  our  product  lines  with  additional  functionalities,
interfaces and densities. We have invested heavily and are committed to continued investment in developing technologies that are key to providing
high performance voice, data and fax transmission over packet networks and to be at the forefront of technological evolution in our industry.

·

·

·

Strengthen and expand strategic relationships with key partners and customers. We sell our products to leading enterprise channels, regional system
integrators, global equipment manufacturers and value-added resellers, or VARs, in the telecommunications and networking industries and establish
and maintain long-term working relationships with them. We work closely with our customers to engineer products and subsystems that meet each
customer’s particular needs. The long development cycles usually required to build equipment incorporating our products frequently results in close
working relationships with our customers. By focusing on leading equipment manufacturers with large volume potential, we believe that we reach a
substantial segment of our potential customer base while minimizing the cost and complexity of our marketing efforts.

Expand and enhance the development of highly-integrated products. We plan to continue designing, developing and introducing new product lines
and  product  features  that  address  the  increasingly  sophisticated  needs  of  our  customers. We  believe  that  our  knowledge  of  core  technologies  and
system  design  expertise  enable  us  to  offer  better  solutions  that  are  more  complete  and  contain  more  features  than  competitive  alternatives.  We
believe that the best opportunities for our growth and profitability will come from offering a broad range of highly-integrated network product lines
and product features, the integration of data services into our VoIP products, and the expansion into the unified communications and contact center
markets.

Build upon existing technologies to penetrate new markets. The technology we developed originally for the OEM market has served us in building
products that now sell into the service provider and enterprise markets. The same products and technology can also be used to create application-
specific  products  and  solutions.  Key  segments  that  we  focus  on  are  unified  communications,  contact  centers,  SIP  trunking  and  hosted  services
markets that have been adopting VoIP solutions.

35

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
· Work close to market and customers. Our partners and customers are distributed around the world, and part of our ability to serve them is by being
close by. For this reason, we are investing in building local operations in key countries and regions, including sales, marketing and support resources
to closely serve our partners and customers.

·

·

Develop a network of strategic partners. We sell our products through or in cooperation with customers that can offer or certify our products as part
of  a  full-service  solution  to  their  customers.  We  expect  to  further  develop  our  strategic  partner  relationships  with  solution  providers,  system
integrators  and  other  service  providers  in  order  to  increase  our  customer  base.  Our  strategic  partners  include  companies  such  as  Microsoft,
BroadSoft, Avaya, Genesys, Interactive Intelligence and Alcatel-Lucent.

Acquire  complementary  businesses  and  technologies.  We  may  pursue  the  acquisition  of  complementary  businesses  and  technologies  or  the
establishment of joint ventures to broaden our product offerings, enhance the features and functionality of our systems, increase our penetration in
targeted markets and expand our marketing and distribution capabilities.

Products

Our products facilitate the transmission of voice, data and fax over packet networks. We have incorporated our algorithms, technologies and systems

design expertise in both our networking and technology product lines.

We typically categorize our revenues from products and services into two main business lines: network and technology. Network products consist of
customer  premises  equipment,  or  CPE,  gateways  for  the  enterprise  and  service  provider  (or  carrier)  markets  and  of  carrier-grade-oriented  low-  and  mid-
density  media  gateways  for  service  providers  and  ESBCs.  Complementing  our  media  gateways  and  session  border  gateways  as  network  products  are  our
multi-service business routers (MSBR). IP phones, media servers, mobile VoIP solutions and value added application products. Sales of network products
accounted for approximately 65% of our revenues in 2011 and approximately 62% of our revenues in 2012. Network services accounted for approximately
12% of our revenues in 2011 and approximately 18% of our revenues in 2012.

Technology products are enabling in nature and consist of our chips and boards business products. These are sold primarily to original equipment
manufacturers, or OEMs, through distribution channels. Our chips and boards serve as building blocks that our customers incorporate in their products. In
contrast, our networking products are used by our customers as part of a broader technological solution and are a box level product that interacts directly with
other third party products. Sales of technology products accounted for approximately 22% of our products revenues in 2011 and approximately 19% of our
products revenues in 2012. Technology services accounted for approximately 1% of our revenues in 2011 and 2012.

Networking products

This  line  of  products  includes  products  that  are  network  level  products.  Networking  products  are  deployed  in  enterprise  unified  communications

networks, service providers residential and access networks, trunking applications in carrier networks, and fixed-mobile convergence applications.

·

Our media  gateways  enable  voice,  data  and  fax  to  be  transmitted  over  Internet  and  other  protocols,  and  interface  with  third  party  equipment  to
facilitate  enhanced  voice  and  data  services.  We  offer  analog  media  gateways  for  toll  bypass,  residential  gateways,  hosted,  access  and  enterprise
applications;  and  digital  media  gateways  with  various  capacities  for  wireless,  wireline,  cable,  enterprise,  fixed  mobile  convergence,  and  unified
communications;

36

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
·

·

·

·

Enterprise session border controller (E-SBC) for service providers and enterprise connecting to SIP trunk and hosted services and between unified
communications and IP PBX systems. Our E-SBCs provide security, interoperability, survivability and quality assurance that are required for reliable
IP  to  IP  connectivity  between  enterprise  branch  offices  and  main  office,  between  enterprise  and  SIP  trunking  or  cloud-based  applications  service
providers.  E-SBCs  also  connect  between  IP-PBXs  and  unified  communication  systems  from  different  vendors,  and  enable  remote  workers
connectivity into the enterprise VoIP network.

Our multi-service business routers integrate multiple data, telephony and security services into a single device. Building on our media gateway CPE
line, we have added the support of additional functions such as a LAN switch, a data router, a firewall and a session border controller, providing
service providers with an integrated demarcation point and the enterprise with an all-in-one solution for its communications needs.

Our  IP  phones  include  a  family  of  high  definition  IP  phones,  suitable  for  integration  with  third  party  IP-PBX  platforms  for  the  enterprise  IP
telephony market, as well as into IP-Centrex service provider solutions.

Our  mobile  VoIP  clients  include  a  family  of  soft  clients  for  leading  smartphones  operating  systems  and  a  client  management  system,  providing
mobile roaming solutions for mobile and voice over IP and voice over broadband service providers.

· We  offer  a  variety  of  products  that  are  tailored  for  Microsoft  unified  communication  environments.  These  products  are  based  on  our  Mediant
gateway platforms, as well as SPS (SIP phone support), and include survivable branch appliances (SBAs), enhanced gateways, E-SBCs, IP Phones,
faxing solutions, call recording solutions (SmartTAP) and E911 solutions for Microsoft Lync.

·

·

·

Our media servers enable conferencing, multi-language announcement functionality, and other applications for voice over packet networks.

VoIP  Network  Assessment  (VNA).  We  offer  a  professional  service  module  of  VoIP  network  assessment  for  enterprises.  The  VNA  is  provided  to
enterprises seeking a smooth and high quality transition to deployment of unified communications (e.g., Microsoft Lync) and IP Contact Centers.
The VNA provides the customer an understanding of its current IP network capability and readiness to carry high quality VoIP traffic on top of data
services.

Value added applications for unified communications.

We  support  our  networking  products  with  a  range  of  professional  services.  See  “Business-Services”  below  for  a  description  of  our  professional
services.

Technology Products

This line of products serves as a building block for network level products. Our technology products are enabling products that are part of our own or

our customers’ products.

·

Our  signal  processor  chips  process  and  compress  voice,  data  and  fax  and  enable  connectivity  between  traditional  telephone  networks  and  packet
networks;

37

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
·

VoIP communications boards;

· Media processing boards for enhanced services and functionalities; and

·

Voice and data logging hardware integration board products.

Our products are designed to build on our core technologies and competencies extending them both vertically (chips inserted into boards, boards
inserted into digital media gateways) and horizontally into different applications for different market segments, such as enterprise, call centers, wireline, cable
and wireless.

Our Product Families - Networking Products

Analog Media Gateways for Toll Bypass, Service Provider Access and Enterprise Applications

Our  MediaPackTM  family  comprises  our  analog  and  basic  rate  interface,  or  BRI,  media  gateways  for  toll  bypass,  service  provider  access  and
enterprise applications. These products are designed to empower the next-generation network by providing cost-effective, cutting-edge technology solutions
that  deliver  voice  and  fax  services  to  the  corporate  market,  small  businesses  and  home  offices.  Our  analog  media  gateways  for  access  and  enterprise
applications provide media streaming functionality while being either controlled by a centralized call agent or used in box VoIP control protocols (SIP, H.323,
and MGCP). Convergence of data, voice and fax is achieved by a combination of the media gateway with any IP access technology, eliminating the cost of
multiple  access  circuits.  This  product  family  utilizes  our  experience  and  digital  signal  processing,  or  DSP,  technology  for  echo  cancellation,  voice
compression, silence suppression and comfort noise generation. Part of this line is composed of our analog residential gateways whose primary target market
is the large volume residential service providers, or SP, market.

The MediaPackTM family represents a feature rich product for streaming voice quality with a powerful analog interface supporting all major control

protocols, such as H323, SIP and MGCP, and is also capable of supporting unified communication and FMC applications.

The MediaPack family also includes the MP-2xx family of residential gateways, including the MP-252 and MP-262 multimedia home gateways. The
MediaPack  252  (MP-252)  is  a  feature-rich,  multimedia  home  gateway  for  broadband  networks  with  multi-play  support.  With  ADSL2+  modem,  multiple
antenna wireless LAN connectivity, DECT handsets supporting HD VoIP, bluetooth interface for connecting cellular phones and optional battery backup, it is
targeting the tiers of service providers that offer multi-play home services over broadband networks. In addition to including the same features as the MP-252,
the Media Pack MP-262 also supports VDSL2 and Gigabit access. The market for this product is focused on direct engagement with service providers, as this
product typically requires specific integration with the network.

The  Mediant  Family  of  Products  -  Digital  and  Mixed  (Digital  and  Analog)  Media  Gateways,  Enterprise  Session  Border  Controllers  (ESBC’s)  and  Multi-
Service Business Routers for Service Provider Access and Enterprise Applications (MediantTM 600,800, 1000,2000,3000 Media Gateways and ESBC’s and
Mediant 500, 800, 850 and 1000TM MSBR’s),as well as higher capacity Media and Transcoding Gateways for Wireless, Wireline and Cable Service Provider
networks (Mediant, 5000, 8000)

The  MediantTM  product  family  offers  scalability  and  functionality,  providing  a  full  suite  of  standards  compliant  control  protocols  and  public
switched  telephone  network,  or  PSTN,  signaling  interfaces  for  a  variety  of  applications  in  most  unified  communications,  IP-PBX,  SIP  application  and
softswitch  controlled  environments.  This  product  family  is  compatible  with  popular  voice  over  IP  voice  coders  and  protocols,  including  code-division
multiple access, or CDMA, global system for mobile communications, or GSM, CDMA2000, universal mobile telecommunications service, or UMTS, and
Long Term Evolution (LTE), as well as popular narrowband and wideband voice coders used in enterprise and Over the Top networks, such as SILK, RTA,
SPEEX, G.722 and more. It builds on our VoIPerfect® architecture, which is installed in millions of lines worldwide. It is also interoperable with most of the
world’s leading vendors.

38

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The MediantTM family provides customers with a comprehensive line of different sized gateways and E-SBCs. Small or medium-sized gateways
enable cost-effective solutions for enterprise or small points of presence, as well as entry into fast growing new and emerging markets. The large gateways
scale to central office capacities and are designed to meet carriers’ operational requirements. The Mediant family of media gateways is capable of supporting
unified communication, contact center and service provider VoIP applications which may be of increased interest to enterprises and service providers.

The Mediant family of products consists of a number of models that offer different capacity, that is the number of concurrent calls or sessions that
the  gateway  or  ESBC  can  handle.  The  capacity  of  our  Mediant  products  range  from  approximately  30  concurrent  calls/sessions  to  8,000  concurrent
calls/sessions.

Our Mediant 1000 and Mediant 800 have three different models. The first two models are a modular VoIP media gateway and enterprise session
border  controllers. The  other  model  includes  multi-service  business  routers,  or  MSBRs,  which  are  networking  devices  that  combine  multiple  multiservice
functions  such  as  a  media  gateway,  session  border  controller,  data  router,  firewall,  LAN  switch,  WAN  access  and  survivability.  The  MSBR  concept  is
designed  to  address  the  needs  of  service  providers  that  offer  IP-Centrex  and  SIP  trunking  services  and  of  distributed  enterprises.  The  range  of  interfaces
supported on the Mediant 800 and Mediant 1000 MSBR include a variety of voice and data (WAN) interfaces.

The Mediant MSBRs include the Mediant500 and Mediant850 pure MSBR platforms and are based on AudioCodes’ VoIPerfect best-of-breed media
gateway  technology,  combined  with  enterprise  class  session  border  controller,  data  and  voice  security  elements,  data  routing,  LAN  switching  and  WAN
access.

Our product line specifically designed for the Microsoft unified communications environment, known as Lync, is constantly upgraded to support the
latest  Microsoft  unified  communications  specifications.  These  products  include  Lync  qualified  IP  Phones,  enhanced  gateways,  enterprise  session  border
controllers  and  survivable  branch  appliances  based  on  our  Mediant  family,  as  well  as  SPS  (SIP  phone  support),  a  software  platform  that  enables  the
connectivity of third party SIP phones into the Microsoft environment, and SmartTAP, a passive compliance recording solution. The marketing and sales of
these products utilizes our growing network of Microsoft VSPs (voice specialized partners) with whom we work closely.

Our ESBC technology integrates into all Mediant platforms. It offers secure VoIP and multimedia traversal of firewall, or FW, and network address
translation, or NAT, systems, as well as denial of service, or DoS, attack prevention at both the signaling and media layers. These products target the VoIP
security and connectivity needs of enterprises of different sizes, migrating from traditional PSTN connectivity to SIP trunking or hosted services. NAT and
FW traversal are necessary to allow VoIP and multimedia sessions to pass from the service provider (“SP”) network to the residential or enterprise networks.
Security and DoS attack prevention protects the enterprise from fraud attacks that load an application server until it crashes.

The Mediant ESBC also provides comprehensive quality of service, or QoS, mechanisms and protocol mediation, which is the translation between
two variants of the same VoIP protocol to enable two VoIP systems to communicate with each other. Examples of protocol mediation include connecting an
IP PBX with SIP trunk services or connecting between two unified communication systems of different vendors. In addition, ESBCs support remote workers
connectivity, enabling unified communications over IP between the enterprise and its workers located outside the premises. As the ESBC line is an evolution
of our existing gateway line, the market for these products is expected to include the same evolving channel strategy, including value-added resellers and
service provider channels.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Mediant 800 and 1000 products can also include an OSN (open solutions network) server module featuring a general purpose CPU and hard
disk, allowing hosting of any third-party off-the-shelf application. This solution enables system integrators and software vendors to use these platforms for
integrated unified communications solutions.

IPmediaTM Servers for Enhanced Services and Functionalities

IPmediaTM platforms are designed to answer the growing market demand for enhanced voice services over packet networks, particularly network-
based  applications  like  unified  communications,  call  recording,  and  conferencing  by  carriers  and  application  service  providers.  IPmediaTM  enables  our
customers  to  develop  and  market  applications  such  as  unified  communications,  interactive  voice  response,  call-centers,  conferencing  and  voice-activated
personal assistants.

300HD and 400HD Series of High Definition IP Phones

AudioCodes 300 and 400 Series of HD VoIP-enabled IP phones offer a new dimension of voice call quality and clarity for the enterprise and service
provider markets. This product line enables us to provide an end-to-end solution which relies heavily on the technological infrastructure and proven track
record in providing state-of-the art high quality VoIP products for enterprise, wireline, wireless and cable applications.

The 300 and 400 Series of IP phones meet the demand for high definition VoIP solutions in end-user phones and terminals, providing high voice
fidelity, advanced security and features and enhanced user interface. Our IP phones are widely interoperable with numerous IP-PBXs, soft switches and IP-
Centrex solutions.

VoIP Mobile Access Solution (VMAS)

VMAS  is  our  mobile  VoIP  solution  comprised  of  a  client  management  system  (CMS)  and  a  variety  of  mobile  soft  clients  for  leading  iOS  and
Android  based  mobile  operating  systems  and  smartphones.  The  market  for  this  product  is  focused  on  direct  engagement  with  service  providers,  as  this
product typically requires specific integration with the service provider’s network.

Element Management System

Our element management system, or EMS, is an advanced solution for centralized, standards-based management of our VoP gateways, covering all
areas vital to the efficient operations, administration, management and provisioning of our MediantTM and MediaPackTM VoP gateways and session border
controllers.

Our EMS offers network equipment providers and system integrators fast setup of medium and large VoP networks with the advantage of a single
centralized  management  system  that  configures,  provisions  and  monitors  all  of  AudioCodes  gateways  and  session  border  controllers  deployed,  either  as
customer premises equipment, access or core network platforms.

Session Experience Manager (SEM):

Our Session Experience Manager, or SEM, is a software solution built to monitor, analyze, report and control the quality of incoming and outgoing

enterprise voice calling over internet protocol networks in real-time. SEM is designed as an intuitive, easy to use solution, which includes an array of
advanced tools producing a continuous comprehensive view of voice quality of experience at the enterprise network and its connecting trunks. Among these
tools are network views to map devices and their associated voice quality, graphic illustrations of VoIP call metrics, convenient drill down details of a given
call, traffic trend analysis to identify current and future bottlenecks, active and historic alarm display, and flexible pre-defined reports. In addition to VoIP,
SEM includes a tool for analyzing fax transmission quality. SEM complements our Element Management System (EMS) by providing comprehensive
configuration, monitoring and performance solutions for IT managers and service providers deploying a network of AudioCodes network products.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Product Families - Technology Products

Voice Over Packet Processors

Our  signal  processor  chips  compress  and  decompress  voice,  data  and  fax  communications.  This  enables  these  communications  to  be  sent  from
circuit-switched telephone networks to packet networks. Our chips are digital signal processors on which we have embedded our algorithms. These signal
processor chips are the basic building blocks used by our customers and us to enable their products to transmit voice, fax and data over packet networks.
These chips may be incorporated into our communications boards, media gateway modules and analog media gateways for access and enterprise applications
or they may be purchased separately and incorporated into other boards or customer products.

TrunkPackTMVoIP Communication Boards

Our  communications  boards  are  designed  to  operate  in  gateways  connecting  the  circuit-switched  telephone  network  to  packet  networks  based  on
Internet protocols. Our boards comply with VoIP industry standards and allow for interoperability with other gateways. Our boards support standards-based
open  telecommunications  architecture  systems  and  combine  our  signal  processor  chips  with  communications  software,  signaling  software  and  proprietary
hardware  architecture  to  provide  a  cost  efficient  interoperable  solution  for  high  capacity  gateways.  We  believe  that  using  open  architecture  permits  our
customers to bring their systems to market quickly and to integrate our products more easily within their systems.

IPmediaTM Boards for Enhanced Services and Functionalities

The IPmediaTM product family is designed to allow OEMs and application partners to provide sophisticated content and services that create revenue
streams  and  customer  loyalty  through  the  ability  to  provide  additional  services.  The  IPmediaTM  boards  provides  voice  and  fax  processing  capabilities  to
enable, together with our partners, an architecture for development and deployment of enhanced services.

Voice and Data Logging Hardware Integration Board Products

The SmartWORKSTM family of products is our voice and data logging hardware integration board product line. SmartWORKSTM boards for the

call recording and voice voice/data logging industry are compatible with a multitude of private branch exchange, or PBX, telephone system integrations.

Services

To support today’s complex multi-service networks, AudioCodes has developed a comprehensive professional services program intended to provide
responsive,  preventive,  and  consultative  support  of  AudioCodes  networking  products.  AudioCodes  professional  services  support  networking  devices,
applications and infrastructures, allowing large organizations and service providers to realize the potential of a high-performance multi-service network. The
foundation  for  AudioCodes  professional  services  is  a  network  life-cycle  model  based  on  the  four  basic  phases  of  planning,  design,  implementation  and
optimizing. The result is a specially designed portfolio of complementary and synergistic service components. Services accounted for approximately 13% of
our revenues in 2011 and approximately 19% of our revenues in 2012.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core Technologies

We believe that one of our key competitive advantages is our broad base of core technologies ranging from advanced voice compression algorithms
to complex architecture system design. We have developed and continue to build on a number of key technology areas. We have named our cross platform
core technology VoIPerfect. It essentially allows us to leverage the same feature set and interoperability with other products across our product lines.

Narrowband and Wideband (HDVoIP) Voice Compression Algorithms

Voice compression techniques are essential for the transmission of voice over packet networks. Voice compression exploits redundancies within a
voice signal to reduce the bit rate required to digitally represent the voice signal, from 64 kilobits per second, or kbps, down to low bit rates ranging from 5.3
kbps  to  8  kbps,  while  still  maintaining  acceptable  voice  quality.  A  bit  is  a  unit  of  data.  Different  voice  compression  algorithms,  or  coders,  make  certain
tradeoffs between voice quality, bit rate, delay and complexity to satisfy various network requirements. Use of voice activity detection techniques and silence
removal techniques further reduce the transmission rate by detecting the silence periods embedded in the voice flow and discarding the information packets
which do not contribute to voice intelligibility.

We are one of the innovators in developing low bit rate voice compression technologies. Our patented MP-MLQTM coder was adopted in 1995 by
the  ITU  as  the  basis  for  the  G.723.1  voice  coding  standard  for  audio/visual  applications  over  circuit-switched  telephone  networks.  By  adhering  to  this
standard, system manufacturers guarantee the interoperability of their equipment with the equipment of other vendors.

We also provide wideband compression techniques that provide high definition VoIP quality, which expands the sampled frequency range from the
traditional narrowband frequency range of 3.3Khz to over 7Khz, providing better voice quality and intelligibility, and a better user expertise. This technology
is expanding and is expected to become a de-facto standard for future VoIP communications.

Advanced Digital Signal Processing Algorithms

To provide a complete voice over packet communications solution, we have developed a library of digital signal processing functions designed to
complement  voice  compression  coders  with  additional  functionality,  including:  echo  cancellation;  voice  activity  detection;  facsimile  and  data  modem
processing; and telephony signaling processing. Our extensive experience and expertise in designing advanced digital signal processing solutions allows us to
implement algorithms using minimal processing memory and power resources.

Our algorithms include:

Echo cancellation. Low bit rate voice compression techniques introduce considerable delay, necessitating the use of echo cancellation algorithms.
The  key  performance  criterion  of  an  echo  canceller  is  its  ability  to  deal  with  large  echo  reflections,  long  echo  delays,  fast  changing  echo  characteristics,
diverse telecommunications equipment and network effects. Our technology achieves low residual echo and fast response time to render echo effects virtually
unnoticeable.

Fax transmission. There are two widely used techniques for real time transmission of fax over networks based on Internet protocols: fax relay and
fax spoofing. Fax relay takes place when a fax is sent from a fax machine through a gateway over networks based on Internet protocols in real time to a fax
machine at the other end of the network. At the gateway, the analog fax signals are demodulated back into digital data, converted into packets, routed over the
packet network and reassembled at the receiving end. Fax relay is used when the round trip network delay is small (typically below one second). When the
round trip network delay increases, one of the fax machines may time out while waiting for a response from the other fax machine to arrive.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data  modem  technology.  We  have  developed  data  modem  technologies  that  facilitate  data  relay  over  packet  networks.  Our  data  modem  relay

software algorithms support all existing data modem standards up to a bit rate of 14.4 kbps.

Telephony  signaling  processing.  Various  telephony  signaling  standards  and  protocols  are  employed  to  route  calls  over  the  traditional  telephone
network, some of which use “in-band” methods, which means that the signaling tones are sent over the telephone line just like the voice signal. As a result, in-
band  signaling  tones  may  have  to  undergo  the  compression  process  just  like  the  voice  signal.  Most  low  bit-rate  voice  coders,  however,  are  optimized  for
speech signals and exhibit poor tone transfer performance. To overcome this, our processors are equipped with tone detection and tone generation algorithms.
To provide seamless transparency between the traditional telephone network and packet networks for signaling, we employ various digital signal processing
techniques for efficient tone processing.

Voice Communications Software

To transmit the compressed voice and fax over packet networks, voice packetization processes are required to construct and deconstruct each packet
of data for transmission. The processing involves breaking up information into packets and adding address and control fields information according to the
specifications  of  the  appropriate  packet  network  protocol.  In  addition,  the  software  provides  the  interface  with  the  signal  processors  and  addresses  packet
delay and packet loss issues.

Media Processing

Our media processing products provide the enabling technology and platforms for developing enhanced voice service applications for legacy and
next generation networks. We have developed media processing technologies such as message recording/playback, announcements, voice coding and mixing
and  call  progress  tone  detection  that  enable  our  customers  to  develop  and  offer  advanced  revenue  generating  services  such  as  conferencing,  network
announcements, voice mail and interactive voice response.

Our media processing technology is integrated into our enabling technology platforms like Voice over Packet processors and VoIP blades, as well as
into our network platforms like the Mediant media gateways and the IPMedia media servers. The same technology is also integrated into our multi-service
business gateways, enabling the use of these platforms to run third party VoIP software, offloading media processing from the host CPU.

Addressing Multiple Networks and Standards Concurrently

Convergence of wireline and wireless networks is becoming a key driver for deployment of voice over packet networks, enabling operators to use

common equipment for both networks, thus lowering capital expenditures and operating expenses, while offering enriched services.

Our  voice  over  packet  products  provide  a  cost-effective  solution  for  these  convergence  needs,  complying  with  the  requirements  of  broadband
Wireline operators using xDSL technologies, Cable operators, mobile operators, FTTx operators, Internet telephony service providers, or ITSPs, and virtual
network Operators (VNOs). This includes support for relevant vocoders (wireline and wireless concurrently), interfaces and protocols.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  products  are  also  positioned  to  support  the  requirement  of  all  types  of  enterprise  customers.  From  SOHO,  SMB  all  the  way  up  to  large

enterprises, our products can provide integrated VoIP services and service provider access to enterprises in multiple vertical markets.

Hardware Architectures for Dense Multi-Trunk Voice over Packet Systems

Our voice over packet product offerings include high density, multi-trunk voice over packet systems for standards-based open telecommunications
platforms in access equipment. Multi-trunk processing is centered around a design encompassing two key processing elements, signal processors performing
voice,  fax  and  data  processing  and  a  communications  processor.  Overall  system  performance,  reliability,  capacity,  size,  cost  and  power  consumption  are
optimized,  based  on  our  hardware  architecture,  which  supports  high  throughput  rates  for  multi-trunk  processing.  On-board  efficient  network  and  system
interfaces relieve the system controller from extensive real time data transfer and processing of data streams.

Carrier Grade System Expertise

To provide state of the art carrier grade media gateways, we have developed a wide expertise in a number of fields essential to such a product line.
We have developed or integrated the various components required to implement a full digital media gateway solution that behaves as a unified entity to the
external  world.  This  required  a  major  investment  in  adapting  standard  cPCI  and  MicroTCA  (AMC)  platforms  to  our  needs.  Such  adaptation  included
optimizing power supply and cooling requirements, adding centralized shelf controllers, fabric switches and alarm cards to the chassis. Another aspect of the
expertise we developed relates to high availability software and hardware design. High availability is a required feature in any carrier grade media gateway
platform. We have also developed a sophisticated EMS to complete our offering. Our EMS enables the user to provision and monitor a number of media
gateways from a centralized location.

Customers

Our customers consist of service providers and enterprises, primarily via channels (such as distributors), OEMs, network equipment providers and
systems integrators. Historically, we have derived the majority of our revenues from sales to a small number of customers. The identities of our principal
customers have changed and we expect that they will continue to change, from year to year. Historically, a substantial portion of our revenue has been derived
from large purchases by a small number of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and network equipment providers, or NEPs, systems integrators and
distributors. ScanSource Communications, our largest customer, accounted for 9.8% of our revenues in 2010, 14.4% of our revenues in 2011 and 13.7% of
our revenues in 2012. Our top three customers accounted for approximately 22.2% of our revenues in 2010, 25.5% of our revenues in 2011 and 25.3% of our
revenues in 2012.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing strategy is to secure the leading channels and system integrators in each region, partner with leading application companies
and achieve design wins with network equipment providers in our targeted markets. We select our partners based on their ability to provide effective field
sales, marketing communications and technical support to our customers. In addition, we engage in direct sales and marketing with significant operators and
enterprises. Prospective customers and channels generally must make a significant commitment of resources to test and evaluate our products and to integrate
them into larger systems, networks and applications. As a result, our sales process is often subject to delays associated with lengthy approval processes that
typically accompany the design and testing of new communications equipment. For these reasons, the sales cycles of our products to new customers are often
lengthy, averaging approximately six to twelve months after achieving a design win. This time may be further extended because of internal testing, field trials
and requests for the addition or customization of features.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also provide our customers with reference platform designs, which enable them to achieve easier and faster transitions from the initial prototype
designs we use in the test trials through final production releases. We believe this significantly enhances our customers’ confidence that our products will
meet their market requirements and product introduction schedules.

We  market  our  products  in  the  United  States,  Europe,  Asia,  Latin  America  and  Israel  primarily  through  a  direct  sales  force.  We  have  invested
significant resources in setting up local sales forces giving us a presence in relevant markets. We have given particular emphasis to emerging markets such as
Latin America, Asia and Eastern Europe in addition to continuing to sell our products in developed countries.

We have generally entered into a combination of exclusive and non-exclusive sales representation agreements with these customers in each of the
major countries in which we do business. These agreements are typically for renewable 12-month terms, are terminable at will by us upon 90 days' notice, and
do not commit the customer to any minimum sales of our products to third parties. Some of our customers have the ability to return some of the products they
have previously purchased and purchase more up to date models.

Manufacturing

Some  of  our  components  are  obtained  from  single  suppliers.  For  example,  Texas  Instruments  Incorporated  supplies  all  of  our  DSP  components,
while Motorola and Cavium Networks provide embedded CPU and network processors. Other components are generic in nature and we believe they can be
obtained from multiple suppliers.

We  have  not  entered  into  any  long-term  supply  agreements.  However,  we  have  worked  for  years  in  several  countries  with  established  global
manufacturing leaders such as Flextronics and have a good experience with their level of commitment and ability to deliver. To date, we have been able to
obtain  sufficient  amounts  of  these  components  to  meet  our  needs  and  do  not  foresee  any  supply  difficulty  in  obtaining  timely  delivery  of  any  parts  or
components. However, an interruption in supply from any of these sources, especially with regard to DSP components from Texas Instruments Incorporated
and  CPU  and  network  processors  from  both  Cavium  Networks  and  Motorola,  or  an  unexpected  termination  of  the  manufacture  of  certain  electronic
components,  could  disrupt  production,  thereby  adversely  affecting  our  results.  We  generally  maintain  an  inventory  of  critical  components  used  in  the
manufacture and assembly of our products although our inventory of signal processor chips would likely not be sufficient in the event that we had to engage
an alternate supplier for these components.

We  utilize  contract  manufacturing  for  substantially  all  of  our  manufacturing  processes.  Most  of  our  manufacturing  is  carried  out  by  third-party
subcontractors in Israel, China and Taiwan. Our internal manufacturing activities consist primarily of the production of prototypes, test engineering, materials
purchasing and inspection, final product configuration and quality control and assurance.

In addition, we have engaged several original design manufacturers, or ODM, based in Asia to design and manufacture some of our products. We
may engage additional ODMs in the future. Termination of our commercial relationship with an ODM or the discontinuance of manufacturing of products by
an ODM would negatively affect our business operations.

We  are  obligated  under  certain  agreements  with  our  suppliers  to  purchase  goods  and  to  purchase  excess  inventory.  Aggregate  non-cancellable

obligations under these agreements as of December 31, 2012 were approximately $1.2 million.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industry Standards and Government Regulations

Our products must comply with industry standards relating to telecommunications equipment. Before completing sales in a country, our products
must  comply  with  local  telecommunications  standards,  recommendations  of  quasi-regulatory  authorities  and  recommendations  of  standards-setting
committees.  In  addition,  public  carriers  require  that  equipment  connected  to  their  networks  comply  with  their  own  standards.  Telecommunication-related
policies  and  regulations  are  continuously  reviewed  by  governmental  and  industry  standards-setting  organizations  and  are  always  subject  to  amendment  or
change. Although we believe that our products currently meet applicable industry and government standards, we cannot be sure that our products will comply
with future standards.

We  are  subject  to  telecommunication  industry  regulations  and  requirements  set  by  telecommunication  carriers  that  address  a  wide  range  of  areas
including  quality,  final  testing,  safety,  packaging  and  use  of  environmentally  friendly  components.  We  comply  with  the  European  Union’s  Restriction  of
Hazardous  Substances  Directive  (under  certain  exemptions)  that  requires  telecommunication  equipment  suppliers  to  not  use  some  materials  that  are  not
environmentally  friendly.  These  materials  include  cadmium,  hexavalent  chromium,  lead,  mercury,  polybrominated  biphenyls  and  polybrominatel  diphenyl
ethers. Under the directive, an extension for compliance was granted with respect to the usage of lead in solders in network infrastructure equipment. We
expect that other countries, including countries we operate in, will adopt similar directives or other additional regulations.

Competition

Competition  in  our  industry  is  intense  and  we  expect  competition  to  increase  in  the  future.  Our  competitors  currently  sell  products  that  provide
similar benefits to those that we sell. There has been a significant amount of merger and acquisition activity and strategic alliances frequently involving major
telecommunications equipment manufacturers acquiring smaller companies, and we expect that this will result in an increasing concentration of market share
among these companies, many of whom are our customers.

Our principal competitors in the area of analog media gateways (2 to 24 ports) for access and enterprise are Linksys (a division of Cisco Systems,
Inc.), Mediatrix Telecom, Inc., Vega Stream Limited, Innovaphone AG, NET (acquired by Sonus Networks), Tainet Communication System Corp., D-Link
Systems, Inc.,Patton, Sangoma, Dialogic and Edgewater.

Our principal competitors in the residential gateway market are Pirelli Broadband (ADB), Technicolor (previously Thomson), Sagemcom, ZyXEL,

Netgear, Bewan (Pace), Huawei, FiberHome and ZTE.

In the area of low and mid density digital gateways we face competition from companies such as Nokia-Siemens, Huawei and from Cisco, Dialogic,

Genband, Sonus Networks, NET (acquired by Sonus Networks), Patton, Ferrari and Sngoma.

Our  competitors  in  the  area  of  multi-service  business  gateways  are  companies  such  as  Cisco,  Juniper,  Adtran,  One  Access,  Patton,  Huawei,

HP/3Com, Alcatel and more.

Specifically  in  the  enterprise  class  session  border  controller  technology  we  compete  with  ACME  Packet  (acquired  by  Oracle),  Cisco,  SIPera

(acquired by Avaya), Sonus Networks, NET (acquired by Sonus Networks), Ingate and Edgewater.

Our competitors in the Microsoft Lync certified gateway and session border controller markets include NET (acquired by Sonus Networks), Sonus,

Dialogic, Cisco, Ferrari, HP, Ingate and ACME Packet (acquired by Oracle).

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Some of our competitors are also customers of our products and technologies.

Our principal competitors in the sale of signal processing chips are Broadcom, Octasic and Mindspeed. Other indirect competition is arriving from
the integration of VoIP functionality into processors (running the VoIP signal processing on generic ARM/MIPS cores), thus decreasing the need for dedicated
signal  processing  chips  in  a  VoIP  product,  Examples  to  such  manufacturers  are  Cavium,  Texas  Instruments  and  more.  Our  principal  competitors  in  the
communications board market are Dialgic, Sangoma and PIKA Technologies.

Our principal competitors in the area of IP phones are comprised of “best-of-breed” IP phone vendors and end-to-end IP telephony vendors. “Best-
of-breed” IP phone vendors sell standard-based SIP phones that can be integrated into any standards-based IP-PBX or hosted IP telephony systems. These
competitors include Polycom, HP, Yaelink and SNOM. End-to-end IP telephony vendors sell IP phones that only work in their proprietary systems. These
competitors include Cisco, Avaya, Alcatel-Lucent, Siemens, Aastra, NEC and more.

Many  of  our  competitors  have  the  ability  to  offer  vendor-sponsored  financing  programs  to  prospective  customers.  Some  of  our  competitors  with
broad product portfolios may also be able to offer lower prices on products that compete with ours because of their ability to recoup a loss of margin through
sales of other products or services. Additionally, voice, audio and other communications alternatives that compete with our products are being continually
introduced.

In the future, we may also develop and introduce other products with new or additional telecommunications capabilities or services. As a result, we
may compete directly with VoIP companies and other telecommunications infrastructure and solution providers, some of which may be our current customers.
Additional competitors may include companies that currently provide communication software products and services. The ability of some of our competitors
to bundle other enhanced services or complete solutions with VoIP products could give these competitors an advantage over us.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

Our success is dependent in part upon proprietary technology. We rely primarily on a combination of patent, copyright and trade secret laws, as well
as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary rights. We also rely on trademark protection concerning various names and
marks that serve to identify it and our products. While our ability to compete may be affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property, we believe
that because of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry maintaining our technological leadership and our comprehensive familiarity with all
aspects of the technology contained in our signal processors and communication boards is also of primary importance.

We  own  U.S.  patents  that  relate  to  our  voice  compression  and  session  border  control  technologies.  We  also  actively  pursue  patent  protection  in
selected other countries of interest to us. In addition to patent protection, we seek to protect our proprietary rights through copyright protection and through
restrictions  on  access  to  our  trade  secrets  and  other  proprietary  information  which  we  impose  through  confidentiality  agreements  with  our  customers,
suppliers, employees and consultants.

There  are  a  number  of  companies  besides  us  who  hold  or  may  acquire  patents  for  various  aspects  of  the  technology  incorporated  in  the  ITU’s
standards or other industry standards or proprietary standards, for example, in the fields of wireless and cable. While we have obtained cross-licenses from
some of the holders of these other patents, we have not obtained a license from all of the holders. The holders of these other patents from whom we have not
obtained licenses may take the position that we are required to obtain a license from them. Companies that have submitted their technology to the ITU (and
generally other industry standards making bodies) for adoption as an industry standard are required by the ITU to undertake to agree to provide licenses to
that technology on reasonable terms. Accordingly, we believe that even if we were required to negotiate a license for the use of such technology, we would be
able to do so at an acceptable price. Similarly, however, third parties who also participate with respect to the same standards-setting organizations as do we
may  be  able  to  negotiate  a  license  for  use  of  our  proprietary  technology  at  a  price  acceptable  to  them,  but  which  may  be  lower  than  the  price  we  would
otherwise prefer to demand.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under a pooling agreement dated March 3, 1995, as amended, between AudioCodes and DSP Group, Inc., on the one hand, and France Telecom,
Université  de  Sherbrooke  and  their  agent,  Sipro  Lab  Telecom,  on  the  other  hand,  we  and  DSP  Group,  Inc.  granted  to  France  Telecom  and  Université  de
Sherbrooke the right to use certain of our specified patents, and any other of our and DSP Group, Inc. intellectual property rights incorporated in the ITU
G.723.1 standard. Likewise France Telecom and Université de Sherbrooke granted AudioCodes and DSP Group, Inc. the right to use certain of their patents
and  any  other  intellectual  property  rights  incorporated  in  the  G.723.1  standard.  In  each  case,  the  rights  granted  are  to  design,  make  and  use  products
developed or manufactured for joint contribution to the G.723.1 standard without any payment by any party to the other parties.

In addition, each of the parties to the agreement granted to the other parties the right to license to third parties the patents of any party included in the
intellectual property required to meet the G.723.1 standard, in accordance with each licensing party’s standard patent licensing agreement. The agreement
provides for the fee structure for licensing to third parties. The agreement provides that certain technical information be shared among the parties, and each of
the groups agreed not to assert any patent rights against the other with respect of the authorized use of voice compression products based upon the technical
information transferred. Licensing by any of the parties of the parties’ intellectual property incorporated in the G.723.1 standard to third parties is subject to
royalties that are specified under the agreement.

Each of the parties to the agreement is free to develop and sell products embodying the intellectual property incorporated into the G.723.1 standard
without payment of royalties to other parties, so long as the G.723.1 standard is implemented as is, without modification. The agreement expires upon the last
expiration date of any of the AudioCodes, DSP Group, Inc., France Telecom or Université de Sherbrooke patents incorporated in the G.723.1 standard. The
parties to the agreement are not the only claimants to technology underlying the G.723.1 standard.

We are aware of parties who may be infringing our technology that is part of the G.723.1 standard. We evaluate these matters on a case by case basis,
directly or through our licensing partner. Although we have not yet determined whether to pursue legal action, we may do so in the future. There can be no
assurance that any legal action will be successful.

Third parties have claimed, and from time to time in the future may claim, that our past, current or future products infringe their intellectual property
rights.  Intellectual  property  litigation  is  complex  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  of  a  favorable  outcome  of  any  litigation.  Any  future  intellectual  property
litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of the efforts of our technical and management personnel.
Litigation could also disrupt or otherwise severely impact our relationships with current and potential customers as well as our manufacturing, distribution
and sales operations in countries where relevant third party rights are held and where we may be subject to jurisdiction. An adverse determination in any
proceeding could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require disputed rights to be licensed from such parties, assuming licenses to such rights
could be obtained, or require us to cease using such technology and expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology. We may not be able to
obtain a license at an acceptable price.

We have entered into technology licensing fee agreements with third parties. Under these agreements, we agreed to pay the third parties royalties,

based on sales of relevant products.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any material legal proceedings, except for the proceedings referred to below.

In  May  2007,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  respect  to  property  adjacent  to  our  headquarters  in  Israel,  pursuant  to  which  a  building  of
approximately  145,000  square  feet  was  erected  and  was  expected  to  be  leased  to  us  for  a  period  of  eleven  years.  This  new  building  was  substantially
completed on a structural level in May 2010. The landlord claimed that we should have taken delivery of the building at that time and started paying rent. We
disagreed with the landlord’s interpretation of the relevant agreement. As a result, the landlord terminated the agreement and leased the property to a third
party. This dispute has been referred to arbitration where we claim that due to the landlord’s failure we lost significant potential revenues due. The landlord
counterclaimed alleging that it sustained losses equal to approximately one year’s rent and management fees in the aggregate amount of approximately NIS
14 million (approximately $3.75 million based on the December 31, 2012 exchange rate). We believe that we have valid defenses to the counterclaim and a
provision is not required.

On January 14, 2009, Nortel Networks, Inc. and certain of its affiliates filed petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code
(the “Bankruptcy Code”). On May 27, 2011, Nortel commenced an action against AudioCodes Inc. and AudioCodes Ltd. (collectively, “AudioCodes”) in the
United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Nortel asserted that AudioCodes received approximately $3,153,000 in payments from Nortel in
the 90-day period prior to Nortel’s bankruptcy filing. Nortel asserted that these payments constituted avoidable preferential transfers pursuant to 11 U.S.C.
547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and Nortel was entitled to recover these payments from AudioCodes pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 550. The parties have settled the
matter  pursuant  to  the  Stipulation  of  Settlement  of  Avoidance  Claims  and  Recoupment  of  Claims  by  and  Between  the  Debtors,  AudioCodes,  Inc.  and
AudioCodes,  Ltd.  (the  “Stipulation”).  Under  the  Stipulation,  AudioCodes  paid  $20,000  to  Nortel  and  all  claims  by  the  parties  have  been  released  and
withdrawn. On July 10, 2012, the Court entered an order approving the Stipulation and the adversary proceeding was closed on August 1, 2012.

On September 15, 2011, a patent infringement action was commenced by CyberFone Systems, LLC, formerly known as LVL Patent Group LLC, in
the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  District  of  Delaware  against  our  subsidiary,  AudioCodes  Inc.  and  numerous  other  defendants,  alleging  that
AudioCodes Inc. and the other defendants infringed plaintiff’s intellectual property rights in five patents. The claims made in this action are being defended
by  AudioCodes  Inc.    The  Court  granted  defendants’  motion  for  summary  judgment  of  invalidity  on  U.S.  Patent  No.  8,019,060,  dismissing  all  claims  of
infringement  based  on  this  patent.    Plaintiff  continues  to  maintain  its  action  against  AudioCodes  Inc.  and  certain  other  defendants  based  on  alleged
infringement of four other patents that were not dismissed from the action. Preliminary discovery has begun, but it is not possible to predict the outcome of
this proceeding. We believe we have valid defenses to plaintiff’s claims and a provision is not required.

On  November  1,  2011,  a  patent  infringement  action  was  commenced  by  Klausner  Technologies,  Inc.  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the
Eastern District of Texas against AudioCodes Inc. alleging that AudioCodes Inc. infringed the plaintiff’s intellectual property rights in one patent. All claims
asserted in the action by Klausner Technologies against AudioCodes Inc. were dismissed without prejudice by the court on May 15, 2012.

In January 2013, one of our former senior executives sent a letter of demand claiming an amount of approximately $1 million dollars relating to his

termination of employment. We have denied all of his allegations and we believe that we have valid defenses to this claim.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February 2013, a patent infringement action was commences by AIM IP, LLC in the United States District Court of Central District of California
Southern Division against our subsidiary, AudioCodes Inc. and other defendants alleging that AudioCodes Inc. infringed the plaintiff’s intellectual property
rights in one patent. One of the other defendants is a customer of ours that has informed us that it believes it is entitled to indemnification from us with respect
to this litigation. The proceeding is at an early stage and it is not possible at this time to predict the outcome of these proceedings. We believe that we have
valid defenses to the claims.

C.

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

List of Significant Subsidiaries

AudioCodes Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a Delaware corporation.

D.

PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

We  lease  our  main  facilities,  located  in  Airport  City,  Lod,  Israel,  which  occupy  approximately  200,000  square  feet  for  annual  lease  payments  of
approximately  $4.7  million  (including  management  fees).  In  addition,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Airport  City,  Ltd.  regarding  the  neighboring
property  pursuant  to  which  a  building  of  approximately  145,000  square  feet  was  erected  and  was  to  be  leased  to  us  for  period  of  eleven  years.  We  are
currently engaged in a dispute with the landlord. See Item 4B-“Information on the Company-Business Overview-Legal Proceedings.”

Our U.S. subsidiary, AudioCodes Inc., leases approximately 28,000 square foot facility in Somerset, New Jersey. AudioCodes Inc. also leases offices
in Plano, Texas, San Jose, California, Raleigh, North Carolina, Boston, Massachusetts. The annual lease payments (including management fees) for all our
offices in the United States are approximately $700,000.

We believe that these properties are sufficient to meet our current needs. However, we may need to increase the size of our current facilities, seek

new facilities, close certain facilities or sublease portions of our existing facilities in order to address our needs in the future.

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  or  U.S.  GAAP.  These
accounting principles require management to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions based upon information available at the time that they are
made, historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates, judgments and assumptions
can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the periods presented.

On  an  on-going  basis,  management  evaluates  its  estimates  and  judgments,  including  those  related  to  revenue  recognition  and  allowance  for  sales
returns,  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  inventories,  intangible  assets,  goodwill,  income  taxes  and  valuation  allowance,  stock-based  compensation  and
contingent liabilities. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable
under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily
apparent from other sources.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with our Audit Committee. See Note 2 to our Consolidated

Financial Statements, which contain additional information regarding our accounting policies and other disclosures required by US GAAP.

Management  believes  the  significant  accounting  policies  that  affect  its  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the  preparation  of  its
consolidated  financial  statements  and  are  the  most  critical  to  aid  in  fully  understanding  and  evaluating  AudioCodes’  reported  financial  results  include  the
following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Revenue recognition and allowance for sales returns;

Allowance for doubtful accounts;

Inventories;

Intangible assets;

Goodwill;

Income taxes and valuation allowance;

Stock-based compensation; and

Contingent liabilities.

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Sales Returns

We  generate  our  revenues  primarily  from  the  sale  of  products.  We  sell  our  products  through  a  direct  sales  force  and  sales  representatives.  Our
customers  include  original  equipment  manufacturers,  network  equipment  providers,  systems  integrators  and  distributors  in  the  telecommunications  and
networking industries, all of whom are considered end-users.

Revenues from products are recognized in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements
when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (i)  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  (ii)  delivery  of  the  product  has  occurred,  (iii)  the  fee  is  fixed  or
determinable and (iv) collectability is probable. We have no obligation to customers after the date on which products are delivered, other than pursuant to
warranty obligations and any applicable right of return. We grant to some of our customers the right of return or the ability to exchange a specific percentage
of the total price paid for products they have purchased over a limited period for other products.

We maintain a provision for product returns and exchanges and other incentives. This provision is based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit

memo data and other known factors. This provision amounted to $1.4 million in 2010, $823,000 in 2011 and $1.2 million in 2012.

Revenues from the sale of products which were not yet determined to be final sales due to market acceptance or technological compatibility were
deferred and included in deferred revenues. In cases where collectability is not probable, revenues are deferred and recognized upon collection. Revenues
from services are recognized ratably over the time of the service agreement, usually one year.

In 2011, we adopted, on a prospective basis, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-
13, Topic 605 - Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”). ASU 2009-13 changes the requirements for establishing separate units of
accounting in a multiple element arrangement and requires the allocation of consideration to each deliverable to be based on the relative selling price.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is
not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We then recognize revenue on each deliverable in accordance with our
policies for product and service revenue recognition. VSOE of selling price is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. In determining
VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a narrow range based on stand alone rates. TPE of selling price is established by
evaluating largely interchangeable competitor products or services in stand-alone sales to similarly situated customers. However, as our products contain a
significant element of proprietary technology and our solutions offer substantially different features and functionality, the comparable pricing of products with
similar functionality typically cannot be obtained. Additionally, as we are unable to reliably determine the selling prices of competitors products on a stand-
alone basis, we are not typically able to determine TPE. The ESP is established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices in
different  geographical  areas  and  through  different  sales  channels,  gross  margin  objectives,  internal  costs,  the  pricing  strategies  of  our  competitors,  and
industry technology lifecycles. The selling price of the products and professional services was based on ESP. Maintenance selling price was based on VSOE.

We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services
or subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges. We evaluate each deliverable in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit
of accounting.

ASU 2009-13 did not have a significant impact on our net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, compared to the net revenues

that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules.

Prior  to  2011,  we  allocated  revenue  to  each  element  using  the  residual  method  when  the  VSOE  of  fair  value  of  the  undelivered  items  for
arrangements with multiple elements, such as sales of products that include services and software, exist. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue
allocated to delivered elements equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of any undelivered elements. If VSOE of one or more
undelivered items did not exist, revenue from the entire arrangement was deferred and recognized at the earlier of: (i) delivery of those elements or (ii) when
fair value could be established unless maintenance was the only undelivered element, in which case, the entire arrangement fee was recognized ratably over
the contractual support period.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our trade receivables are derived from sales to customers located primarily in the Americas, the Far East, Israel and Europe. We perform ongoing
credit evaluations of our customers and to date have not experienced any material losses from uncollected receivables. An allowance for doubtful accounts is
determined  with  respect  to  those  amounts  that  we  have  recognized  as  revenue  and  determined  to  be  doubtful  of  collection.  We  usually  do  not  require
collateral on trade receivables because most of our sales are to large and well-established companies. On occasion we may purchase credit insurance to cover
credit exposure for a portion of our sales and this may mitigate the amount we need to write off as a result of doubtful collections.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined using the “weighted average cost” method for raw materials and on the
basis of direct manufacturing costs for finished products. We periodically evaluate the quantities on hand relative to current and historical selling prices and
historical  and  projected  sales  volume  and  technological  obsolescence.  Based  on  these  evaluations,  inventory  write-offs  are  provided  to  cover  risks  arising
from slow moving items, technological obsolescence, excess inventories, discontinued products and for market prices lower than cost. We wrote-off inventory
in a total amount of $1.1 million in 2010, $644,000 in 2011 and $2.3 million in 2012.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets

As a result of our acquisitions, our balance sheet included acquired intangible assets, in the aggregate amount of approximately $5.3 million as of

December 31, 2010, $4.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2012.

We allocated the purchase price of the companies we have acquired to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on
their estimated fair values. These valuations require management to make significant estimations and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.
Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include future expected cash flows from technology acquired, trade names, backlog and customer relationships.
In addition, other factors considered are the brand awareness and market position of the products sold by the acquired companies and assumptions about the
period  of  time  the  brand  will  continue  to  be  used  in  the  combined  company’s  product  portfolio.  Management’s  estimates  of  fair  value  are  based  on
assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

If  we  did  not  appropriately  allocate  these  components  or  we  incorrectly  estimate  the  useful  lives  of  these  components,  our  computation  of

amortization expense may not appropriately reflect the actual impact of these costs over future periods, which will affect our net income.

Intangible  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (ASC)  360-10-35,  “Property,  Plant,  and
Equipment - Subsequent Measurement,” whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to
be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. The loss is allocated to the intangible assets on a pro rata basis using the relative carrying amounts of
those assets, except that the loss allocated to an individual intangible asset shall not reduce the carrying amount of that asset below its fair value whenever that
fair value is determinable.

Our intangible assets are comprised of acquired technology, customer relations, trade names, existing contracts for maintenance and backlog. All

intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful life.

During 2010, 2011 and 2012 no impairment charges were identified.

Goodwill

As a result of our acquisitions, our balance sheet included acquired goodwill in the aggregate amount of approximately $32.1 million as of December
31,  2010,  2011  and  2012.  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  and  related  costs  over  the  value  assigned  to  net  tangible  and  identifiable
intangible  assets  of  businesses  acquired  and  accounted  for  under  the  purchase  method.  In  accordance  with  ASC  350,  “Intangible,  Goodwill  and  Other”
goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment at least annually. Our annual impairment test is performed at the end of the fourth quarter each year. If
events or indicators of impairment occur between the annual impairment tests, we perform an impairment test of goodwill at that date.

The provisions of ASC No. 350 require that a two-step impairment test be performed on goodwill at the level of the reporting units. We operate in
one operating segment and this segment comprises our only reporting unit. In the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying
value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value of the net assets, goodwill is considered not impaired, and no further testing is required to be performed. If
the carrying value of the net assets exceeds the fair value, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair
value of goodwill. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance which provides the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-
than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount prior to performing the two-step goodwill impairment test. If this is the case, the
two-step goodwill impairment test is required. If it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, the two-
step goodwill impairment test is not required. We adopted the guidance, but we were was not required to use it.

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update 2012-02, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite Intangibles
Assets  for  Impairment,”  which  amended  the  guidance  in  ASC  350-30  on  testing  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets,  other  than  goodwill,  for  impairment
allowing an entity to perform a qualitative impairment assessment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit
is less than the carrying amount, further testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment is not required and there is no need to calculate the fair
value  of  the  asset  and  perform  a  quantitative  impairment  test.  In  addition,  the  standard  did  not  amend  the  requirement  to  test  these  assets  for  impairment
between annual tests if there is a change in events or circumstances; however, it revised the examples of events and circumstances that should be considered
in interim periods, which are identical to those assessed in the annual qualitative assessment described above. ASU 2012-02 was effective for annual and
interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption being permitted. We adopted the guidance, but
we were not required to use it.

Fair value is generally determined using discounted cash flows, market multiples and market capitalization. The process of evaluating the potential
impairment  of  goodwill  is  subjective  and  requires  significant  judgment  at  many  points  during  the  analysis.  Significant  estimates  used  in  the  fair  value
methodologies include estimates of future cash flows, future short-term and long-term growth rates, weighted average cost of capital and estimates of market
multiples of the reportable unit. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges for our
goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life.

During 2010, 2011 and 2012, no impairment losses were identified.

Income Taxes and Valuation Allowance

As  part  of  the  process  of  preparing  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  are  required  to  estimate  our  income  tax  expense  in  each  of  the
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  This  process  involves  us  estimating  our  actual  current  tax  exposure,  which  is  accrued  as  taxes  payable,  together  with
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets,
which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We may record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax
benefit that is more likely than not to be realized.

Although  we  believe  that  our  estimates  are  reasonable,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  final  tax  outcome  and  the  valuation  allowance  will  not  be

different than those which are reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals.

We have filed or are in the process of filing U.S. federal, state and foreign tax returns that might be subject to audit by the respective tax authorities.
Although the ultimate outcome is unknown, we believe that adequate amounts have been provided for and any adjustments that may result from tax return
audits are not likely to materially adversely affect our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 “Compensation-Stock Compensation.” We utilize the Black-Scholes option
pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock-based compensation at the date of grant. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding
dividend yields, expected volatility, expected life of options and risk-free interest rates. These assumptions reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in
these inputs and assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value and the amount of our stock-based compensation expenses. We recognized stock-
based  compensation  expense  of  $2.1  million  in  2010,  $2.3  million  2011  and  $1.5  million  2012.  As  of  December  31,  2012,  there  was  approximately  $2.1
million  of  total  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  non-vested  stock-based  compensation  arrangements  granted  by  us.  As  of
December 31, 2012, that expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.08 years.

Contingent liabilities

We are, from time to time, involved in claims, lawsuits, government investigations, and other proceedings arising from the ordinary course of our
business. We record a provision for a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred, and the amount can be reasonably
estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. Such legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and
subject  to  significant  uncertainties,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  Should  any  of  these  estimates  and  assumptions  change  or  prove  to  have  been
incorrect, it could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. See Item 4B-“Information on the Company-Business
Overview-Legal  Proceedings”  for  a  discussion  of  claims  against  us  by  a  landlord  and  by  owners  of  intellectual  property  involving  potential  contingent
liabilities.

A.

OPERATING RESULTS

You should read this discussion with the consolidated financial statements and other financial information included in this Annual Report.

Overview

We design, develop and sell advanced voice over IP, or VoIP, and converged VoIP and data networking products and applications to service providers
and  enterprises.  We  are  a  VoIP  technology  leader  focused  on  VoIP  communications,  applications  and  networking  elements,  and  its  products  are  deployed
globally in broadband, mobile, cable, and enterprise networks. We provide a range of innovative, cost-effective products including media gateways, multi-
service  business  gateways,  residential  gateways,  IP  phones,  media  servers,  session  border  controllers,  s  and  value-added  applications.  Our  underlying
technology, VoIPerfectHD, relies primarily on our leadership in digital signal processing, or DSP, voice coding and voice processing technologies. Our high
definition (HD) VoIP technologies and products provide enhanced intelligibility, and a better end user communication experience in emerging voice networks.

Our  products  enable  our  customers  to  build  high-quality  packet  networking  equipment  and  network  solutions  and  provide  the  building  blocks  to
connect  traditional  telephone  networks  to  VoIP  networks,  as  well  as  connecting  and  securing  multimedia  communication  between  different  packet-based
networks. Our products are sold primarily to leading original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, system integrators and network equipment providers in the
telecommunications  and  networking  industries.  We  have  continued  to  broaden  our  offerings,  both  from  internal  and  external  development  and  through
acquisitions,  as  we  have  expanded  in  the  last  few  years  from  selling  chips  to  boards,  subsystems,  media  gateway  systems,  media  servers,  session  border
controllers and messaging platforms. We have also increased our product portfolio to enhance our position in the market and serve our channels better as a
one stop shop for voice over IP hardware.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AudioCodes  offers  a  comprehensive  professional  services  program  intended  to  provide  responsive,  preventive,  and  consultative  support  of
AudioCodes  networking  products.  AudioCodes  professional  services  support  networking  devices,  applications  and  infrastructures,  allowing  large
organizations and service providers to realize the potential of a high-performance multi-service network.

Our headquarters and research and development facilities are located in Israel with research and development extensions in the U.S. and U.K. We

have other offices located in Europe, the Far East, and Latin America.

The identities of our principal customers have changed and we expect that they will continue to change, from year to year. Historically, a substantial
portion of our revenue has been derived from large purchases by a limited number of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and network equipment
providers, or NEPs, systems integrators and distributors. ScanSource Communications, our largest customer, accounted for 9.8% of our revenues in 2010,
14.4%  of  our  revenues  in  2011  and  13.7%  of  our  revenues  in  2012.  Our  top  five  customers  accounted  for  28.6%  of  our  revenues  in  2010,  33.4%  of  our
revenues in 2011 and 31.4% of our revenues in 2012. If we lose a large customer and fail to add new customers to replace lost revenue, our operating results
may be materially adversely affected.

Revenues based on the location of our customers for the last three fiscal years are as follows:

Americas
Far East
Europe
Israel
Total

Year Ended December 31,
2010 
47.7%   
17.8 
21.7 
12.8 
100.0%   

2011 
55.0%   
14.1%   
23.3%   
7.6%   
100.0%   

2012 
52.1%
13.7%
28.1%
6.1%
100.0%

We believe that prospective customers generally are required to make a significant commitment of resources to test and evaluate our products and to
integrate them into their larger systems. Our sales process is often subject to delays associated with lengthy approval processes that typically accompany the
design  and  testing  of  new  communications  equipment.  For  these  reasons,  the  sales  cycles  of  our  products  to  new  customers  are  often  lengthy,  averaging
approximately six to twelve months. As a result, we may incur significant selling and product development expenses prior to generating revenues from sales.

The currency of the primary economic environment in which our operations are conducted is the U.S. dollar and, as such, we use the U.S. dollar as
our functional currency. Transactions and balances originally denominated in U.S. dollars are presented at their original amounts. All transaction gains and
losses  from  the  remeasurement  of  monetary  balance  sheet  items  denominated  in  non-U.S.  dollar  currencies  are  reflected  in  the  statement  of  operations  as
financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

In July 2012, we announced a restructuring plan to better align our resources and assets to our core networking business. We also conducted a review

of our operations to reduce annual operating expenses, simplify our organization and refine future investments.

The  demand  for  Voice  over  IP,  or  VoIP,  technology  has  increased  during  recent  years.  In  recent  years,  the  shift  from  traditional  circuit-switched
networks to next generation packet-switched networks continued to gain momentum. As data traffic becomes the dominant factor in communications, service
providers are building and maintaining converged networks for integrated voice and data services. In developed countries, traditional and alternative service
providers adopt bundled triple play (voice, video and data) and quadruple play (voice, video, data and mobile) offerings. This trend, enabled by voice and
multimedia  over  IP,  has  fueled  competition  among  cable,  wireline,  ISP  and  mobile  operators,  increasing  the  pressure  for  adopting  and  deploying  VoIP
networks. In addition, underdeveloped markets without basic wire line service in countries such as China and India and certain countries in Eastern Europe
are adopting the use of VoIP technology to deliver voice and data services that were previously unavailable.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
The general economic uncertainty, including disruptions in the world credit and equity markets, has had and continues to have a negative impact on
business  around  the  world.  This  economic  environment  has  had  an  adverse  impact  on  the  technology  industry  and  our  major  customers.  Conditions  may
continue to be uncertain or may be subject to deterioration which could lead to a reduction in consumer and customer spending overall, which could have an
adverse  impact  on  sales  of  our  products.  A  disruption  in  the  ability  of  our  significant  customers  to  access  liquidity  could  cause  serious  disruptions  or  an
overall deterioration of their businesses which could lead to a significant reduction in their orders of our products and the inability or failure on their part to
meet their payment obligations to us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity. In addition, any disruption
in the ability of customers to access liquidity could lead customers to request longer payment terms from us or long-term financing of their purchases from us.
Granting  extended  payment  terms  or  a  significant  adverse  change  in  a  customer’s  financial  and/or  credit  position  could  also  require  us  to  assume  greater
credit  risk  relating  to  that  customer’s  receivables  or  could  limit  our  ability  to  collect  receivables  related  to  purchases  by  that  customer.  As  a  result,  our
reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable could increase.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the percentage relationships of certain items from our consolidated statements of operations, as a percentage of total

revenues for the periods indicated:

57

 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Operations Data:

Revenues:
Products
Services
Total revenues

Cost of revenues:
Products
Services
Total cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development, net
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)
Financial income (expenses), net
Income (loss) before taxes on income
Income tax benefit (expense), net
Equity in losses of affiliated companies, net

Net income (loss)

Year Ended December 31,

2010 

2011 

2012 

88.4%   
11.6%   
100.0%   

87.1%   
12.9%   
100.0%   

81.3%
18.7%
100.0%

41.4 
2.7 
44.1 
55.9 

20.1 
23.3 
5.5 

48.9 

6.9 
0.0 
6.9 
1.3 
(0.1)    

8.1%   

28.5 
2.7 
41.2 
58.8 

20.6 
27.8 
5.8 

54.2 

4.6 
0.3 
4.9 
(0.1)    
(0.2)    

4.6%   

38.0 
4.6 
42.6 
57.4 

22.5 
31.4 
6.4 

60.3 

(2.9)
0.4 
(2.5)
(0.4)
(0.3)

(3.2)%

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues. Revenues decreased 18.2% to $127.5 million in 2012 from $155.8 million in 2011. The decrease in revenues was due to a decrease in

revenue from products.

Our revenues from products in 2012 decreased by 24% to $103.7 million, or approximately 81% of total revenues, from $135.8 million, or 87% of
total revenues, in 2011. The decrease in revenues from products was the result of a weakness in sales in North America primarily as a result of a decline in
OEM business and lower than anticipated government sales.

Our revenues from services in 2012 increased by 19% to $23.8 million, or approximately 19% of total revenues, from $20.0 million, or 13% of total
revenues, in 2011. The increase in revenues from services was the result of an increase in our delivery of support services and professional services, mainly in
North America.

Gross Profit. Cost of revenues includes the cost of hardware, quality assurance, overhead related to manufacturing activity, technology licensing fees
payable  to  third  parties  and  rent.  Gross  profit  decreased  to  $73.2  million  in  2012  from  $91.7  million  in  2011.  Gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  revenues
decreased to 57.4% in 2012 from 58.8% in 2011. The decrease in our gross profit percentage was primarily attributable to the decrease in revenues because
the decrease in indirect operating expenses was insignificant compared to the decrease in revenues.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost  of  revenues  from  services  increased  by  $1.7  million,  or  40%,  to  $5.9  million  in  2012  from  $4.2  million  in  2011.  This  increase  is  primarily
attributable to higher support personnel expenses associated with providing services and implementations of our products with service providers as well as
enterprise customers. In 2012, services gross margin decreased to 75% from 79% in 2011.

Research  and  Development  Expenses,  net.  Research  and  development  expenses,  net,  consist  primarily  of  compensation  and  related  costs  of
employees engaged in ongoing research and development activities, development-related raw materials and the cost of subcontractors less grants from the
OCS and rent. Research and development expenses were $28.7 million in 2012 and $32.2 million in 2011. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses were
22.5% in 2012 and 20.6% in 2011. Research and development expenses decreased primarily as a result of our cost reduction plan implemented during 2012
that reduced the number of our research and development personnel. We expect that research and development expenses will be lower in 2013 than in 2012
on an absolute dollar basis as a result of our cost reduction plan.

Selling and Marketing Expenses. Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation for selling and marketing personnel, as well as
exhibition, travel and related expenses. Selling and marketing expenses decreased 7.4% in 2012 to $40.0 million from $43.2 million in 2011primarily due to a
decrease in the number of employees and due to decrease in expenses related to stock-based compensation to employees. As a percentage of revenues, these
expenses increased to 31.4% in 2012 from 27.8% in 2011. These expenses decreased on an absolute basis primarily as a result of our cost reduction plan
implemented during 2012. We expect that selling and marketing expenses will be lower in 2013 than in 2012 on an absolute dollar basis as a result of our cost
reduction plan.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for finance, human resources, general
management, rent, network and bad debt reserve, as well as insurance and consultant services expenses. General and administrative expenses decreased 9.0%
to $8.2 million in 2012 from $9.0 million in 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in payroll related expenses and expenses related to stock-
based  compensation  to  employees.  As  a  percentage  of  revenues,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  to  6.4%  in  2012  from  5.8%  in  2011.  We
expect that general and administrative expenses will be about the same in 2013 as in 2012 on an absolute dollar basis.

Financial  Income,  Net.  Financial  income,  net  consist  primarily  of  interest  earned  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  marketable  securities  and  bank
deposits,  net  of  interest  accrued  in  connection  with  our  bank  loans  and  bank  charges,  as  well  as  on  our  remaining  senior  convertible  notes  outstanding.
Financial  income,  net,  in  2012  was  $453,000  compared  to  financial  income,  net  of  $423,000  in  2011.  The  increase  in  financial  income,  net  in  2012  was
primarily due to fluctuations in the NIS/U.S. dollar exchange rate which were partially offset by interest expenses on bank loans.

Taxes on Income. We had net income tax expenses of $541,000 in 2012 compared to $238,000 in 2011. The increase in net income tax expenses was
due  to  taxes  paid  with  respect  to  a  transfer  of  funds  from  our  U.S.  subsidiary  which  was  considered  a  dividend  distribution  by  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue
Service.

Equity in Losses of Affiliated Company, Net. Equity in losses of affiliated company, net was $354,000 in 2012 compared to $277,000 in 2011. The

increase in this amount is attributable to an increase in losses of our affiliated company.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenues.  Revenues  increased  3.9%  to  $155.8  million  in  2011  from  $150.0  million  in  2010.  The  increase  in  revenues  was  primarily  due  to  the
increased demand for networking products and services. The demand for networking products and services increased primarily due to the penetration of VoIP
services in the enterprise market, including for unified communication solutions and contact centers. The increase in networking revenues was offset, in part,
by a decline in revenues from technology products primarily due to a shift in emphasis in the VoIP industry from the use of technology products to installation
of diverse integrated comprehensive solutions.

59

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Our revenues from services in 2011 increased by 15% to $20.0 million, or approximately 13% of total revenues, from $17.4 million, or 11.6% of
total revenues, in 2010. The increase in revenues from services was the result of an increase in our delivery of support services and professional services
mainly in Europe and North America.

Gross  Profit.  Cost  of  revenues  includes  the  manufacturing  cost  of  hardware,  quality  assurance,  overhead  related  to  manufacturing  activity  and
technology licensing fees payable to third parties. Gross profit increased to $91.7 million in 2011 from $83.9 million in 2010. Gross profit as a percentage of
revenues increased to 58.8% in 2011 from 55.9% in 2010. The increase in our gross profit percentage was primarily attributable to an increase in our revenues
from the sale of networking services, which have a significantly higher average gross margin than revenues from the sale of products. In addition, our gross
profit percentage benefited from our fixed overhead costs being spread over increased revenues.

Cost  of  revenues  from  services  increased  by  $245,000,  or  6%,  to  $4.2  million  in  2011  from  $4.0  million  in  2010.  In  2011  services  gross  margin

increased to 79% from 77% in 2010.

Research  and  Development  Expenses,  net.  Research  and  development  expenses,  net,  consist  primarily  of  compensation  and  related  costs  of
employees engaged in ongoing research and development activities, development-related raw materials and the cost of subcontractors less grants from the
OCS. Research and development expenses were $32.2 million in 2011 and $30.2 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses were 20.6% in
2011 and 20.1% in 2010. Research and development expenses increased primarily because grants from the OCS, which reduce these expenses, decreased by
$1.4 million in 2011 compared to 2010 and stock-based compensation expense included in these expenses increased to $526,000 in 2011 from $354,000 in
2010 predominantly due to additional stock options granted to research and development personnel.

Selling and Marketing Expenses. Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation for selling and marketing personnel, as well as
exhibition, travel and related expenses. Selling and marketing expenses increased 23.4% in 2011 to $43.2 million from $35.0 million in 2010. As a percentage
of revenues, these expenses increased to 27.8% in 2011 from 23.3% in 2010. These expenses increased on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenues
primarily due to an increase in selling and marketing personnel and associated expenses as a result of an increase in our sales force and support personnel in
an attempt to increase our market share in the areas in which we sell our products and services.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for finance, human resources, general
management,  rent,  network  and  bad  debt  reserve,  as  well  as  insurance  and  professional  services  expenses.  General  and  administrative  expenses  increased
9.4% to $9.0 million in 2011 from $8.3 million in 2010. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to 5.8% in 2011 from
5.5% in 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses, both on an absolute and a percentage basis, was due primarily to an increase in general
and  administrative  personnel  and  associated  expenses  and  due  to  an  increase  in  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  Our  doubtful  accounts  increased
primarily due to a customer that did not make payment to us.

Financial Expenses, Net. Financial expenses, net consist primarily of interest derived on cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and bank
deposits,  net  of  interest  accrued  in  connection  with  our  bank  loans  and  bank  charges,  as  well  as  on  our  remaining  senior  convertible  notes  outstanding.
Financial  income,  net,  in  2011  was  $423,000  compared  to  financial  expenses,  net  of  $94,000  in  2010.  The  increase  in  financial  income,  net  in  2011  was
primarily due to our investment in marketable securities.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxes on Income. We had net income tax expenses of $238,000 in 2011 compared to a net income tax benefit of $1.9 million in 2010. The change in
net income tax expenses is due to a decrease in net income tax benefit in 2011 to $652,000 from $2.3 million in 2010 as a result of a decrease in the available
net carry forward tax losses based on our expectation of generating taxable income in the foreseeable future.

Equity in Losses of Affiliated Company, Net. Equity in losses of affiliated company, net was $277,000 in 2011 compared to $213,000 in 2010. The

increase in this amount is attributable to an increase in losses of our affiliated company and increase in our ownership of the affiliated company.

Impact of Inflation, Devaluation and Fluctuation of Currencies on Results of Operations, Liabilities and Assets

Since the majority of our revenues are paid in or linked to the U.S. dollar, we believe that inflation and fluctuations in the NIS/U.S. dollar exchange
rate have no material effect on our revenues. However, a majority of the cost of our Israeli operations, mainly personnel and facility-related, is incurred in
NIS. Inflation in Israel and U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations have some influence on our expenses and, as a result, on our net income. Our NIS costs, as
expressed in U.S. dollars, are influenced by the extent to which any increase in the rate of inflation in Israel is not offset (or is offset on a lagging basis) by a
devaluation of the NIS in relation to the U.S. dollar.

To protect against the changes in value of forecasted foreign currency cash flows resulting from payments in NIS, we maintain a foreign currency
cash flow hedging program. We hedge portions of our forecasted expenses denominated in foreign currencies with forward contracts. These measures may
not adequately protect us from material adverse effects due to the impact of inflation in Israel.

The following table presents information about the rate of inflation in Israel, the rate of devaluation of the NIS against the U.S. dollar, and the rate of

inflation in Israel adjusted for the devaluation:

Year Ended
December 31,

2010
2011
2012
Three months ended March 31, 2013

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Israeli
inflation
Rate
%

NIS
devaluation
rate
%

Israeli inflation  
adjusted for
devaluation
%

2.7     
2.2     
1.4     
0     

(6.0)    
7.7     
(2.3)    
(0.7)    

6 
(5.5)
3.7 
0.5 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Topic 350 - Comprehensive Income ("ASU 2013-02"), which amends Topic 220 to improve
the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income to the respective line items in net income. ASU 2013-02 is effective for
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We intend to adopt this standard in 2013 and do not expect the adoption will have a material impact on
our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
B.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We have financed our operations for the last three years primarily from our cash and cash equivalents, bank deposits, bank borrowings and cash from

operations.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $58.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and bank deposits, a decrease of $16.7 million
from $75.2 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease in this amount was primarily related to cash used for stock repurchases. As of December 31, 2012,
we  were  restricted  with  respect  to  using  approximately  $19.6  million  of  our  cash  as  a  result  of  provisions  in  our  loan  agreements,  a  lease  agreement  and
foreign exchange derivatives transactions.

Senior Convertible Notes

In  November  2004,  we  issued  $125.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  our  2.00%  Senior  Convertible  Notes  due  2024.  The  Notes  are
convertible at a rate of $18.71 per share, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, such as changes in our capital structure or upon the issuance by us of
share dividends or certain cash distributions. As of December 31, 2012, there was a total of $353,000 in principal amount of the Notes outstanding as we
repurchased all of the other Notes during 2008 and 2009.

Bank Loans

In April and July 2008, we entered into loan agreements with two banks in Israel that provided for borrowings of an aggregate of $30 million. The
loans bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.3%-1.5% with respect to $23 million of borrowings and LIBOR plus 0.5%-0.65% with respect to
$7.0  million  of  borrowings.  The  principal  amount  borrowed  is  repayable  in  20  equal  quarterly  payments  from  August  2008  through  July  2013.  As  of
December 31, 2012, there was $3.8 million principal amount of these borrowings outstanding.

In  September  and  December  2011,  we  entered  into  loan  agreements  with  banks  in  Israel  that  provided  for  borrowings  of  an  aggregate  of  $23.8
million. The loans bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.1%-4.35% with respect to $19.9 million of these loans. As of December 31, 2012, we
are required to maintain $3.9 million as a compensating bank deposit. This portion of the loans bears interest at 0.5% above interest paid on the bank deposit.
Of these borrowings, $19.9 million of the principal amount borrowed is repayable in 20 equal quarterly payments and the remaining $3.9 million of principal
amount is repayable in 10 equal semiannual payments through September 2017. As of December 31, 2012, there was $19.1 million principal amount of these
borrowings outstanding.

As of December 31, 2012, we were required to maintain an aggregate of $13.4 million of compensating bank deposits with respect to our banks

loans.

The loan agreements require us, among other things, to maintain shareholders’ equity at specified levels and to achieve certain levels of operating
income. The agreements also restrict us from paying dividends. During 2012, we were not in compliance with some of the financial covenants contained in
our loan agreements. Each of our lenders agreed to waive compliance with these covenants, subject to compliance with revised financial covenants during the
remainder  of  2012  and  2013,  an  increase  in  the  interest  rate  with  respect  to  one  of  the  loans  and  an  increase  in  required  compensating  balances.  As  of
December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the revised financial covenants in our loan agreements. If we are unable to comply with our revised financial
covenants in the future, our lenders could require us to repay all of our outstanding loans.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
As of December 31, 2012, the banks have a lien on our assets regarding all bank loans, and we are required to maintain compensating balances with
the banks. The lien and the compensating balances relate to all of the loans made to us in 2008 and 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we were required to
maintain $13.4 million of compensating balances with the banks. The amount of the compensating balances we are required to keep decreases over time as
we repay these loans.

As of December 31, 2012, we owed an aggregate of $22.9 million under all of these borrowings.

Share Repurchase Program

In October 2011, our Board approved a program to allow us to repurchase up to 4,000,000 of our ordinary shares. Purchases would be made from
time-to-time at the discretion of management subject, among other things, to our share price and market conditions. In 2011 and 2012, we repurchased a total
of 3,964,351 ordinary shares at a total cost of $10.7 million. As of October 2012, the authorized share repurchase program was completed.

Cash from Operating Activities

Our operating activities provided cash in the amount of $3.0 million, primarily due to a decrease of $6.5 million in trade receivables and $3.6 million
in inventories, as well as non–cash charges of $2.9 million for depreciation and amortization and $1.5 million for stock-based compensation expenses, offset
in part by our net loss of $4.2 million and decreases of $5.5 million in trade payables and $3.1 million in other payables and accrued expenses. Our trade
receivables and our inventories decreased primarily because of our lower sales volume in 2012 compared to 2011.

Our operating activities used cash in the amount of $1.3 million in 2011, primarily due to an increase in trade receivables in the amount of $4.6 million
and in inventories in the amount of $4.1 million and a decrease in other payables and accrued expenses and other liabilities in the amount of $5.5 million,
partly offset by stock based compensation expenses in the amount of $2.3 million and an increase in deferred revenue in the amount of $2.0 million. Our trade
receivables and our inventories increased primarily because of our higher sales volume in 2011 compared to 2010. Our trade and other payables decreased
because of our lower cost of goods sold in 2011 than in 2010.

Our operating activities provided cash in the amount of $16.4 million in 2010, primarily due to our net income of $12.0 million, an increase in other
payables  and  accrued  expenses  of  $8.2  million,  non-cash  depreciation  and  amortization  in  the  amount  $4.4  million,  non  cash  stock-based  compensation
expenses of $1.4 million and an increase in trade payables in the amount of $4.9 million, partly offset by an increase in trade receivables in the amount of
$7.4  million  and  in  inventories  in  the  amount  of  $4.5  million.  Our  trade  receivables  and  our  inventories  increased  primarily  because  of  our  higher  sales
volume in 2010 compared to 2009. Our trade and other payables increased because of increased expenses relating to our higher sales volume in 2010.

Cash from Investing Activities

In 2012, our investing activities provided cash in the amount of $1.4 million, primarily due to the net proceeds of $3.7 million from short-term bank

deposits, offset in part by $2.0 million in purchases of property and equipment.

In 2011, our investing activities used cash in the amount of $35.5 million, primarily due to purchase of marketable securities in the amount of $24.4

million and investment in short-term and long-term bank deposits.

In 2010, our investing activities used cash in the amount of $1.5 million, primarily due to purchase of property and equipment.

63

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash from Financing Activities

In 2012, we used $17.4 million of cash in financing activities as a result of $10.2 million used for repayment of bank loans and $6.9 million used to

repurchase our shares.

In 2011, we provided cash in financing activities of $14.7 million as a result of $24.0 million proceed from bank loans offset, in part, by the use of

$3.8 million to repurchase our shares and $6.6 million to repay bank loans.

In 2010, we used cash in financing activities of $3.6 million as a result of $6.0 million used for repayment of bank loans offset, in part, by $2.6

million in proceeds from issuance of shares upon exercise of options and purchases of shares under our employee stock purchase plan.

Financing Needs

We anticipate that our operating expenses will be a material use of our cash resources for the foreseeable future. We believe that our current working
capital is sufficient to meet our operating cash requirements for at least the next twelve months, including payments required under our existing bank loans.
Part  of  our  strategy  is  to  pursue  acquisition  opportunities.  If  we  do  not  have  available  sufficient  cash  to  finance  our  operations  and  the  completion  of
additional acquisitions, we may be required to obtain additional debt or equity financing. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain, if required,
additional financing on acceptable terms or at all.

C.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.

Research and Development

In order to accommodate the rapidly changing needs of our markets, we place considerable emphasis on research and development projects designed
to improve our existing products and to develop new ones. We are developing analog and digital media gateways for carrier and enterprise applications, multi
service  business  gateways  and  session  border  controllers.  Our  platforms  are  expected  to  feature  increased  trunk  capacity,  new  functionalities,  enhanced
signaling  software  and  compliance  with  new  control  protocols.  As  of  December  31,  2012,  225  of  our  employees  were  engaged  primarily  in  research  and
development on a full-time basis.

Our research and development expenses were $28.7 million in 2012 compared to $32.2 million in 2011. From time to time we have received royalty-
bearing grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor, or the OCS. As a recipient of grants from the OCS,
we  are  obligated  to  perform  all  manufacturing  activities  for  projects  subject  to  the  grants  in  Israel  unless  we  receive  an  exemption.  Know-how  from  the
research and development which is used to produce products may not be transferred to third parties without the approval of the OCS and may further require
significant payments. The OCS approval is not required for the export of any products resulting from such research or development. Through December 31,
2012, we had obtained grants from the OCS aggregating $24 million for certain of our research and development projects. We are obligated to pay royalties to
the OCS, amounting to 3%-6% of the sales of the products and other related revenues generated from such projects, up to 100% of the grants received, if no
additional payments are required, linked to the U.S. dollar and bearing interest at the rate of LIBOR at the time of grant. The obligation to pay these royalties
is contingent on actual sales of the products and in the absence of such sales no payment is required. As of December 31, 2012, we have contingent obligation
to pay royalties in the amount of approximately $29.4 million.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D.

TREND INFORMATION

The accelerated demand for VoIP technology has impacted our business during the last few years. Over the past few years, the shift from traditional
circuit-switched  networks  to  next  generation  packet-switched  networks  has  continued  to  gain  momentum.  As  data  traffic  becomes  the  dominant  factor  in
communications,  service  providers  are  building  and  maintaining  converged  networks  for  integrated  voice  and  data  services.  In  addition,  underdeveloped
markets without basic wire line service in countries such as China and India and certain countries in Eastern Europe are beginning to use VoIP technology to
deliver  voice  and  data  services  that  were  previously  unavailable.  In  addition,  the  growth  in  broadband  access  and  related  technologies  has  driven  the
emergence  of  alternative  service  providers.  This  in  turn  stimulates  competition  with  incumbent  providers,  encouraging  them  to  adopt  voice  over  packet
technologies.

While the growth in demand for VoIP services helped create demand for our products and services, there is an ongoing transition in network
architectures that could adversely affect the demand for our products. The growth of services over Internet Protocol (IP) and data usage services over legacy
voice using TDM is driving the transition in network architecture. The demand for our media gateway products is based on the need to interconnect VoIP
networks with traditional non-packet based networks. The demand for our Enterprise Session Border Control (ESBC) products is based on the need to
interconnect LAN and WAN voice over packet networks with each other. The migration from traditional TDM networks to pure IP networks is gradually
increasing. This could positively affect the demand for our ESBC products, but negatively affect the demand for our media gateway products.

We  are  experiencing  decreasing  demand  for  our  technology  products  from  customers  who  previously  manufactured  network  equipment  products
based  on  our  enabling  technology.  These  customers  are  migrating  from  AudioCodes’  enabling  technology  products  to  diverse  integrated  comprehensive
solutions and, as a result, the demand for our technology products is being adversely affected.

We continue to experience pressure to shorten our lead times in supplying products to customers. Some of our customers are implementing “demand
pull” programs by which they only purchase our products very close to the time, if not simultaneously with the time, they plan to sell their products. We are
increasing  our  sales  efforts  in  new  markets,  such  as  Latin  America,  Eastern  Europe  and  Far  East.  We  have  introduced  new  system  level  products,  and
applications in our product lines. We are still experiencing low visibility into customer demand for our products which restricts our ability to predict our level
of sales.

E.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We do not have any “off-balance sheet arrangements” as this term is defined in Item 5E of Form 20-F.

F.

TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

As of December 31, 2012, our contractual obligations were as follows (dollars in thousands):

LESS THAN    

1 YEAR

PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
1-3
YEARS

Senior convertible notes
Bank loans
Rent and lease commitments, net (1)
Accrued severance pay (2)
Uncertain tax positions (3)
Payment to NSC’s former shareholders
Office of the Chief Scientist
Other commitments

353     
9,371     
10,222     

-     

-     

8,436     
5,375     

506     

1,174     

65

3-5
YEARS

    MORE THAN    
5 YEARS

TOTAL

5105     
9,927     

-     
-     

-     

29,413     
-     

353 
22,913 
25, 524 
512 
394 
506 
29,413 
1,174 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
 
(1)   Our obligation for rent and lease commitments as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $26.9 million. We have rent and lease income in the amount
of approximately $1.4 million, leaving a net obligation of approximately $26.5 million.

(2)   Our obligation for accrued severance pay under Israel’s Severance Pay Law as of December 31, 2012 was $16.3 million. This obligation is payable only
upon termination, retirement or death of the respective employee. We have funded $15.8 million through deposits into severance pay funds, leaving a net
obligation of approximately $512,000.

(3)   Uncertain income tax position under ASC 740 (formerly FASB Interpretation No 48), “Income Taxes,” are due upon settlement and we are unable to
reasonably estimate the ultimate amount of timing of settlement. See also Note 14f in our Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding
our liability under ASC 740.

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our directors, senior executive officers and key employees at April 3, 2013:

Name

Stanley B. Stern
Shabtai Adlersberg
Guy Avidan
Lior Aldema
Jeffrey Kahn
Eyal Frishberg
Yehuda Herscovici
Nimrod Borovsky
Tal Dor
Ofer Nimtsovich
Joseph Tenne(1)(2)(3)
Dr. Eyal Kishon(1)(2)(3)(4)
Doron Nevo(1)(2)(3)(4)
Dana Gross

  Age
  56
  60
  50
  47
  55
  54
  45
  42
  43
    44
  57
  53
  57
  46

Position

  Chairman of the Board of Directors
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
  Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
  Chief Operating Officer and Head of Global Sales
  Chief Strategy Officer
  Vice President, Operations
  Vice President, Systems
  Vice President, Unified Communications
  Vice President, Human Resources
  Vice President, Global Services
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director

(1) Member of Audit Committee
(2) Member of Nominating Committee
(3) Member of Compensation Committee
(4) Outside Director

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Stanley Stern became a director and our Chairman of the Board in December 2012. From 2008 until 2013 Mr. Stern served in various positions at
Oppenheimer & Co., including as a Managing Director and Head of Technology, Israeli Banking and FIG. Since 2013, Mr. Stern has served as the president
of Alnitak Capital, a private merchant bank and strategic advisory firm. From March 2004 until December 2007, he served as a Managing Director and Head
of Investment Banking at Oppenheimer. From 2002 until 2004, he was a Managing Director and the Head of Investment Banking at C.E. Unterberg, Towbin
where he focused on technology and defense related sectors. From January 2000 until January 2002, Mr. Stern was the President of STI Ventures Advisory
USA Inc., a venture capital firm focusing on technology investments. Prior to his term at STI Ventures, he spent over 20 years at CIBC Oppenheimer in the
investment banking department and started the technology banking group in 1990. From 2002 until 2012, Mr. Stern served as the Chairman of the Board of
Directors of Tucows, Inc., an internet service provider that is public traded company on AMEX, and, since 2012, he has continued to serve as a Director of
Tucows, Inc. Since 2012 he has also served as a director of Given Imaging Ltd., a NASDAQ-listed manufacturer of GI medical devices. From 2004 until
2009, he served as a director of Odimo Inc., an online jewelry vendor. From 2005 until its sale in 2011, he served as a director and Chairman of the Audit
Committee of Fundtech Ltd. Mr. Stern received his MBA from Harvard Business School and a BS from Queens College.

Shabtai Adlersberg co-founded AudioCodes in 1993, and has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director since inception. Until
December 2012, Mr. Adlersberg also served as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. Mr. Adlersberg co-founded DSP Group, a semiconductor company, in
1987. From 1987 to 1990, Mr. Adlersberg served as the Vice President of Engineering of DSP Group, and from 1990 to 1992, he served as Vice President of
Advanced Technology. As Vice President of Engineering, Mr. Adlersberg established a research and development team for digital cellular communication
which was spun-off in 1992 as DSP Communications. Mr. Adlersberg also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Natural Speech Communication
Ltd. and as a director of CTI Squared Ltd. Mr. Adlersberg holds an M.Sc. in Electronics and Computer Engineering from Tel Aviv University and a B.Sc. in
Electrical Engineering from the Technion-Israel Institute of Technology, or the Technion.

Guy Avidan  has  served  as  our  Vice  President  of  Finance  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  July  2010.  Prior  to  joining  AudioCodes,  Mr.  Avidan
served  for  15  years  in  various  managerial  positions  at  MRV  Communications  Inc.,  a  global  provider  of  optical  communications  network  infrastructure
equipment and services. Most recently, Mr. Avidan served as Co-President of MRV Communications. Prior to that, he served as Chief Financial Officer of
MRV Communications between 2007 and 2009. He also served as Vice President and General Manager of MRV International from September 2001 to July
2007. Prior to joining MRV Communications, from 1992 to 1995, Mr. Avidan served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Ace North
Hills, which was acquired by MRV. Mr. Avidan is a CPA in Israel and holds a B.A. degree in Economics and Accounting from Haifa University.

Lior Aldema has served as Chief Operating Officer since January 2010, and as our Head of Global Sales since April 2012. Previously, he served as
our  Vice  President,  Product  Management  from  2002  until  2009,  as  well  as  our  Vice  President  Marketing  from  February  2003  until  2009.  He  has  been
employed by us since 1998, when he was team leader and later headed our System Software Group in our research and development department. Prior to
1998, Mr. Aldema served as an officer in the Technical Unit of the Intelligence Corps of the Israeli Defense Forces (Major), heading both operational units
and large development groups related to various technologies. Mr. Aldema holds an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University and a B.Sc. from the Technion.

Jeffrey Kahn has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since January 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kahn served as Founder and Managing Director of
Strategy3i,  a  global  consultancy  that  he  established  in  2007  to  provide  counseling  to  leading  global  companies,  including  Pfizer,  Unicredit  and  Renova,
among others. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Kahn served as a director of investment banking at Maxim Group LLC, and from 1995 to 2005 he served as the Chief
Strategic  Officer  of  Ruder  Finn  International,  one  of  the  world’s  largest  and  oldest  independent  global  communications  firms.  Mr.  Kahn  holds  a  B.A.  in
international relations and psychology from Brooklyn College and has done graduate studies in international relations and psychology at Tel Aviv University.

Eyal  Frishberg  has  served  as  our  Vice  President,  Operations  since  October  2000.  From  1997  to  2000,  Mr.  Frishberg  served  as  Associate  Vice
President,  SDH  Operations  in  ECI  Telecom  Ltd.,  a  major  telecommunication  company.  From  1987  to  1997,  Mr.  Frishberg  worked  in  various  operational
positions  in  ECI  Telecom  including  as  manager  of  ECI  production  facility  and  production  control.  Mr.  Frishberg  worked  from  1994  until  1997  for  ELTA
company,  part  of  Israeli  Aircraft  Industries  in  the  planning  and  control  department.  Mr.  Frishberg  holds  a  B.Sc.  in  Industrial  Engineering  from  Tel  Aviv
University and an M.B.A. from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Yehuda Herscovici has served as our Vice President, Systems Group since 2003. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Herscovici served as our Vice President,
Advanced  Products.  From  2000  to  2001,  Mr.  Herscovici  served  as  our  Director  of  Advanced  Technologies.  From  1994  to  1998  and  during  1999,  Mr.
Herscovici held a variety of research and development positions at Advanced Recognition Technologies, Ltd., a voice and handwriting recognition company,
heading its research and development from 1999 to 2000 as Vice President, Research and Development. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Herscovici was engaged in
developing  various  wireless  communication  algorithms  at  Comsys,  a  telecommunications  company.  Mr.  Herscovici  holds  an  M.Sc.  and  a  B.Sc.,  from  the
Technion both in the area of telecommunications.

Tal  Dor  has  served  as  our  Vice  President  of  Human  Resources  since  March  2000.  Prior  to  March  2000,  Ms.  Dor  acted  for  several  years  as  a
consultant in Israel to, among others, telephone and cable businesses, as well as health and social service organizations. Ms. Dor holds a B.A. in psychology,
from Ben-Gurion University of the Negev and an M.A. in psychology from Tel Aviv University.

Nimrod Borovsky has served as our Vice President of Unified Communications since January 2013 and heads the strategic business development
efforts with AudioCodes unified communications partners and channels. Mr. Borovsky has been with AudioCodes since 2005 and has served in numerous
product,  marketing  and  business  development  positions  with  us.  He  has  worked  in  telecom  and  VoIP  markets  for  almost  20  years.  Prior  to  joining
AudioCodes,  Mr.  Borovsky  spent  eight  years  at  VocalTec  Communications  where  he  served  in  several  positions  in  research  and  development,  product
management and marketing. Mr. Borovsky holds a B.Sc. degree in Electrical Engineering from the New Jersey Institute of Technology, and a M.Sc. degree in
Biomedical engineering from Tel Aviv University.

Ofer Nimtsovich joined AudioCodes in March 2013 as Vice President, Global Services. From 2000 until February 2013, Mr. Nimtsovich served in
various executive positions at Retalix, including Chief Information Officer, Executive Vice President of Global Services and, most recently as the head of the
Software  as  a  Service  division  of  Retalix.  From  1994  till  2000,  Mr.  Nimtsovich  worked  for  Scitex  Corporation  Ltd.,  where  he  held  various  technical  and
management  positions,  including  as  the  Global  Microsoft  Infrastructure  manager  for  Scitex.  Mr.  Nimtsovich  graduated  from  the  Business  Administration
College in Israel in 1997 with a B.A. in Business administration and marketing, and also holds an MBA degree from the University of Texas.

Joseph Tenne has served as one of our directors since June 2003. From March 2005 until April 2013, Mr. Tenne served as the Chief Financial Officer
of Ormat Technologies, Inc., a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, which is engaged in the geothermal and recovered energy business. From
January 2006 until April 2013, Mr. Tenne also served as the Chief Financial Officer of Ormat Industries Ltd., an Israeli holding company listed on the Tel-
Aviv  Stock  Exchange  and  the  parent  company  of  Ormat  Technologies,  Inc.  From  2003  to  2005,  Mr.  Tenne  was  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Treofan
Germany GmbH & Co. KG, a German company, which is engaged in the development, production and marketing of oriented polypropylene films, which are
mainly used in the food packaging industry. From 1997 until 2003, Mr. Tenne was a partner in Kesselman & Kesselman, Certified Public Accountants in
Israel and a member of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited. Mr. Tenne holds a B.A. in Accounting and Economics and an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv
University. Mr. Tenne is also a Certified Public Accountant in Israel.

Dr. Eyal Kishon has served as one of our directors since 1997. Since 1996, Dr. Kishon has been Managing Partner of Genesis Partners, an Israel-
based venture capital fund. From 1993 to 1996, Dr. Kishon served as Associate Director of Dovrat-Shrem/Yozma-Polaris Fund Limited Partnership. Prior to
that, Dr. Kishon served as Chief Technology Officer at Yozma Venture Capital from 1992 to 1993. Dr. Kishon serves as a director of Allot Communications
Ltd and Celtro Inc. From 1991 to 1992, Dr. Kishon was a Research Fellow in the Multimedia Department of IBM Science & Technology. From 1989 to 1991,
Dr.  Kishon  worked  in  the  Robotics  Research  Department  of  AT&T  Bell  Laboratories.  Dr.  Kishon  holds  a  B.A.  in  Computer  Science  from  the  Technion  -
Israel Institute of Technology and an M.Sc. and a Ph.D. in Computer Science from New York University.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Doron Nevo  has  served  as  one  of  our  directors  since  2000.  Mr.  Nevo  is  President  and  CEO  of  KiloLambda  Technologies  Ltd.,  an  optical  nano-
technology company, which he co-founded in 2001. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Nevo was involved in fund raising activities for Israeli-based startup companies.
From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Nevo served as President and CEO of NKO, Inc. Mr. Nevo established NKO in early 1995 as a startup subsidiary of Clalcom, Ltd.
NKO designed and developed a full scale, carrier grade, IP telephony system platform and established its own IP network. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Nevo was
President and CEO of Clalcom Ltd. Mr. Nevo established Clalcom in 1992 as a telecom service provider in Israel. He also serves as a director of Etgar -
Portfolio Management Trust Co. and of a number of private companies. Mr. Nevo holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the Technion - Israel Institute
of Technology and an M.Sc. in Telecommunications Management from Brooklyn Polytechnic.

Dana Gross has served as one of our directors since November 2010. She also served as one of our directors between 2000 and 2006. From 2009
until February 2013, Ms. Gross was a Venture Partner at Carmel Ventures, a leading Israeli venture capital firm. From 2006 to 2008, Ms. Gross was a Senior
Vice President, Israel Country Manager at SanDisk Corporation, a manufacturer of flash memory cards. From 1992 to 2006, Ms. Gross held various senior
positions at M-Systems, a manufacturer of flash memory cards that was acquired by SanDisk, including Chief Marketing Officer, Vice President, World Wide
Sales, President of M-Systems Inc. (U.S. subsidiary of M-Systems) and CFO, Vice President, Finance and Administration. In addition, Ms. Gross has served
as a director of Tower Semiconductor Ltd. since 2009, and served as a director of M-Systems Ltd. from 1999 to 2006 and PowerDsine Ltd. from 2004 to
2007. Ms. Gross holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering from Tel-Aviv University and an M.A. in business administration from San Jose State University.

B.

COMPENSATION

The aggregate direct remuneration paid during the year ended December 31, 2012 to the 13 persons who served in the capacity of director, senior
executive  officer  or  key  employee  during  2012  was  approximately  $2.9  million,  including  approximately  $331,000  which  was  set  aside  for  pension  and
retirement benefits. The compensation amounts do not include amounts expended by us for automobiles made available to our officers, expenses (including
business, travel, professional and business association dues and expenses) reimbursed to officers and other fringe benefits commonly reimbursed or paid by
companies in Israel.

We currently pay each of our non-employee directors an annual fee of $34,000 and a fee of $1,000 for each board meeting or committee meeting
attended. In the event that a director attends a meeting by phone or a resolution is adopted by written consent, then the fee is reduced to 60% and 50% of the
regular meeting fee, respectively. Such fees are in accordance with the rates prescribed by the Israeli Companies Law Regulation for fees of outside directors.
Only directors who are not officers receive compensation for serving as directors. Our director, Mr, Adlersberg, who also serves as our President and Chief
Executive Officer, does not receive board meeting fees. Instead, he receives compensation in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, a copy
of which is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report.

Upon election or reelection to the board of directors for a term of three years, each non-employee director is granted options to purchase 22,500
ordinary  shares,  of  which  7,500  vest  on  each  of  the  first,  second  and  third  anniversary  of  the  grant  date.  Each  grant  is  subject  to  the  approval  of  the
compensation committee, board of directors and shareholders. All options to directors are granted at an exercise price equal to 100% of the closing price of
the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on the date of grant.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock  options  to  purchase  our  ordinary  shares  granted  under  our  2008  Stock  Option  Plans  to  persons  who  served  in  the  capacity  of  director  or
executive officer are generally exercisable at the fair market value at the date of grant and expire seven years from the date of grant. The options are generally
exercisable in four equal annual installments, commencing one year from the date of grant.

A summary of our stock option and restricted share units (“RSUs”) activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011

and 2012 for the persons who served in the capacity of director, senior executive or key employee officer during those years is as follows:

2010

2011

2012

Number
of
Options and
RSUs

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
of
Options and
RSUs

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
of
Options and
RSUs

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at the beginning of

the year

Granted
Cancelled
Exercised

1,865,928    $

6.44     

1,710,620    $

6.07     

1,314,449    $

682,108    $
(536,951)    
(300,465)   $

3.77     

2.43     

349,601    $
(577,500)    
(168,272)   $

1.76     

0.66     

374,335    $
(150,000)    
(56,788)   $

Outstanding at the end of the year    

1,710,620    $

6.07     

1,314,449    $

3.94     

1,481,996    $

3.94 

2.20 

0.56 

3.60 

As  of  December  31,  2012,  options  to  purchase  680,377  ordinary  shares  were  exercisable  by  the  12  persons  who  served  as  an  officer  or  director

during 2012 at an average exercise price of $4.63 per share.

C.

BOARD PRACTICES

Corporate Governance Practices

We  are  incorporated  in  Israel  and  therefore  are  subject  to  various  corporate  governance  practices  under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  1999,  or  the
Companies Law, relating to such matters as outside directors, the audit committee, the internal auditor and approvals of interested party transactions. These
matters are in addition to the ongoing listing conditions of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and other relevant provisions of U.S. securities laws. Under
the  NASDAQ  rules,  a  foreign  private  issuer  may  generally  follow  its  home  country  rules  of  corporate  governance  in  lieu  of  the  comparable  NASDAQ
requirements, except for certain matters such as composition and responsibilities of the audit committee and the independence of its members. For further
information, see Item 16G – “Corporate Governance.”

Independent Directors

Under the Companies Law, Israeli companies that have offered securities to the public in or outside of Israel are required to appoint at least two
“outside” directors. Doron Nevo and Dr. Eyal Kishon currently serve as our outside directors. Under the requirements for listing on the NASDAQ Global
Select  Market,  a  majority  of  our  directors  are  required  to  be  independent  as  defined  by  NASDAQ  rules.  Doron  Nevo,  Dr.  Eyal  Kishon,  Dana  Gross  and
Joseph  Tenne  qualify  as  independent  directors  under  the  applicable  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  NASDAQ  rules,  as  well  as  under  the
Companies Law.

70

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the Companies Law, a person may not serve as an outside director if at the date of the person’s election or within the prior two years the
person  is  a  relative  of  the  company’s  controlling  shareholder,  or  the  person  or  his  or  her  relatives,  partners,  employers,  supervisors  or  entities  under  the
person’s control, have or had any affiliation with us or with a controlling shareholder or relatives of a controlling shareholder, and, in the case of a company
without a controlling shareholder or a shareholder holding at least 25% of the voting rights, any affiliation, at the time of election, to the chairman of the
board  of  directors,  the  chief  executive  officer,  an  interested  party  or  the  company’s  most  senior  finance  officer.  Under  the  Companies  Law,  “affiliation”
includes:

·

·

·

·

·

·

an employment relationship,

a business or professional relationship maintained on a regular basis,

control, and

service as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company prior to the first offering of its shares to the public if such director
was appointed or elected as a director of the private company in order to serve as an outside director following the initial public offering.

In addition, a person may not serve as an outside director:

if  the  person  or  his  or  her  relatives,  partners,  employers,  supervisors  or  entities  under  the  person’s  control,  maintains  a  business  or  professional
relationship with the company, even if such relationship is not on a regular basis, other than a negligible business or professional relationship, or

if the person received compensation as an outside director in excess of the amounts permitted by the Companies Law and regulations there under.

In addition, no individual may serve as an outside director if the individual’s position or other activities create or may create a conflict of interest
with  his  or  her  role  as  an  outside  director  or  are  likely  to  interfere  with  his  or  her  ability  to  serve  as  a  director.  Until  the  lapse  of  two  years  from  the
termination of office, the company, a controlling shareholder and entities under the company’s control may not grant the outside director or any of his or her
relatives,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  benefit,  or  engage  the  outside  director  or  his  or  her  relatives  as  an  office  holder  of  the  company,  of  a  controlling
shareholders or of an entity under the company’s control, and may not employ or receive services from the outside director or any of his or her relatives,
either directly or indirectly, including through a corporation controlled by that person. The restriction on a relative that is not the spouse or child of the outside
director  is  limited  to  one  year  from  the  termination  of  office  instead  of  two  years.  Pursuant  to  the  Companies  Law,  at  least  one  of  the  outside  directors
appointed by a publicly-traded company must have “financial and accounting expertise.”  The other outside directors are required to possess “financial and
accounting  expertise”  or  “professional  expertise,”  as  these  terms  are  defined  in  regulations  promulgated  under  the  Companies  Law.  Joseph  Tenne  is
designated as the “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

Outside directors are elected by a majority vote at a shareholders’ meeting. In addition to the majority vote, the shareholder approval of the election

of an outside director must satisfy either of two additional tests:

·

the  majority  includes  at  least  a  majority  of  the  shares  voted  by  shareholders  other  than  our  controlling  shareholders  or  shareholders  who  have  a
personal  interest  in  the  election  of  the  outside  directors  (excluding  a  personal  interest  that  is  not  related  to  a  relationship  with  the  controlling
shareholders); or

71

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

the total number of shares held by non-controlling shareholders and disinterested shareholders that voted against the election of the outside director
does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights of our company.

The term of an outside director is three years and may be extended for additional three-year terms. An outside director can be removed from office
only  under  very  limited  circumstances.  All  of  the  outside  directors  must  serve  on  a  company’s  statutory  audit  committee  and  compensation  committee
(including one outside director serving as the chair of the audit committee and one outside director serving as the chair of the compensation committee) and
each other committee of a company’s board of directors is required to include at least one outside director. If, at the time an outside director is elected, all
current members of the board of directors that are not controlling shareholders or their respective relatives are of the same gender, then the elected outside
director must be of the other gender.

Pursuant to the Companies Law, an Israeli company whose shares are publicly traded may elect to adopt a provision in its articles of association
pursuant to which a majority of its board of directors (or a third of its board of directors in case the company has a controlling shareholder) will constitute
individuals  complying  with  certain  independence  criteria  prescribed  by  the  Companies  Law.  Pursuant  to  the  regulations,  directors  who  comply  with  the
independence  requirements  of  the  NASDAQ  and  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  regulations  are  deemed  to  comply  with  the  independence
requirements  of  the  Companies  Law.  We  have  not  included  such  a  provision  in  our  articles  of  association  since  our  board  of  directors  complies  with  the
independence  requirements  of  the  NASDAQ  and  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  regulations  described  above.  In  any  event,  as  described  above,  a
majority  of  our  board  of  directors  and  all  members  of  our  audit  committee  are  directors  who  comply  with  the  independence  criteria  prescribed  by  the
Companies Law.

Audit Committee

Under the Companies Law and the requirements for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, our board of directors is required to appoint an
audit committee. Our audit committee must be comprised of at least three directors, including all of the outside directors (one of whom must serve as the chair
of the audit committee), and a majority of the committee members must comply with the director independence requirements prescribed by the Companies
Law. The audit committee consists of: Dr. Eyal Kishon, Doron Nevo and Joseph Tenne, with Doron Nevo serving as the chairman of the audit committee. Our
board of directors has determined that Joseph Tenne is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and
that all members of the audit committee are independent under the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules, NASDAQ rules and provisions of
the Companies Law.

The  audit  committee  may  not  include  the  chairman  of  the  board,  or  any  director  employed  by  us,  by  a  controlling  shareholder  or  by  any  entity
controlled  by  a  controlling  shareholder,  or  any  director  providing  services  to  us,  to  a  controlling  shareholder  or  to  any  entity  controlled  by  a  controlling
shareholder  on  a  regular  basis,  or  any  director  whose  income  is  primarily  dependent  on  a  controlling  shareholder,  and  may  not  include  a  controlling
shareholder  or  any  relatives  of  a  controlling  shareholder.  Individuals  who  are  not  permitted  to  be  audit  committee  members  may  not  participate  in  the
committee’s meetings other than to present a particular issue. However, an employee who is not a controlling shareholder or relative may participate in the
committee’s  discussions  but  not  in  any  vote,  and  the  company’s  legal  counsel  and  corporate  secretary  may  participate  in  the  committee’s  discussions  and
votes if requested by the committee.

Under the Companies Law, a meeting of the audit committee is properly convened if a majority of the committee members attend the meeting, and in
addition a majority of the attending committee members are independent directors within the meaning of the Companies Law and include at least one outside
director.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have adopted an audit committee charter as required by NASDAQ rules. The audit committee’s duties include providing assistance to the board
of  directors  in  fulfilling  its  legal  and  fiduciary  obligations  in  matters  involving  our  accounting,  auditing,  financial  reporting,  internal  control  and  legal
compliance functions by approving the fees of, and services performed by, our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting
practices  and  systems  of  internal  accounting  controls.  The  audit  committee  also  oversees  the  audit  efforts  of  our  independent  accountants  and  takes  those
actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. Under the Companies Law, the audit committee also is
required  to  monitor  deficiencies  in  the  administration  of  our  company,  including  by  consulting  with  the  internal  auditor  and  independent  accountants,  to
review, classify and approve related party transactions and extraordinary transactions, to review the internal auditor’s audit plan and to establish and monitor
whistleblower procedures.

Nominating Committee

NASDAQ  rules  require  that  director  nominees  be  selected  or  recommended  for  the  board’s  selection  either  by  a  committee  composed  solely  of
independent directors or by a majority of independent directors. Our Nominating Committee assists the board of directors in its selection of individuals as
nominees  for  election  to  the  board  of  directors  and/or  to  fill  any  vacancies  or  newly  created  directorships  on  the  board  of  directors.  The  Nominating
Committee  consists  of  Dr.  Eyal  Kishon,  Doron  Nevo  and  Joseph  Tenne,  with  Doron  Nevo  serving  as  the  chairman  of  the  Nominating  Committee.  All
members of the Nominating Committee are independent under the applicable NASDAQ rules and provisions of the Companies Law.

Compensation Committee

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of any public company must establish a compensation committee. The compensation committee
must consist of at least three directors, include all of the outside directors (including one outside director serving as the chair of the compensation committee),
and a majority of the committee members must comply with the director independence requirements prescribed by the Companies Law. Similar to the rules
that apply to the audit committee, the compensation committee may not include the chairman of the board, or any director employed by us, by a controlling
shareholder or by any entity controlled by a controlling shareholder, or any director providing services to us, to a controlling shareholder or to any entity
controlled  by  a  controlling  shareholder  on  a  regular  basis,  or  any  director  whose  primary  income  is  dependent  on  a  controlling  shareholder,  and  may  not
include a controlling shareholder or any of its relatives. Individuals who are not permitted to be compensation committee members may not participate in the
committee's  meetings  other  than  to  present  a  particular  issue;  provided,  however,  that  an  employee  that  is  not  a  controlling  shareholder  or  relative  may
participate in the committee's discussions, but not in any vote, and the company's legal counsel and corporate secretary may participate in the committee's
discussions and votes if requested by the committee.

The  compensation  committee's  duties  include  recommending  to  the  board  of  directors  a  compensation  policy  for  executives  and  monitor  its
implementation, approve compensation terms of executive officers, directors and employees affiliated with controlling shareholders, make recommendations
to the board of directors regarding the issuance of equity incentive awards under our equity incentive plan and exempt certain compensation arrangements
from  the  requirement  to  obtain  shareholder  approval  under  the  Companies  Law.  The  compensation  committee  meets  at  least  twice  a  year,  with  further
meetings to occur, or actions to be taken by unanimous written consent, when deemed necessary or desirable by the committee or its chairperson.

The  compensation  committee  consists  of:  Dr.  Eyal  Kishon,  Doron  Nevo  and  Joseph  Tenne,  with  Doron  Nevo  serving  as  the  chairman  of  the
compensation  committee.  All  members  of  the  compensation  committee  are  independent  under  the  applicable  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  rules,
NASDAQ rules and provisions of the Companies Law.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal Auditor

Under  the  Companies  Law,  our  board  of  directors  is  also  required  to  appoint  an  internal  auditor  proposed  by  the  audit  committee.  The  internal
auditor  may  be  our  employee,  but  may  not  be  an  interested  party  or  office  holder,  or  a  relative  of  any  interested  party  or  office  holder,  and  may  not  be  a
member of our independent accounting firm. The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, whether our activities comply with the law
and  orderly  business  procedure.  Brightman,  Almagor  Zohar  &  Co.  (a  member  firm  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  in  Israel)  has  been  our  internal  auditor  since
November 2008.

Board Classes

Pursuant  to  our  articles  of  association,  our  directors,  other  than  our  outside  directors,  are  classified  into  three  classes  (classes  I,  II  and  III).  The

members of each class of directors and the expiration of the term of office are as follows:

Dana Gross

Joseph Tenne

Class I

Class II

Shabtai Adlersberg

Class III

Stanley B. Stern

Class III

2013

2014

2015

2015

Our outside directors under the Companies Law, Doron Nevo and Dr. Eyal Kishon, are not members of any class and serve in accordance with the

provisions of the Companies Law. Dr. Kishon’s term ends in 2014 and Mr. Nevo’s term ends in 2015.

Chairman of the Board

Under the Companies Law, the chief executive officer of a company (or a relative of the chief executive officer) may not serve as the chairman of the
board of directors, and the chairman of the board of directors (or a relative of the chairman of the board of directors) may not serve as the chief executive
officer,  unless  approved  by  the  shareholders  by  a  special  majority  vote  prescribed  by  the  Companies  Law.  The  shareholder  vote  cannot  authorize  the
appointment for a period of longer than three years, which period may be extended from time to time by the shareholders with a similar special majority vote.
The chairman of the board of directors shall not hold any other position with the company (except as chief executive officer if approved in accordance with
the above procedure) or in any entity controlled by the company, other than as chairman of the board of directors of a controlled entity, and the company shall
not delegate to the chairman duties that, directly or indirectly, make him or her subordinate to the chief executive officer.

74

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
EMPLOYEES

We had the following number of employees as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 in the areas set forth in the table below:

Research and development
Sales and marketing, technical service and support
Operations
Management and administration

2010

As of December 31,
2011

2012

270     
211     
91     
40     
612     

266     
238     
88     
42     
634     

Our employees were located in the following areas as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

Israel
United States
Europe
Far East
Latin America

2010

As of December 31,
2011

2012

394     
132     
25     
52     
9     
612     

402     
135     
28     
55     
14     
634     

225 
231 
83 
40 
579 

352 
118 
28 
69 
12 
579 

The decrease in the number of employees in 2012 was primarily attributable to our plan to restructure our operations in order to better align our resources and
assets to our core networking and enterprise telephony businesses. The increase in the number of employees in 2010 and in 2011 was primarily attributable to
an increase in sales and marketing personnel.

Israeli labor laws and regulations are applicable to our employees in Israel. These laws principally concern matters such as paid annual vacation,
paid sick days, length of the workday, pay for overtime, insurance for work-related accidents, severance pay and other conditions of employment. Israeli law
generally requires severance pay, which may be funded by Manager’s Insurance, described below, upon the retirement or death of an employee or termination
of employment without cause (as defined under Israeli law). Furthermore, Israeli employees and employers are required to pay predetermined sums to the
National Insurance Institute, which include payments for national health insurance. The payments to the National Insurance Institute currently range from
approximately  7%  to  17%  of  wages  up  to  specified  wage  levels,  of  which  the  employee  contributes  approximately  49%  and  the  employer  contributes
approximately 51%.

Our  employees  are  subject  to  certain  provisions  of  the  collective  bargaining  agreements  between  the  Histadrut  (General  Federation  of  Labor  in
Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists Associations) by order of the Israeli Minister of Industry, Trade
and  Labor.  These  provisions  principally  concern  cost  of  living  increases,  recreation  pay  and  other  conditions  of  employment.  We  generally  provide  our
employees with benefits and working conditions above the required minimums. Our employees, as a group, are not currently represented by a labor union. To
date, we have not experienced any work stoppages.

75

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to an order issued in December 2007 by the Israeli Minister of Industry, Trade and Labor, provisions relating to pension arrangements in the
collective  bargaining  agreements  between  the  Histadrut  and  the  Coordination  Bureau  of  Economic  Organizations  will  apply  to  all  employees  in  Israel,
including  our  employees  in  Israel.  We  regularly  contribute  to  a  “Manager’s  Insurance  Fund”  or  to  a  privately  managed  pension  fund  on  behalf  of  our
employees  located  in  Israel.  These  funds  provide  employees  with  a  lump  sum  payment  upon  retirement  (or  a  pension,  in  case  of  a  pension  fund)  and
severance  pay,  if  legally  entitled  thereto,  upon  termination  of  employment.  We  provide  for  payments  to  a  Manager’s  Insurance  Fund  and  pension  fund
contributions in the amount of 13.3% of an employee’s salary on account of severance pay and provident payment or pension, with the employee contributing
5.0% of his salary. We also pay an additional amount of up to 2.5% of certain of our employees’ salaries in connection with disability payments. In addition,
we administer an Education Fund for our Israeli employees and pay 7.5% of these employees’ salaries thereto, with the employees contributing 2.5% of their
salary.

D.

SHARE OWNERSHIP

The following table sets forth the share ownership and outstanding number of options of our directors and officers as of April 3, 2013.

Name

Total Shares
Beneficially
Owned

Percentage of

    Ordinary Shares

Number of
Options

Shabtai Adlersberg
Stanley B. Stern
Guy Avidan
Lior Aldema
Jeffrey Kahn
Eyal Frishberg
Yehuda Herscovici
Nimrod Borovsky
Tal Dor
Ofer Nimtsovich
Joseph Tenne
Dr. Eyal Kishon
Doron Nevo
Dana Gross
* Less than one percent.

5,278,780     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     
*     

13.9%   

212,898 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

Our officers and directors have the same voting rights as our other shareholders.

The following table sets forth information with respect to the options to purchase our ordinary shares held by Mr. Adlersberg as of April 3, 2013.

Number of
Options

Grant Date

Exercise
Price

Exercised     Cancelled    

Vesting

Expiration Date

120,808   
123,456   
122,201   
113,876   

December 14, 2009  $
December 14, 2010  $
December 14, 2011  $
December 14, 2012  $

2.57     
5.83     
3.66     
3.02     

-     
-     
-     
-     

-   
-   
-   
-   

4 years 
4 years 
4 years 
4 years 

December 14, 2016
December 14, 2017
December 14, 2018
December 14, 2019

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
     
     
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to the RSUs granted to Mr. Adlersberg as of April 3, 2013. These RSUs vest quarterly over a

four-year period from the date of grant, subject to his continuing service to us.

Number of
RSUs

40,269   
41,152   
40,734   
37,959   

Employee Share Plans

Grant Date

issued

December 14, 2009   
December 14, 2010   
December 14, 2011   
December 14, 2012   

32,718 
23,148 
12,728 
2,372 

We have Employee Share Purchase Plans for the sale of shares to our employees and Employee Share Option Plans for the granting of options to our
employees, officers, directors and consultants. Most of these plans are pursuant to the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, entitling the beneficiaries who are our
employees to tax benefits under Israeli law. There are various conditions that must be met in order to qualify for these benefits, including registration of the
options in the name of a trustee for each of the beneficiaries who is granted options. For tax benefits each option, and any ordinary shares acquired upon the
exercise of the option, must be held by the trustee at least for a period commencing on the date of grant and ending no later than 24 months after the date of
grant, in accordance with the period of time specified by Section 102 of Israel’s Income Tax Ordinance, and deposited in trust with the trustee.

Employee Share Option Plans

2008 Equity Incentive Plan. We adopted an equity incentive plan under Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, or Section 102, which
provides certain tax benefits in connection with share-based compensation to employees, officers and directors. This plan, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan,
was approved by the Israeli Tax Authority.

Under our equity incentive plan, we may grant our directors, officers and employees restricted shares, restricted share units and options to purchase
our ordinary shares under Section 102. We may also grant other persons awards under our equity incentive plan. However, such other persons (controlling
shareholders and consultants) will not enjoy the tax benefits provided by Section 102. The total number of ordinary shares that were originally available for
grant under the 2008 Plan was 2,009,122, which was increased in 2010 to 4,009,122. This number is reduced by one share for each equity grant we make
under the 2008 Plan. During 2012, options to purchase 927,376 ordinary shares and 70,215 restricted share units were granted under the 2008 Plan. As of
December  31,  2012,  660,979  ordinary  shares  remained  available  for  grant  under  the  2008  Plan.  As  of  December  31,  2012  there  are  3,777,032  options  to
purchase ordinary shares and 182,161 restricted share units outstanding under the plan.

The Israeli Tax Authority approved the 2008 Plan under the capital gains tax track of Section 102. Based on Israeli law currently in effect and the
election of the capital gains tax track, and provided that options, restricted shares and restricted shares units granted or, upon their exercise or vesting, the
underlying shares, issued under the plan are held by a trustee for the two years following the date in which such awards are granted, our employees, officers
and directors will be (i) entitled to defer any taxable event with respect to the awards until the underlying ordinary shares are sold, and (ii) subject to capital
gains tax of 25% on the sale of the shares. However, if we grant awards at a value below the underlying shares’ market value at the date of grant, the 25%
capital gains tax rate will apply only with respect to capital gains in excess of the underlying shares’ market value at the date of grant and the remaining
capital gains will be taxed at the grantee’s regular tax rate. We may not recognize a tax benefit pertaining to the employees’ restricted shares, restricted share
units and options for tax purposes except in the events described above under which the gain is taxed at the grantee’s regular tax rate.

77

 
 
 
     
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted  shares,  restricted  share  units  and  options  granted  under  the  2008  Plan  will  generally  vest  over  four  years  from  the  grant  date.  If  the
employment of an employee is terminated for any reason, the employee (or in the case of death, the designated beneficiary) may exercise his or her vested
options within ninety days of the date of termination (or within twelve months of the date of termination in the case of death or disability) and shall be entitled
to any rights upon vested restricted shares and vested restricted share units to be delivered to the employee to the extent that they were vested prior to the date
his or her employment terminates. Directors are generally eligible to exercise his or her vested options within twelve months from the date the director ceases
to serve on the board of directors.

As  of  December  31,  2010,  we  recorded  equity-based  compensation  as  a  liability  based  on  its  fair  value  in  the  amount  of  $500,000  relating  to  a
commitment to grant restricted share units that were granted in January 2011. In addition, we recorded a liability based on its fair value in the amount of
$160,000 relating to a commitment to grant restricted share units subject to our share price in the period in between the grant date and January 1, 2013.

The  holders  of  options  under  all  of  the  plans  are  responsible  for  all  personal  tax  consequences  relating  to  the  options.  The  exercise  prices  of  the
options are based on the fair value of the ordinary shares at the time of grant as determined by our board of directors. The current practice of our board of
directors is to grant options with exercise prices that equal 100% of the closing price of our ordinary shares on the applicable date of grant.

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

To our knowledge, (A) we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled (i) by another corporation or (ii) by any foreign government and (B)
there are no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of AudioCodes. The following table sets forth, as of
April 3, 2013 the number of our ordinary shares, which constitute our only outstanding voting securities, beneficially owned by (i) all shareholders known to
us to own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, and (ii) all of our directors and senior executive officers as a group.

Identity of Person or
Group

Shabtai Adlersberg(1)
Leon Bialik(2)
Rima Management, LLC(3)
All directors and senior executive officers as a group (11 persons) (4)

Amount Owned

Percent of Class

5,491,678     
4,079,322     
3,984,316     
5,999,178     

14.5%
10.7%
10.5%
14.3%

(1) Includes options to purchase 212,898 shares, exercisable within 60 days of April 3, 2013.

(2) The information is derived from a statement on Schedule 13G/A, dated February 22, 2013 of Leon Bialik filed with the Securities and Exchange

Commission.

(3) The information is derived from a statement on Schedule 13G, dated December 10, 2012, of Rima Management, LLC and Richard Mashaal filed with the

Securities and Exchange Commission.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) Includes 719,148 ordinary shares which may be purchased pursuant to options exercisable within sixty days following March 31, 2013.

Mr. Adlersberg held 14.4% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2012 as compared to 12.9% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2011

and 13.5% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2010.

Mr. Bialik held 10.7% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2012 as compared to 10.0% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2011 and

9.9% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2010.

Rima Management, LLC held 10.5% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2012 as compared to 9.5% of our ordinary shares as of December

31, 2011 and 8.6% of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2010.

As of April 9, 2013, there were approximately 19 holders of record of our ordinary shares in the United States, although we believe that the number
of beneficial owners of the ordinary shares is significantly greater. The number of record holders in the United States is not representative of the number of
beneficial holders nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders are resident since many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or
other nominees.

The major shareholders have the same voting rights as the other shareholders.

B.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Pursuant to a distribution agreement we entered into with MailVision Ltd., a company in which we own 26.6% of the shares as of December 31,
2012, we resell and market MailVision’s products and services. In 2012, we paid MailVision $1.4 million pursuant to this distribution agreement. In April
2013, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with MailVision. See “Major Developments since January 1, 2012” under Item 4.A above for a description
of the asset purchase agreement. Upon closing of the transaction under this agreement, the distribution agreement with MailVision will be terminated.

C.

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not applicable.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See Item 18.

Legal Proceedings

For a discussion of our legal proceedings, please see Item 4B-“Information on the Company-Business Overview-Legal Proceedings.”

Dividend Policy

For a discussion of our dividend policy, please see Item 10B-“Additional Information-Memorandum and Articles of Association-Dividends.”

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.

Significant Changes

No significant change has occurred since December 31, 2012, except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report.

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.

OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS UPDATE ALL TABLES AND DISCLOSURE IN THIS SECTION

Our ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the TASE under the symbol “AUDC.”

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our ordinary shares as reported by the NASDAQ Global

Select Market.

Calendar Year
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008

Calendar Period
2013

Second quarter (through April 3, 2013)
First quarter

2012

Fourth quarter
Third quarter
Second quarter
First quarter

2011

Fourth quarter
Third quarter
Second quarter
First quarter

Calendar Month
2013

March
February
January

2012

December
November
October
September

Price Per Share

High

Low

4.25    $
8.07    $
6.51    $
3.06    $
5.26    $

Price Per Share

High

Low

3.84    $
4.75    $

3.35    $
3.20    $
2.77    $
4.25    $

3.98    $
5.75    $
6.39    $
8.07    $

Price Per Share

High

Low

4.19    $
4.75    $
3.87    $

3.35    $
2.82    $
2.77    $
3.20    $

1.20 
2.28 
2.31 
0.92 
1.47 

3.02 
3.20 

2.18 
1.20 
1.70 
2.58 

2.28 
2.96 
3.93 
5.38 

3.72 
3.64 
3.20 

2.67 
2.25 
2.18 
1.36 

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  the  high  and  low  sales  prices  of  our  ordinary  shares  as  reported  by  The  Tel  Aviv  Stock
Exchange. All share prices shown in the following table are in NIS. As of December 31, 2012, the exchange rate was equal to approximately NIS 3.733 per
U.S. $1.00.

Calendar Year
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008

Calendar Period
2013

Second quarter (through April 3, 2013)
First quarter

2012

Fourth quarter
Third quarter
Second quarter
First quarter

2011

Fourth quarter
Third quarter
Second quarter
First quarter

Calendar Month
2013

March
February
January

2012

December
November
October
September

Price Per Share

High

Low

15.99      NIS     
29.51      NIS     
23.25      NIS     
11.55      NIS     
20.20      NIS     

Price Per Share

13.63      NIS     
18.38      NIS     

12.42      NIS     
11.49      NIS     
10.48      NIS     
15.99      NIS     

14.66      NIS     
19.03      NIS     
21.97      NIS     
29.51      NIS     

Price Per Share

High

Low

15.49      NIS     
18.38      NIS     
14.05      NIS     

12.42      NIS     
11.40      NIS     
10.49      NIS     
11.49      NIS     

5.44 
8.65 
9.20 
4.26 
5.71 

12.97 
11.37 

8.43 
5.44 
6.60 
9.85 

8.65 
11.20 
13.63 
19.14 

13.62 
14.00 
11.37 

10.25 
8.71 
8.43 
5.55 

    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     

    NIS     
    NIS     

    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     

    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     

    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     

    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     
    NIS     

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
      
   
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
 
B.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Not applicable.

C.

MARKETS

Our ordinary shares are listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “AUDC.” Our ordinary shares are also listed for
trading on The Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange under the symbol “AUDC.” In addition, we are aware of our ordinary shares being traded on the following markets:
Frankfurt Stock Exchange, Berlin Stock Exchange, Munich Stock Exchange, Stuttgart Stock Exchange, the German Composite and XETRA.

D.

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

Not applicable.

E.

DILUTION

Not applicable.

F.

EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

Not applicable.

ITEM 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.

SHARE CAPITAL

Not applicable.

B.

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Objects and Purposes

We were incorporated in 1992 under the laws of the State of Israel. Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 520044132.

Our objects and purposes, set forth in Section 2 of our memorandum of association, are:

·

·

·

·

to plan, develop and market voice signal systems;

to purchase, import, market and wholesale and retail distribute, in Israel and abroad, consumption goods and accompanying products;

to serve as representatives of bodies, entrepreneurs and companies from Israel and abroad with respect to their activities in Israel and abroad; and

to carry out any activity as determined by the lawful management.

Share Capital

Our authorized share capital consists of NIS 1,025,000 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares, nominal value NIS 0.01 per share, and 2,500,000
preferred shares, nominal value NIS 0.01 per share. As of April 3, 2013, we had 38,044,692 ordinary shares outstanding (which does not include 11,356,707
treasury shares) and no preferred shares outstanding.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowing Powers

The board of directors has the power to cause us to borrow money and to secure the payment of borrowed money. The board of directors specifically

has the power to issue bonds or debentures, and to impose mortgages or other security interests on all or any part of our property.

Amendment of Articles of Association

Shareholders  may  amend  our  articles  of  association  by  a  resolution  adopted  at  a  shareholders  meeting  by  the  holders  of  50%  of  voting  power

represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and voting thereon.

Dividends

Under the Israeli Companies Law, we may pay dividends only out of our profits. The amount of any dividend to be distributed among shareholders is
based on the nominal value of their shares. Our board of directors has determined that we will not distribute any amounts of our undistributed tax exempt
income as dividend. We intend to reinvest our tax-exempt income and not to distribute such income as a dividend. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes
have been provided on income attributable to our Approved Enterprise program as the undistributed tax exempt income is essentially permanent in duration.

Voting Rights and Powers

Unless any shares have special rights as to voting, every shareholder has one vote for each share held of record. A shareholder is not entitled to vote
at  any  shareholders  meeting  unless  all  calls  then  payable  by  him  in  respect  of  his  shares  have  been  paid  (this  does  not  apply  to  separate  meetings  of  the
holders of a particular class of shares with respect to the modification or abrogation of their rights).

Under our articles of association, we may issue preferred shares from time to time, in one or more series. However, in connection with our listing on
The Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange in 2001, we agreed that for such time as our ordinary shares are traded on The Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange, we will not issue any
of the 2,500,000 preferred shares, nominal value NIS 0.01, authorized in our articles of association. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may issue preferred
shares if the preference of those shares is limited to a preference in the distribution of dividends and such preferred shares have no voting rights.

Business Combinations

Our  articles  of  association  impose  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  engage  in  any  merger,  asset  or  share  sale  or  other  similar  transaction  with  a

shareholder holding 15% or more of our voting shares.

Winding Up

Upon  our  liquidation,  our  assets  available  for  distribution  to  shareholders  will  be  distributed  to  them  in  proportion  to  the  nominal  value  of  their

shares.

Redeemable Shares

Subject to our undertaking to the Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange as described above, we may issue and redeem redeemable shares.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modification of Rights

Subject to the provisions of our memorandum of association, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred upon the holders of our
existing shares, we may, from time to time, by a resolution approved by the holders of 75% voting power represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and
voting thereon, provide for shares with such preferred or deferred rights or rights of redemption, or other special rights and/or such restrictions, whether in
regard to dividends, voting repayment of share capital or otherwise, as may be stipulated in such resolution.

If  at  any  time  our  share  capital  is  divided  into  different  classes  of  shares,  we  may  modify  or  abrogate  the  rights  attached  to  any  class,  unless
otherwise provided by the articles of association, by a resolution approved by the holders of 75% voting power represented at the meeting in person or by
proxy and voting thereon, subject to the consent in writing of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class.

The provisions of our articles of association relating to general meetings also apply to any separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of a
particular class, except that two or more members holding not less than 75% of the issued shares of that class must be present in person or by proxy at that
separate general meeting for a quorum to exist.

Unless otherwise provided by our articles of association, the increase of an authorized class of shares, or the issuance of additional shares thereof out
of the authorized and unissued share capital, shall not be deemed to modify or abrogate the rights attached to previously issued shares of that class or of any
other class.

Shareholders Meetings

An annual meeting of shareholders is to be held once a year, within 15 months after the previous annual meeting. The annual meeting may be held in

Israel or outside of Israel, as determined by the board of directors.

The  board  of  directors  may,  whenever  it  thinks  fit,  convene  a  special  shareholders  meeting.  The  board  of  directors  must  convene  a  special

shareholders meeting at the request of:

·

·

·

at least two directors;

at least one-quarter of the directors in office; or

one or more shareholders who hold at least 5% of the outstanding share capital and at least 1% of the voting rights, or one or more shareholders who
hold at least 5% of the outstanding voting rights.

A special shareholders meeting may be held in Israel or outside of Israel, as determined by the board of directors.

Notice of General Meetings; Omission to Give Notice

The provisions of the Companies Law and the related regulations override the provisions of our articles of association, and provide for notice of a
meeting of shareholders to be sent to each registered shareholder at least 21 days or 35 days in advance of the meeting depending on the items included in the
meeting  agenda.  Notice  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  must  also  be  published  in  two  Israeli  newspapers  at  least  five  days  prior  to  the  record  date  for  the
meeting.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of a meeting of shareholders must specify the type of meeting, the place and time of the meeting, the agenda, a summary of the proposed
resolutions,  the  majority  required  to  adopt  the  proposed  resolutions,  and  the  record  date  for  the  meeting.  The  notice  must  also  include  the  address  and
telephone number of our registered office, and a list of times at which the full text of the proposed resolutions may be examined at the registered office.

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to any shareholder, or the non-receipt of notice sent to such shareholder, does not invalidate the

proceedings at the meeting.

Limitations on Foreign Shareholders to Hold or Exercise Voting Rights

There are no limitations on foreign shareholders in our articles of association. Israeli law restricts the ability of citizens of countries that are in a state

of war with Israel to hold shares of Israeli companies.

Fiduciary Duties; Approval of Transactions under Israeli Law

The  Companies  Law  imposes  fiduciary  duties  that  “office  holders,”  including  directors  and  executive  officers,  owe  to  their  company.  An  office

holder’s fiduciary duties consist of a duty of care and a duty of loyalty.

Duty of Care. The duty of care generally requires an office holder to act with the level of care which a reasonable office holder in the same position
would have acted under the same circumstances. This includes the duty to use reasonable means to obtain information regarding the advisability of a given
action submitted for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position and all other relevant information material to these actions.

Duty of Loyalty. The duty of loyalty generally requires an office holder to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company. Specifically, an office
holder must avoid any conflict of interest between the office holder’s position in the company and his or her other positions or personal affairs. In addition, an
office holder must avoid competing against the company or exploiting any business opportunity of the company for his or her own benefit or the benefit of
others. An office holder must also disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs that the office holder has received
due to his or her position in the company. A company may approve any of the acts mentioned above provided that all the following conditions apply: the
office holder acted in good faith and neither the act nor the approval of the act prejudices the good of the company, and the office holder disclosed the essence
of  his  or  her  personal  interest  in  the  act,  including  any  substantial  fact  or  document,  a  reasonable  time  before  the  date  for  discussion  of  the  approval.  A
director is required to exercise independent discretion in fulfilling his or her duties and may not be party to a voting agreement with respect to his or her vote
as a director. A violation of these requirements is deemed a breach of the director’s duty of loyalty.

The term “office holder” includes any managing director, general manager, chief executive officer, executive vice president, vice president, or any
other person assuming the responsibilities of any of these positions regardless of that person’s title, or any director or any manager directly subordinate to the
general manager. Each person listed in the table under Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees-A. Directors and Senior Management” above is
an “office holder” of AudioCodes.

Disclosure of Personal Interest of Office Holder. The Companies Law requires that an office holder promptly disclose any personal interest that he
or  she  may  have,  and  all  related  material  information  known  to  him  or  her,  in  connection  with  any  existing  or  proposed  transaction  by  the  company.  A
“personal interest” of an office holder, as defined in the Companies Law, includes a personal interest of the office holder’s relative or a corporation in which
the office holder or the office holder’s relative is a 5% or greater shareholder, director or general manager or has the right to appoint at least one director or
the general manager, and includes shares for which the person has the right to vote pursuant to a power-of-attorney. “Personal interest” does not apply to a
personal interest stemming merely from holding shares in the company.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The office holder must make the disclosure of his personal interest no later than the first meeting of the company’s board of directors that discusses
the particular transaction. The office holder’s duty to disclose shall not apply in the event that the personal interest only results from a personal interest of the
office holder’s relative in a transaction that is not an “extraordinary transaction.” The Companies Law defines an “extraordinary transaction” as a transaction
not  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  not  on  market  terms,  or  likely  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  company’s  profitability,  assets  or  liabilities,  and  a
“relative” is defined as a spouse, sibling, parent, grandparent, descendent, and includes the descendant, sibling or parent of a spouse, as well as the spouse of
any of the foregoing.

Approval of Compensation of Office Holders. Under the Companies Law, compensation arrangements for officers (other than the Chief Executive
Officer)  who  are  not  directors  require  the  approval  of  the  compensation  committee  and  the  board  of  directors.  If  the  compensation  arrangement  is  an
immaterial amendment to an existing compensation arrangement of an officer who is not a director, the approval of the compensation committee is sufficient.
Arrangements regarding the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and directors require the approval of the compensation committee, the board and
the shareholders, in that order. In certain cases, the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer who is not a director may be approved without approval of
the shareholders.

Approval  of  Other  Transactions  with  Office  Holders.  In  the  case  of  a  transaction  that  is  not  an  extraordinary  transaction,  after  the  office  holder
complies  with  the  disclosure  requirement  described  above,  only  board  approval  is  required  unless  the  articles  of  association  of  the  company  provide
otherwise. Our articles of association do not provide otherwise. Such approval must determine that the transaction is not adverse to the company's interest. If
the  transaction  is  an  extraordinary  transaction,  or  if  it  concerns  exculpation,  indemnification,  insurance  or  compensation  of  an  office  holder,  then  the
approvals  of  the  company's  compensation  committee  and  the  board  of  directors  are  required,  except  if  the  compensation  arrangement  is  a  non-material
amendment  to  an  existing  compensation  arrangement  of  an  officer  who  is  not  a  director  (in  which  case  the  approval  of  the  compensation  committee  is
sufficient).  If  the  transaction  concerns  exculpation,  indemnification,  insurance  or  compensation  of  a  director,  then  the  approvals  of  the  company's
compensation  committee,  board  of  directors  and  shareholders  are  required  (in  that  order),  except  if  the  compensation  arrangement  is  an  immaterial
amendment  to  an  existing  compensation  arrangement  of  an  officer  who  is  not  a  director,  in  which  case  the  approval  of  the  compensation  committee  is
sufficient. Exculpation, indemnification, insurance or compensation of a director or the Chief Executive Officer also requires shareholder approval.

Any person who has a personal interest in a matter that is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee generally may not
be present at such meeting or vote on such matter unless a majority of the board of directors or the audit committee has a personal interest in the matter, or if
such person is invited by the chairman of the board of directors or audit committee, as applicable, to present the matter being considered. If a majority of the
board of directors or the audit committee has a personal interest in the transaction, shareholder approval also would be required.

Disclosure of Personal Interests of a Controlling Shareholder; Approval of Transactions with Controlling Shareholders. Under the Israeli Companies
Law, the disclosure requirements described above that apply to an officer holder, also apply to a controlling shareholder of a public company, which includes
a shareholder that holds 25% or more of the voting rights if no other shareholder owns more than 50% of the voting rights in the company. Two or more
shareholders  with  a  personal  interest  in  the  approval  of  the  same  transaction  are  deemed  to  be  one  shareholder  for  this  purpose.Approval  of  the  audit
committee,  the  board  of  directors  and  our  shareholders,  in  that  order,  is  required  for  extraordinary  transactions,  including  a  private  placement,  with  a
controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest.

Approval of the compensation committee, the board of directors and our shareholders, in that order, is required for the terms of compensation or
employment of a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, as an officer holder or employee of our company or as a service provider to the company,
including through a company controlled by a controlling shareholder.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The shareholders approval must include the majority of shares voted at the meeting. In addition to the majority vote, the shareholder approval must

satisfy either of two additional tests:

·

·

the majority includes at least a majority of the shares voted by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction; or

the  total  number  of  shares  held  by  the  disinterested  shareholders  that  voted  against  the  approval  of  the  transaction  does  not  exceed  2%  of  the
aggregate voting rights of our company.

Generally,  the  approval  of  such  a  transaction  may  not  be  for  more  than  three  years.  However,  an  extraordinary  transaction,  including  a  private
placement with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest that does not concern the terms of compensation or
employment or engagement of a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, as an officer holder or employee of our company or as a service provider to the
company, the transaction may be approved for a longer period if the audit committee determines that the approval of the transaction for a period of longer
than three years is reasonable under the circumstances.

Duties  of  Shareholders.  Under  the  Israeli  Companies  Law,  a  shareholder  also  has  a  duty  to  act  in  good  faith  towards  the  company  and  other
shareholders and refrain from abusing his or her power in the company, including, among other things, voting in the general meeting of shareholders on the
following matters:

·

·

·

·

any amendment to the articles of association;

an increase of the company’s authorized share capital;

a merger; or

approval of related party transactions that require shareholder approval.

In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, under the
company’s articles of association, can appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The
Israeli Companies Law also provides that a breach of the duty of fairness will be governed by the laws governing breach of contract; however, the Israeli
Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty.

Anti-Takeover Provisions Under Israeli Law

The  Companies  Law  provides  that  an  acquisition  of  shares  in  a  public  company  must  be  made  by  means  of  a  tender  offer  if  as  a  result  of  the
acquisition the purchaser would hold 25% or more of the voting rights in the company, unless there is already another shareholder of the company with 25%
or more of the voting rights. Similarly, the Companies Law provides that an acquisition of shares in a public company must be made by means of a tender
offer if as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would hold more than 45% of the voting rights in the company, unless there is a shareholder with more than
45% of the voting rights in the company.

The Companies Law requires the parties to a proposed merger to file a merger proposal with the Israeli Registrar of Companies, specifying certain
terms of the transaction. Each merging company’s board of directors and shareholders must approve the merger. Shares in one of the merging companies held
by  the  other  merging  company  or  certain  of  its  affiliates  are  disenfranchised  for  purposes  of  voting  on  the  merger.  A  merging  company  must  inform  its
creditors of the proposed merger. Any creditor of a party to the merger may seek a court order blocking the merger, if there is a reasonable concern that the
surviving company will not be able to satisfy all of the obligations of the parties to the merger. Moreover, a merger may not be completed until at least 50
days have passed from the time that the merger proposal was filed with the Israeli Registrar of Companies and at least 30 days have passed from the approval
of the shareholders of each of the merging companies.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finally, in general, Israeli tax law treats stock-for-stock acquisitions less favorably than does U.S. tax law. Israeli tax law provides for tax deferral in
specified acquisitions, including transactions where the consideration for the sale of shares is the receipt of shares of the acquiring company. Nevertheless,
Israeli tax law may subject a shareholder who exchanges his ordinary shares for shares in a foreign corporation to immediate taxation or to taxation before his
investment in the foreign corporation becomes liquid, although in the case of shares of a foreign corporation that are traded on a stock exchange, the tax may
be postponed subject to certain conditions.

Insurance, Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers; Limitations on Liability

Insurance of Office Holders

The Companies Law permits a company, if permitted by its articles of association, to insure an office holder in respect of liabilities incurred by the

office holder as a result of:

·

·

breach of the duty of care owed to the company or a third party;

breach of the fiduciary duty owed to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to believe that his
action would not harm the company’s interests;

· monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party; and

·

reasonable  litigation  expenses,  including  attorney  fees,  incurred  by  the  office  holder  as  a  result  of  an  administrative  enforcement  proceeding
instituted against him (without limiting from the generality of the foregoing, such expenses will include a payment imposed on the office holder in
favor of an injured party as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Israel Securities Law, 5728-1968, as amended (the “Israeli Securities Law”),
and expenses that the office holder incurred in connection with a proceeding under Chapters H’3, H’4 or I’1 of the Israeli Securities Law, including
reasonable legal expenses, which term includes attorney fees).

Indemnification of Office Holders

Under the Companies Law, a company can, if permitted by its articles of association, indemnify an office holder for any of the following obligations

or expenses incurred in connection with his or her acts or omissions as an office holder:

· monetary liability imposed on an office holder in favor of a third party in a judgment, including a settlement or an arbitral award confirmed by a

court;

·

reasonable legal costs, including attorney’s fees, expended by an office holder as a result of:

–

an  investigation  or  proceeding  instituted  against  the  office  holder  by  a  competent  authority,  provided  that  such  investigation  or
proceeding concludes without the filing of an indictment against the office holder, and either:

o

no financial liability was imposed on the office holder in lieu of criminal proceedings, or

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
o

financial liability was imposed on the office holder in lieu of criminal proceedings but the alleged criminal offense does
not require proof of criminal intent; and (y) in connection with an administrative enforcement proceeding or a financial
sanction (without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, such expenses will include a payment imposed on the
Office  Holder  in  favor  of  an  injured  party  as  set  forth  in  Section  52(54)(a)(1)(a)  of  the  Israeli  Securities  Law,  and
expenses that the Office Holder incurred in connection with a proceeding under Chapters H’3, H’4 or I’1 of the Israeli
Securities Law, including reasonable legal expenses, which term includes attorney fees); and

·

reasonable legal costs, including attorneys’ fees, expended by the office holder or for which the office holder is charged by a court:

–

–

–

in an action brought against the office holder by or on behalf of the company or a third party, or

in a criminal action in which the office holder is found innocent, or

in a criminal action in which the office holder is convicted and in which a proof of criminal intent is not required.

o

A company may indemnify an office holder in respect of these liabilities either in advance of an event or following an
event. If a company undertakes to indemnify an office holder in advance of an event, the indemnification, other than legal
costs, must be limited to foreseeable events in light of the company’s actual activities when the company undertook such
indemnification, and reasonable amounts or standards, as determined by the board of directors.

Exculpation of Office Holders

Under the Companies Law, a company may, if permitted by its articles of association, also exculpate an office holder in advance, in whole or in part,

from liability for damages sustained by a breach of duty of care to the company, other than in connection with distributions.

Limitations on Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification

Under the Companies Law, a company may indemnify or insure an office holder against a breach of duty of loyalty only to the extent that the office
holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to assume that the action would not prejudice the company. In addition, a company may not indemnify,
insure or exculpate an office holder against a breach of duty of care if committed intentionally or recklessly (excluding mere negligence), or committed with
the intent to derive an unlawful personal gain, or for a fine or forfeit levied against the office holder in connection with a criminal offense.

Our articles of association allow us to insure, indemnify and exculpate office holders to the fullest extent permitted by law, provided such insurance
or  indemnification  is  approved  in  accordance  with  law.  Pursuant  to  the  Companies  Law,  exculpation  of,  procurement  of  insurance  coverage  for,  and  an
undertaking  to  indemnify  or  indemnification  of,  our  office  holders  must  be  approved  by  our  audit  committee  and  our  board  of  directors  and,  if  the  office
holder is a director, also by our shareholders.

We have entered into agreements with each of our directors and senior officers to insure, indemnify and exculpate them to the full extent permitted
by law against some types of claims, subject to dollar limits and other limitations. These agreements have been ratified by our audit committee, board of
directors and shareholders. We have acquired directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering our officers and directors and the officers and directors of
our subsidiaries against certain claims.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

In September 2011, we entered into loan agreements with First International Bank of Israel that provided for loans in the total principal amount of
$6.75 million. The Loans bear interest at LIBOR+2.1% with respect to one-half of the principal amount of the loans and LIBOR plus 3.1% with respect to the
other half of the principal amount of the loan. The principal amount borrowed is repayable in 20 equal quarterly installments from September 2012 through
September  2017.  The  bank  has  a  lien  on  our  assets  and  we  are  required  to  maintain  compensating  balances  with  the  bank  equal  to  50%  of  the  principal
amount  of  the  loan,  plus  an  additional  $1  million  in  connection  with  a  waiver  granted  by  the  bank  that  is  described  below.  The  additional  $1  million  of
compensating balances is to stay in place until such time as we are in compliance with the original covenants. The agreement requires us, among other things,
to maintain shareholders’ equity, cash balance and liabilities to banks at specified levels and to achieve certain levels of operating income. The agreement also
restricts us from paying dividends.

In September 2011, we entered into loan agreements with Bank Leumi in Israel that provided for loans in the total amount of $12.0 million. The
loans bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.4% with respect to one-half of the principal amount of the loans and LIBOR plus 2.75% with respect to the other half of
the loans. According to the loan agreement we are required to maintain compensating balances as a bank deposit in an amount equal to 50% of the principal
amount  of  the  loan,  plus  an  additional  $1  million  in  connection  with  a  waiver  granted  by  the  bank  that  is  described  below.  The  additional  $1  million  of
compensating balances is to stay in place until such time as we are in compliance with the original covenants. This bank deposit bears interest at LIBOR plus
2.38%. The principal amount borrowed is repayable in 20 equal quarterly installments from December 2011 through September 2017.

In December 2011, we entered into loan agreements with bank Mizrahi in Israel that provided for loans in the total amount of $5.0 million. The loans
bear  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  3.6%  with  respect  to  $1.1  million  of  the  loans.  According  to  the  loan  agreement,  we  are  required  to  maintain  a  $3.9  million
compensating balance as a bank deposit, subject to reduction as this portion of the loan is repaid. This $3.9 million portion of the loan bears interest at 0.5%
above the bank deposit interest rate. Of the amount borrowed, $1.1 million is repayable in 20 equal quarterly installments and the remaining $3.9 million is
repayable in 10 equal semiannual payments through December 2016.

As of December 31, 2012, the Bank Mizrahi loans bear interest at LIBOR plus 4.35% with respect to $935,000 of the loans. According to the loan
agreement, we are required to maintain a $3.1 million compensating balance as a bank deposit. This $3.1 million portion of the loan bears interest at 1.25%
above the bank deposit interest rate and reduces the compensating balance as it is repaid.

The other terms of the loan with Bank Leumi and Bank Mizrahi are similar to the loan agreement with First International Bank described in the first

paragraph of this section. Bank Leumi, Bank Mizrahi and First International Bank share the lien on our assets.

During 2012, we were not in compliance with some of the financial covenants contained in our loan agreements. Each of Bank Leumi, Bank Mizrahi
and First International Bank agreed to waive compliance with these covenants, subject to compliance with revised financial covenants during the remainder of
2012 and 2013, an increase in the interest rate with respect to one of the loans and an increase in required compensating balances. As of December 31, 2012,
we were in compliance with the covenants in our loan agreements. If we are unable to comply with our revised financial covenants, our lenders could require
us to repay all of our outstanding loans.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D.

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

Non-residents of Israel who own our ordinary shares may freely convert all amounts received in Israeli currency in respect of such ordinary shares,
whether as a dividend, liquidation distribution or as proceeds from the sale of the ordinary shares, into freely-repatriable non-Israeli currencies at the rate of
exchange prevailing at the time of conversion (provided in each case that the applicable Israeli income tax, if any, is paid or withheld).

Since January 1, 2003, all exchange control restrictions on transactions in foreign currency in Israel have been eliminated, although there are still
reporting  requirements  for  foreign  currency  transactions.  Legislation  remains  in  effect,  however,  pursuant  to  which  currency  controls  may  be  imposed  by
administrative action at any time.

The  State  of  Israel  does  not  restrict  in  any  way  the  ownership  or  voting  of  our  ordinary  shares  by  non-residents  of  Israel,  except  with  respect  to

subjects of countries that are in a state of war with Israel.

E.

TAXATION

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  material  Israeli  and  United  States  federal  tax  consequences,  Israeli  foreign  exchange  regulations  and  certain
Israeli government programs affecting us. To the extent that the discussion is based on new tax or other legislation that has not been subject to judicial or
administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the views expressed in the discussion will be accepted by the tax or other authorities in question.
The discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice, is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations and should
not be relied upon for tax planning purposes. Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli tax, United States federal income
tax and other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local
taxes.

Israeli Tax Considerations

General Corporate Tax Structure

Generally, Israeli companies are subject to corporate tax on taxable income at the rate of 25% for the 2012 tax year. The corporate tax rate applicable

for 2011 was 24% and for 2010 was 25%.

On December 5, 2011, the Israeli Parliament enacted the Law for Tax Burden Reform (Legislative Amendments), 2011 (the “Law”) which, among
other things, cancels effective from 2012, the scheduled progressive reduction in the corporate tax rate. The Law also increases the corporate tax rate to 25%
in 2012. In view of this increase in the corporate tax rate to 25% in 2012, the real capital gains tax rate and the real betterment tax rate were also increased
accordingly.

Tax Benefits Under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959

Our  facilities  have  been  granted  approved  enterprise  status  pursuant  to  the  Law  for  the  Encouragement  of  Capital  Investments,  1959  or  the

Investment Law, which provides certain tax and financial benefits to investment programs that have been granted such status.

The Investment Law provides that a proposed capital investment in eligible facilities may be designated as an “approved enterprise.” Until 2005, the
designation  required  advance  approval  from  the  Investment  Center  of  the  Israel  Ministry  of  Industry,  Trade  and  Labor  (the  Investment  Center).  Each
certificate of approval for an approved enterprise relates to a specific investment program delineated both by its financial scope, including its capital sources,
and by its physical characteristics, such as the equipment to be purchased and utilized pursuant to the program. The tax benefits under the Investment Law are
not available for income derived from products manufactured outside of Israel.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  company  owning  an  approved  enterprise  may  elect  to  receive  either  governmental  grants  or  an  alternative  package  of  tax  benefits.  Under  the
alternative package, a company’s undistributed income derived from an approved enterprise will be exempt from corporate tax for a period of two to ten years
(depending  on  the  geographic  location  of  the  approved  enterprise  within  Israel).  The  exemption  commences  in  the  first  year  of  taxable  income,  and  the
company is taxed at a reduced corporate rate of 10% to 25% for the following five to eight years, depending on the extent of foreign shareholders’ ownership
of the company’s ordinary shares. The benefits period is limited to twelve years from completion of the investment under the approved plan or fourteen years
from  the  date  of  approval,  whichever  is  earlier  (these  limits  do  not  apply  to  the  exemption  period).  A  Foreign  Investors  Company,  or  FIC,  defined  in  the
Investment Law as a company of which more than 25% of its shareholders are non-Israeli residents, may enjoy benefits for a period of up to ten years, or
twelve years if it complies with certain export criteria stipulated in the Investment Law (the actual length of the benefits period is graduated based on the
percentage of foreign ownership).

We have elected the alternative package of tax exemptions and reduced tax rates for our production facilities that have received Approved Enterprise
status. Accordingly, income derived from these facilities is generally entitled to a tax-exemption period of two years and a reduced corporate tax rate of 10%
to 25% for an additional period of five to eight years, based on our percentage of foreign investment.

If we fail to meet the requirements of an Approved Enterprise we would be subject to corporate tax in Israel at the regular statutory rate. We could

also be required to refund tax benefits, with interest and adjustments for inflation based on the Israeli consumer price index.

The tax benefits derived from any certificate of approval relate only to taxable income attributable to the specific approved enterprise. If a company
has  more  than  one  approval  or  only  a  portion  of  its  capital  investments  are  approved,  its  effective  tax  rate  is  the  result  of  a  weighted  combination  of  the
applicable rates.

Our production facilities have been granted the status of approved enterprise. Income arising from our approved enterprise facilities is tax-free under
the alternative package of benefits described above and entitled to reduced tax rates based on the level of foreign ownership for specified periods. We have
derived, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial portion of our operating income from our approved enterprise facilities.

Distribution  of  earnings  derived  from  approved  enterprise  which  were  previously  taxed  at  reduced  tax  rates,  would  not  result  in  additional  tax
consequences to us. However, if retained tax-exempt income is distributed in a manner, we would be taxed at the reduced corporate tax rate applicable to such
profits (between 10%-25%). We are not obliged to distribute exempt retained earnings under the alternative package of benefits, and may generally decide
from which source of income to declare dividends. We currently intend to reinvest the amount of our tax-exempt income and not to distribute such income as
a dividend. Dividends from approved enterprises are generally taxed at a rate of 15% (which is withheld and paid by the company paying the dividend) if
such dividend is distributed during the benefits period or within twelve years thereafter. The twelve-year limitation does not apply to an FIC.

In addition, the benefits available to an approved enterprise are conditional upon the fulfillment of conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and
related regulations and the criteria set forth in the specific certificate of approval. In the event that a company does not meet these conditions, it will be subject
to  corporate  tax  at  the  rate  then  in  effect  under  Israeli  law  for  such  tax  year.  As  of  December  31,  2012,  management  believes  that  we  meet  all  of  the
aforementioned conditions.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On April 1, 2005, an amendment to the law came into effect (the “2005 Amendment”) and has significantly changed the provisions of the law. The
2005  Amendment  limits  the  scope  of  enterprises  which  may  be  approved  by  the  Investment  Center  by  setting  criteria  for  the  approval  of  a  facility  as  a
Beneficiary  Enterprise,  such  as  provisions  generally  requiring  that  at  least  25%  of  the  Privileged  Enterprise’s  income  will  be  derived  from  export.
Additionally,  the  Amendment  enacted  major  changes  in  the  manner  in  which  tax  benefits  are  awarded  under  the  law  so  that  companies  no  longer  require
Investment Center approval in order to qualify for tax benefits.

Tax  benefits  are  available  under  the  2005  Amendment  to  production  facilities  (or  other  eligible  facilities),  which  are  generally  required  to  derive
more  than  25%  of  their  business  income  from  export.  In  order  to  receive  the  tax  benefits,  the  2005  Amendment  states  that  a  company  must  make  an
investment in the Beneficiary Enterprise exceeding a certain percentage or a minimum amount specified in the Investments Law. Such investment may be
made over a period of no more than three years ending at the end of the year in which the company requested to have the tax benefits apply to the Beneficiary
Enterprise, or the Year of Election. Where the company requests to have the tax benefits apply to an expansion of existing facilities, then only the expansion
will be considered a Beneficiary Enterprise and the company’s effective tax rate will be the result of a weighted average of the applicable rates. In this case,
the  minimum  investment  required  in  order  to  qualify  as  a  Beneficiary  Enterprise  is  required  to  exceed  a  certain  percentage  or  a  minimum  amount  of  the
company’s production assets at the end of the year before the expansion.

The duration of tax benefits is subject to a limitation of the earlier of seven to ten years from the Commencement Year, or twelve years from the first
day of the Year of Election. The Commencement Year is defined as the later of (a) the first tax year in which a company had derived income for tax purposes
from the Beneficiary Enterprise or (b) the year in which a company requested to have the tax benefits apply to the Beneficiary Enterprise - Year of Election.
The tax benefits granted to a Beneficiary Enterprise are determined, as applicable to its geographic location within Israel, according to one of the following
new tax routes, which may be applicable to us:

·

·

Similar to the currently available alternative route, exemption from corporate tax on undistributed income for a period of two to ten years, depending
on  the  geographic  location  of  the  Beneficiary  Enterprise  within  Israel,  and  a  reduced  corporate  tax  rate  of  10%  to  25%  for  the  remainder  of  the
benefits period, depending on the level of foreign investment in each year. Benefits may be granted for a term of seven to ten years, depending on the
level of foreign investment in the company. If the company pays a dividend out of income derived from the Beneficiary Enterprise during the tax
exemption period, such income will be subject to corporate tax at the applicable rate (10%-25%) in respect of the gross amount of the dividend that
we may be distributed. The company is required to withhold tax at the source at a rate of 15% from any dividends distributed from income derived
from the Beneficiary Enterprise; and

A special tax route, which enables companies owning facilities in certain geographical locations in Israel to pay corporate tax at the rate of 11.5% on
income of the Beneficiary Enterprise. The benefits period is ten years. Upon payment of dividends, the company is required to withhold tax at source
at a rate of 15% for Israeli residents and at a rate of 4% for foreign residents.

Generally, a company that is Abundant in Foreign Investment (owned by at least 74% foreign shareholders and has undertaken to invest a minimum
sum of $20 million in the Beneficiary Enterprise as defined in the Investments Law) is entitled to an extension of the benefits period by an additional five
years, depending on the rate of its income that is derived in foreign currency.

The 2005 Amendment changed the definition of “foreign investment” in the Investments Law so that the definition requires a minimal investment of
NIS 5 million by foreign investors. Furthermore, such definition now also includes the purchase of shares of a company from another shareholder, provided
that the company’s outstanding and paid-up share capital exceeds NIS 5 million. Such changes to the aforementioned definition will take effect retroactively
from 2003.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The 2005 Amendment applies to approved enterprise programs in which the year of election under the Investments Law is 2004 or later, unless such
programs  received  approval  from  the  Investment  Center  on  or  prior  to  December  31,  2004,  in  which  case  the  2005  Amendment  provides  that  terms  and
benefits included in any certificate of approval already granted will remain subject to the provisions of the law as they were on the date of such approval.

In addition, the law provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval granted prior to December 31, 2004 will remain subject
to the provisions of the law as they were on the date of such approval. Therefore, our existing Approved Enterprises” will generally not be subject to the
provisions of the Amendment. As a result of the Amendment, tax-exempt income generated under the provisions of the law as amended, will subject us to
taxes upon distribution or liquidation and we may be required to record a deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income. We elected 2008 and
2011 as “year of election” under the Investments Law after the Amendment. We expect that a substantial portion of any taxable operating income that we may
realize in the future will be derived from our approved enterprise status.

In December 2010, an amendment to the Investment Law came into effect ("the 2010 Amendment"). The 2010 Amendment became effective as of
January  1,  2011.  According  to  the  2010  Amendment,  the  benefit  tracks  in  the  Investment  Law  were  modified  and  a  flat  tax  rate  applies  to  the  our  entire
preferred income. We can elect to have the 2010 Amendment apply to it. Once an election is made, we will be subject to the amended tax rates as follows:
2011 and 2012 - 15%, 2013 and 2014 - 12.5% and in 2015 and thereafter - 12%.

We  do  not  currently  intend  to  implement  the  2010  Amendment,  and  intend  to  continue  to  comply  with  the  Investment  Law  as  in  effect  prior  to
enactment  of  the  2010  Amendment  until  the  earlier  of  such  time  that  compliance  with  the  Investment  Law  prior  to  2010  Amendment  is  no  longer  in  our
interests or until the expiration of our current investment programs. We are required to comply with the 2010 Amendment subsequent to the expiration of our
current investment programs and for any new qualified investment program, after a transitional period. As a result, the 2010 Amendment may increase our
average tax rate in future years.

Recently, new legislation amending the law was adopted. Under this new legislation, a uniform corporate tax rate will apply to all qualifying income
of certain industrial companies, as opposed to the current law’s incentives, which are limited to income from Approved Enterprises and Privileged Enterprises
during their benefits period. Under the new law, the uniform tax rate will be 10% in areas in Israel designated as Development Zone A and 15% elsewhere in
Israel during 2011-2012, 7% in Development Zone A and 12.5% elsewhere in Israel in 2013-2014, and 6% in Development Zone A and 12% elsewhere in
Israel  thereafter.  The  profits  of  these  industrial  companies  will  be  freely  distributable  as  dividends,  subject  to  a  15%  withholding  tax  (or  lower,  under  an
applicable tax treaty). AudioCodes is not located in Zone A.

Under  the  transition  provisions  of  the  new  legislation,  we  may  decide  to  irrevocably  implement  the  new  law  during  2012-2013  while  waiving

benefits provided under the current law or to remain subject to the current law.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A recent amendment to the Investment Law became effective on November 12, 2012 and provides temporary tax relief on the amount of tax which
should  have  been  paid  on  distributable  tax  exempt  earnings,  in  order  to  encourage  companies  to  pay  the  reduced  taxes  during  the  following  12  months.
Pursuant to the amendment, companies may elect by November 11, 2013 to pay a reduced corporate tax rate with respect to undistributed exempt Approved
or Privileged income, accumulated up until December 31, 2011. An election to release a greater amount of the total accumulated exempt earnings will result
in a higher relief from the corporate income tax, reflecting a tax rate ranging from 6% to 17.5%.

The reduced corporate tax is payable within 30 days of making the election. Following the payment of the reduced corporate taxes, companies that
elect to adopt the amendment will be entitled to distribute dividends from such income, without being required to pay any further corporate taxes with respect
to  such  dividends.  The  amendment  does  not  require  an  actual  distribution  of  the  retained  earnings,  nor  does  it  provide  any  relief  from  the  dividend
withholding  tax.  Companies  that  have  made  this  election  must  make  certain  qualified  investments  in  Israel  over  the  five  year  period  commencing  2013.
Companies that have elected to apply the amendment cannot withdraw from the election.

The  Investment  Law  treats  certain  payments  made  by  a  company  from  cash  resources  derived  from  tax  exempt  income  as  a  deemed  dividend
distribution event, triggering a corporate tax liability at the regular Approved or Privileged income tax rates. Such payments include, but are not limited to,
repurchase of shares and payments made to substantial shareholders as defined in the Law. The above amendment to the Law stipulated that investments in
subsidiaries, including in the form of an acquisition of a subsidiary from an unrelated party, may be also considered as a deemed dividend distribution event,
thus increasing the risk of triggering a deemed dividend distribution event and therefore a potential tax exposure. The ITA interpretation is that this provision
applies retroactively to investments and acquisitions made prior to the amendment.

Law for the Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development, 1984

Under the Law for the Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development, 1984 and the related regulations, or the Research Law, research,
development and pre-manufacturing programs that meet specified criteria and are approved by a governmental committee (the Research Committee) of the
Office of Chief Scientist (OCS) are eligible for grants of up to 50% of the expenditures on the program. Each application to the OCS is reviewed separately,
and grants are based on the program approved by the Research Committee. Expenditures supported under other incentive programs are not eligible for OCS
grants. As a result, we cannot be sure that applications to the OCS will be approved or, if approved, that we will receive the amounts for which we apply.

Recipients of these grants are required to pay royalties on the revenues derived from the sale of product developed in accordance with the program.

The royalties are payable at the rate of 3% to 6% of revenues, with the total royalties not to exceed 100% of the dollar value of the OCS grant.

The terms of the Israeli government participation require that products developed with OCS grants must generally be manufactured in Israel. If we
receive OCS approval for any portion of this manufacturing to be performed outside of Israel, the royalty rate would be increased and the repayment schedule
would be accelerated, based on the extent of the manufacturing conducted outside of Israel. Depending upon the extent of the manufacturing volume that is
performed outside of Israel, the ceiling on royalties would increase to 120%, 150% or 300% of the grant. Under an amendment to the Research Law effective
since 2003, the authority of the Research Committee to approve the transfer of manufacture outside of Israel was expanded.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The technology developed pursuant to the terms of these grants may not be transferred to third parties without the prior approval of the Research
Committee. This approval is required only for the export of the technology, and not for the export of any products that incorporate the sponsored technology.
Approval  of  the  transfer  of  technology  may  be  granted  only  if  the  recipient  agrees  to  abide  by  all  the  provisions  of  the  Research  Law,  including  the
restrictions on the transfer of know-how and the obligation to pay royalties in an amount that may be increased. The 2005 amendment to the Research Law
granted authority to the Research Committee to approve the transfer of sponsored technology outside of Israel, subject to various conditions.

We have received grants from the OCS, and therefore we are subject to various restrictions under the Research Law on the transfer of technology or

manufacturing. These restrictions do not terminate upon the full payment of royalties.

In order to meet specified conditions in connection with the grants and programs of the OCS, we have made representations to the Government of
Israel  about  our  Israeli  operations.  From  time  to  time  the  conduct  of  our  Israeli  operations  has  deviated  from  our  representations.  If  we  fail  to  meet  the
conditions to grants, including the maintenance of a material presence in Israel, or if there is any material deviation from the representations made by us to the
Israeli government, we could be required to refund the grants previously received (together with an adjustment based on the Israeli consumer price index and
an interest factor) and would likely be ineligible to receive OCS grants in the future.

Tax Benefits Under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969

According  to  the  Law  for  the  Encouragement  of  Industry  (Taxation),  1969,  or  the  Industry  Encouragement  Law,  an  “industrial  company”  is  a
company  resident  in  Israel,  that  at  least  90%  of  its  income,  in  any  tax  year  (determined  in  Israeli  currency,  exclusive  of  income  from  certain  government
loans, capital gains, interest and dividends) is derived from an industrial enterprise owned by it. An industrial enterprise is defined as an enterprise whose
major activity in a given tax year is industrial production activity. We currently believe that we qualify as an industrial company within the definition of the
Industry Encouragement Law. Under the Industry Encouragement Law, industrial companies are entitled to the following preferred corporate tax benefits:

·

·

·

·

deduction of purchases of know-how and patents over an eight-year period for tax purposes;

the right to elect, under specified conditions, to file a consolidated tax return with related Israeli industrial companies;

accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings; and

deductions  over  a  three-year  period  of  expenses  involved  with  the  issuance  and  listing  of  shares  on  the  Tel  Aviv  Stock  Exchange  or,  on  or  after
January 1, 2003, on a recognized stock market outside of Israel.

Eligibility for the benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority. The
Israeli tax authorities may determine that we do not qualify as an industrial company, which would entail our loss of the benefits that relate to this status. In
addition, no assurance can be given that we will continue to qualify as an industrial company, in which case the benefits described above will not be available
in the future.

Israeli Transfer Pricing Regulations

On  November  29,  2006,  Income  tax  regulation  (Determination  of  Market  Terms),  2006,  promulgated  under  Section  85A  of  the  Israeli  Tax
Ordinance, came into force (the “Transfer Pricing Regulations”). Section 85A of the Israeli Tax Ordinance and the Transfer Pricing Regulations generally
require that all cross-border transactions carried out between related parties will be conducted on an arm’s length basis and will be taxed accordingly.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special Provisions Relating to Measurement of Taxable Income

We elected to measure our taxable income and file our tax return under the Israeli Income Tax Regulations (Principles Regarding the Management of
Books  of  Account  of  Foreign  Invested  Companies  and  Certain  Partnerships  and  the  Determination  of  Their  Taxable  Income),  1986.  Accordingly,
commencing taxable year 2003, results for tax purposes are measured in terms of earnings in dollars.

Capital Gains Tax

Israeli law generally imposes a capital gains tax on the sale of securities of an Israeli company traded on the TASE, on an authorized stock exchange
outside Israel or on a regulated market (which includes a system through which securities are traded pursuant to rules prescribed by the competent authority in
the  relevant  jurisdiction)  in  or  outside  Israel.  Pursuant  to  amendments  to  the  Tax  Ordinance,  effective  as  of  January  1,  2012,  the  capital  gains  tax  rate
applicable to individuals upon the sale of such securities is such individual’s marginal tax rate but not more than 25% (or 30% with respect to a Substantial
Shareholder). A 30% tax rate will apply to an individual who meets the definition of a ‘Substantial Shareholder’ on the date of the sale of the securities or at
any time during the 12 months preceding such date. A ‘Substantial Shareholder’ is defined as a person who, either alone or together with any other person,
holds,  directly  or  indirectly,  at  least  10%  of  any  of  the  means  of  control  of  a  company  (including,  among  other  things,  the  right  to  receive  profits  of  the
company, voting rights, the right to receive the company’s liquidation proceeds and the right to appoint a director). Different tax rates apply to capital gains
accrued from the sale by individuals of securities that are not publicly traded as aforesaid.

With respect to corporate investors, effective January 1, 2012, capital gain tax equal to the corporate tax rate (as of January 1, 2012 - 25%) will be

imposed on the sale of traded shares.

These rates are subject to the provisions of any applicable bilateral double taxation treaty. The treaty concerning double taxation between the United
States and Israel (the Convention between the Government of the State of Israel and the Government of the United States of America With Respect to Taxes
on Income (the “Treaty”)) is discussed below.

In addition, if our ordinary shares are traded on the TASE, on an authorized stock exchange outside Israel or on a regulated market (which includes a
system through which securities are traded pursuant to rules prescribed by the competent authority in the relevant jurisdiction) in or outside Israel, gains on
the  sale  of  our  ordinary  shares  held  by  non-Israeli  tax  resident  investors  will  generally  be  exempt  from  Israeli  capital  gains  tax.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  dealers  in  securities  in  Israel  are  taxed  at  regular  tax  rates  applicable  to  business  income.  In  addition,  persons  paying  consideration  for  shares,
including  purchasers  of  shares,  Israeli  securities  dealers  effecting  a  transaction,  or  a  financial  institution  through  which  securities  being  sold  are  held,  are
required, subject to any applicable exemptions and the demonstration of the selling shareholder of its non-Israeli residency, to withhold tax upon the sale of
publicly traded securities at a rate of 25% for a corporation and 25% for an individual.

Israeli law generally exempts non-resident individuals and entities from capital gains tax on the sale of securities of Israeli companies, provided that

the securities were acquired on or after January 1, 2009.

Income Taxes on Dividend Distribution to Non-Israeli Shareholders

Non-Israeli residents (whether individuals or corporations) are generally subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends paid on the shares
of companies that are not publicly traded at the rate of 25% (30% if the dividend recipient is a Substantial Shareholder, at the time of distribution or at any
time during the preceding 12-month period), which tax is to be withheld at source, unless a different rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty. Dividends
paid on the shares of companies that are publicly traded, like our ordinary shares, to non-Israeli residents, although generally subject to the same tax rates
applicable to dividends paid on the shares of companies that are not publicly traded, are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax at a rate of 25% (whether
or not the recipient is a Substantial Shareholder), unless a different rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty. The distribution of dividends to non-Israeli
residents  (either  individuals  or  corporations)  from  income  derived  from  an  Approved  Enterprise  or  a  Benefiting  Enterprise  during  the  applicable  benefits
period or from Preferred Income is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 15%, unless a different tax rate is provided under an applicable tax treaty.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A non-resident of Israel who has dividend income derived from or accrued in Israel, from which the full amount of tax was withheld at source, is
generally  exempt  from  the  duty  to  file  tax  returns  in  Israel  in  respect  of  such  income,  provided  that:  (i)  such  income  was  not  derived  from  a  business
conducted in Israel by the taxpayer; and (ii) the taxpayer has no other taxable sources of income in Israel with respect to which a tax return is required to be
filed.

Residents of the United States generally will have withholding tax in Israel deducted at source. As discussed below, they may be entitled to a credit

or deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the amount of the taxes withheld, subject to detailed rules contained in U.S. tax legislation.

Tax Benefits of Research and Development

Israeli tax law allows, under specific conditions, a tax deduction in the year incurred for expenditures, including expenditures relating to scientific

research and development projects, if:

•
•
•

The expenditures are approved by the relevant Israeli government ministry, determined by the field of research;
The research and development is for the promotion or development of the company; and
The research and development is carried out by or on behalf of the company seeking the deduction.

Expenditures not so approved are deductible over a three-year period. However, expenditures made out of proceeds made available to a company

through government grants are not deductible according to Israeli law.

United States-Israel Tax Treaty

Pursuant to the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income,
as amended, or the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares by a person who holds the ordinary shares as a capital
asset and who qualifies as a resident of the United States within the meaning of the United States-Israel Tax Treaty and who is entitled to claim the benefits
afforded to such person by the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, or a Treaty United States Resident, generally will not be subject to the Israeli capital gains tax
unless such Treaty United States Resident holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of the voting power of our company during any part
of the twelve-month period preceding such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to certain conditions. A sale, exchange or disposition of shares by a Treaty
United  States  Resident  who  holds,  directly  or  indirectly,  shares  representing  10%  or  more  of  the  voting  power  of  our  company  at  any  time  during  such
preceding twelve-month period would be subject to such Israeli tax, to the extent applicable; however, under the United States-Israel Tax Treaty, such Treaty
United States Resident would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the United States federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale,
exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations in United States laws applicable to foreign tax credits. The United States-Israel Tax Treaty does not relate to
state or local taxes.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax on Dividends

Non-residents of Israel are subject to Israeli income tax on income accrued or derived from sources in Israel or received in Israel. These sources of
income  include  passive  income  such  as  dividends,  royalties  and  interest,  as  well  as  non-passive  income  from  services  rendered  in  Israel.  Generally,  on
distributions  of  dividends,  other  than  bonus  shares  and  stock  dividends,  income  tax  at  the  rate  of  25%  is  withheld  at  the  source  (except  that  dividends
distributed on or after January 1, 2006 to an individual who is deemed a “non-substantial shareholder” are subject to tax at the rate of 20%), unless a different
rate is provided in a treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence. Under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum tax on dividends paid to
a holder of ordinary shares who is a Treaty United States Resident will be 25%, however that tax rate is reduced to 12.5% for dividends not generated by an
approved  enterprise  to  a  corporation  which  holds  10%  or  more  of  the  voting  power  of  our  company  during  a  certain  period  preceding  distribution  of  the
dividend. Dividends derived from an approved enterprise will still be subject to 15% tax withholding.

Foreign Exchange Regulations

Dividends, if any, paid to the holders of the ordinary shares, and any amounts payable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as well as the
proceeds of any sale in Israel of the ordinary shares to an Israeli resident, may be paid in non-Israeli currency or, if paid in Israeli currency, may be converted
into freely repatriable dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion, provided that Israeli income tax has been paid or withheld on such
amounts.

United States Tax Considerations

The  following  summary  describes  the  material  U.S.  federal  income  tax  consequences  to  “U.S.  Holders”  (as  defined  below)  arising  from  the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” the
final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date
hereof and all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) or different interpretations. For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” will
be deemed to refer only to any of the following holders of our ordinary shares:

·

·

·

·

an individual who is either a U.S. citizen or a resident of the U.S. for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or
any political subdivision thereof;

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source of its income; and

a trust, if (a) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority
to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated
as a U.S. person.

This  summary  does  not  consider  all  aspects  of  U.S.  federal  income  taxation  that  may  be  relevant  to  particular  U.S.  Holders  by  reason  of  their
particular circumstances, including potential application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, or any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. federal tax laws
or U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws. In addition, this summary is directed only to U.S. Holders that hold our ordinary shares as
“capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and does not address the considerations that may be applicable to particular classes of U.S.
Holders, including financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, pension funds, insurance companies, broker-dealers,
tax-exempt  organizations,  grantor  trusts,  partnerships  or  other  pass-through  entities,  partners  or  other  equity  holders  in  partnerships  or  other  pass-through
entities, holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, holders who have elected mark-to-market accounting, holders who acquired our ordinary
shares through the exercise of options or otherwise as compensation, holders who hold our ordinary shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion
transaction,”  holders  selling  our  ordinary  shares  short,  holders  deemed  to  have  sold  our  ordinary  shares  in  a  “constructive  sale,”  and  holders,  directly,
indirectly or through attribution, of 10% or more (by vote or value) of our outstanding ordinary shares.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each  U.S.  Holder  should  consult  with  its  own  tax  advisor  as  to  the  particular  tax  consequences  to  it  of  the  acquisition,  ownership  and
disposition of our ordinary shares, including the effects of applicable tax treaties, state, local, foreign or other tax laws and possible changes in the
tax laws.

Distributions With Respect to Our Ordinary Shares

For U.S federal income tax purposes, the amount of a distribution with respect to our ordinary shares will equal the amount of cash distributed, the
fair  market  value  of  any  property  distributed  and  the  amount  of  any  Israeli  taxes  withheld  on  such  distribution  as  described  above  under  “Israeli  Tax
Considerations  -  Tax  on  Dividends.”  Other  than  distributions  in  liquidation  or  in  redemption  of  our  ordinary  shares  that  are  treated  as  exchanges,  a
distribution with respect to our ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings
and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The amount of any distribution that exceeds these earnings and profits will be treated first as
a  non-taxable  return  of  capital,  reducing  the  U.S.  Holder’s  tax  basis  in  its  ordinary  shares  (but  not  below  zero),  and  then  generally  as  capital  gain  from  a
deemed  sale  or  exchange  of  such  ordinary  shares.  Corporate  U.S.  Holders  generally  will  not  be  allowed  a  deduction  under  Section  243  of  the  Code  for
dividends  received  on  our  ordinary  shares  and  thus  will  be  subject  to  tax  at  the  rate  applicable  to  their  taxable  income.  A  noncorporate  U.S.  Holder’s
“qualified dividend income” generally is subject to tax at a rate of 15% for tax years beginning before 2013 and 20% for tax years beginning after 2012. For
this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally includes dividends paid by a foreign corporation if, among other things, the noncorporate U.S. Holder
meets certain minimum holding period requirements and either (a) the stock of such corporation is readily tradable on an established securities market in the
U.S., including the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or (b) such corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S.
which  includes  an  information  exchange  program  and  is  determined  to  be  satisfactory  by  the  U.S.  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.  The  U.S.  Secretary  of  the
Treasury has indicated that the income tax treaty between the U.S. and Israel is satisfactory for this purpose. Dividends paid by us will not qualify for the 15%
(through 2012) or 20% (after 2012) U.S. federal income tax rate, however, if we are treated, for the tax year in which the dividends are paid or the preceding
tax  year,  as  a  “passive  foreign  investment  company”  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes.  See  the  discussion  below  under  the  heading  “Passive  Foreign
Investment Company Status.” For tax years beginning after 2012, a noncorporate U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional tax based on its “net investment
income” (generally, gross income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties and rents and gain from the sale of property (other than property held in the
active conduct of a trade or business that does not regularly trade financial instruments or commodities), less the amount of deductions properly allocable to
such income or gain). Such tax is equal to 3.8% of the lesser of an individual U.S. Holder’s (i) net investment income, or (ii) the excess of such U.S. Holder’s
“modified adjusted gross income” (adjusted gross income plus the amount of any foreign earned income excluded from income under Section 911(a)(1) of the
Code, net of deductions and exclusions disallowed with respect to such foreign earned income) over a specified threshold amount ($250,000 in the case of a
joint return or surviving spouse, $125,000 in the case of a married individual filing a separate return and $200,000 in any other case). In the case of a U.S.
Holder which is an estate or trust, the tax is equal to 3.8% of the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess of adjusted gross income
(as defined in Section 67(e) of the Code) over the dollar amount at which the highest tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins.

U.S.  Holders  are  urged  to  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  regarding  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax  consequences  of  their  receipt  of  any

distributions with respect to our ordinary shares.

A dividend paid by us in NIS will be included in the income of U.S. Holders at the U.S. dollar amount of the dividend, based on the “spot rate” of
exchange in effect on the date of receipt or deemed receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. U.S.
Holders will have a tax basis in the NIS for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to that U.S. dollar value. Any gain or loss upon the subsequent conversion
of the NIS into U.S. dollars or other disposition of the NIS will constitute foreign currency gain or loss taxable as ordinary income or loss and will be treated
as U.S.-source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends  received  with  respect  to  our  ordinary  shares  will  constitute  “portfolio  income”  for  purposes  of  the  limitation  on  the  deductibility  of
passive  activity  losses  and,  therefore,  generally  may  not  be  offset  by  passive  activity  losses.  Dividends  received  with  respect  to  our  ordinary  shares  also
generally will be treated as “investment income” for purposes of the investment interest deduction limitation contained in Section 163(d) of the Code, and as
foreign-source passive income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes or, in the case of a U.S. Holder that is a financial services entity, financial services income.
Subject to certain limitations, U.S. Holders may elect to claim as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability any Israeli income tax
withheld from distributions with respect to our ordinary shares which constitute dividends under U.S. income tax law. A U.S. Holder that does not elect to
claim a foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Israeli income tax withheld, but only if the U.S. Holder elects to do so with respect to all foreign
income taxes in such year. In addition, special rules may apply to the computation of foreign tax credits relating to “qualified dividend income,” as defined
above. The calculation of foreign tax credits and, in the case of a U.S. Holder that elects to deduct foreign income taxes, the availability of deductions involve
the application of complex rules that depend on a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding
the availability to them of foreign tax credits or deductions in respect of any Israeli tax withheld or paid with respect to any dividends which may be paid with
respect to our ordinary shares.

Disposition of Our Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Status,” a U.S. Holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of
our ordinary shares generally will result in the recognition by such U.S. Holder of capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S.
dollar value of the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares disposed of (measured in U.S. dollars). This gain or loss will be
long-term capital gain or loss if such ordinary shares have been held or are deemed to have been held for more than one year at the time of the disposition.
Individual U.S. Holders are subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% (for tax years beginning before 2013) or 20% (for tax years beginning after 2012) on long-
term  capital  gains,  and  for  tax  years  beginning  after  2012,  also  may  be  subject  to  the  additional  tax  on  “net  investment  income”  described  above  in
“Distributions With Respect to Our Ordinary Shares.” If the U.S. Holder’s holding period on the date of the taxable disposition is one year or less, such gain
or loss will be a short-term capital gain or loss. Short-term capital gains generally are taxed at the same rates applicable to ordinary income. See “Israeli Tax
Considerations - Capital Gains Tax” for a discussion of taxation by Israel of capital gains realized on sales of our ordinary shares. Any capital loss realized
upon  the  taxable  disposition  of  our  ordinary  shares  generally  will  be  deductible  only  against  capital  gains  and  not  against  ordinary  income,  except  that
noncorporate  U.S.  Holders  generally  may  deduct  annually  from  ordinary  income  up  to  $3,000  of  net  capital  losses.  In  general,  any  capital  gain  or  loss
recognized  by  a  U.S.  Holder  upon  the  taxable  disposition  of  our  ordinary  shares  will  be  treated  as  U.S.-source  income  or  loss  for  U.S.  foreign  tax  credit
purposes,  although  the  tax  treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Israel  may  permit  gain  derived  from  the  taxable  disposition  of  ordinary  shares  by  a  U.S.
Holder to be treated as foreign-source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes under certain circumstances.

A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares generally will be equal to the U.S. dollar purchase price paid by such U.S. Holder to acquire such
ordinary shares. The U.S. dollar cost of ordinary shares purchased with foreign currency generally will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price
on the date of purchase or, in the case of ordinary shares that are purchased by a cash basis U.S. Holder (or an accrual basis U.S. Holder that so elects), on the
settlement  date  for  the  purchase.  Such  an  election  by  an  accrual  basis  U.S.  Holder  must  be  applied  consistently  from  year  to  year  and  cannot  be  revoked
without  the  consent  of  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service.  The  holding  period  of  each  ordinary  share  owned  by  a  U.S.  Holder  will  commence  on  the  day
following the date of the U.S. Holder’s purchase of such ordinary share and will include the day on which the ordinary share is sold by such U.S. Holder.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
In the case of a U.S. Holder who uses the cash basis method of accounting and who receives NIS in connection with a taxable disposition of ordinary
shares, the amount realized will be based on the “spot rate” of exchange on the settlement date of such taxable disposition. If such U.S. Holder subsequently
converts NIS into U.S. dollars at a conversion rate other than the spot rate in effect on the settlement date, such U.S. Holder may have a foreign currency
exchange gain or loss treated as ordinary income or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder who uses the accrual method of accounting may
elect  the  same  treatment  required  of  cash  method  taxpayers  with  respect  to  a  taxable  disposition  of  ordinary  shares,  provided  that  the  election  is  applied
consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. If an accrual method U.S. Holder
does not elect to be treated as a cash method taxpayer (pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions), such U.S. Holder
may be deemed to have realized an immediate foreign currency gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the event of any difference between the
U.S. dollar value of the NIS on the date of the taxable disposition and the settlement date. Any such currency gain or loss generally would be treated as U.S.-
source  ordinary  income  or  loss  and  would  be  subject  to  tax  in  addition  to  any  gain  or  loss  recognized  by  such  U.S.  Holder  on  the  taxable  disposition  of
ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status

Generally, a foreign corporation is treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any tax year
if, in such tax year, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income (including its pro rata share of the gross income of any company in which it is considered to
own 25% or more of the shares by value) is passive in nature (the “Income Test”), or (ii) the average percentage of its assets during such tax year (including
its  pro  rata  share  of  the  assets  of  any  company  in  which  it  is  considered  to  own  25%  or  more  of  the  shares  by  value)  which  produce,  or  are  held  for  the
production of, passive income (determined by averaging the percentage of the fair market value of its total assets which are passive assets as of the end of
each quarter of such year) is 50% or more (the “Asset Test”). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties and gains
from securities and commodities transactions.

There is no definitive method prescribed in the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations or relevant administrative or judicial interpretations for determining
the value of a publicly-traded foreign corporation’s assets for purposes of the Asset Test. The legislative history of the U.S. Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (the
“1997 Act”) indicates that for purposes of the Asset Test, “the total value of a publicly-traded foreign corporation’s assets generally will be treated as equal to
the sum of the aggregate value of its outstanding stock plus its liabilities.” It is unclear whether other valuation methods could be employed to determine the
value of a publicly-traded foreign corporation’s assets for purposes of the Asset Test.

Based on the composition of our gross income and the composition and value of our gross assets during each of 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
2010,  2011  and  2012,  we  do  not  believe  that  we  were  a  PFIC  during  any  of  such  tax  years.  It  is  likely,  however,  that  under  the  asset  valuation  method
described  in  the  legislative  history  of  the  1997  Act,  we  would  have  been  classified  as  a  PFIC  for  each  of  2001,  2002  and  2003  primarily  because  (a)  a
significant  portion  of  our  assets  consisted  of  the  remaining  proceeds  of  our  two  public  offerings  of  ordinary  shares  in  1999,  and  (b)  the  public  market
valuation of our ordinary shares during such years was relatively low. There can be no assurance that we will not be deemed a PFIC in any future tax year.

If we are treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any year during a U.S. Holder’s holding period of our ordinary shares and the

U.S. Holder does not make a QEF Election or a “mark-to-market” election (both as described below):

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)

(ii)

(iii)

the U.S. Holder would be required to (a) report as ordinary income any “excess distributions” (as defined below) allocated to the current tax
year, (b) pay tax on amounts allocated to each prior tax year in which we were a PFIC at the highest rate on ordinary income in effect for
such prior year, and (c) pay an interest charge on the resulting tax at the rate applicable to deficiencies of U.S. federal income tax. “Excess
distributions” with respect to any U.S. Holder are amounts received by such U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares in any tax year
that exceed 125% of the average distributions received by such U.S. Holder from us during the shorter of (i) the three previous years, or (ii)
such U.S. Holder’s holding period of our ordinary shares before the then-current tax year. Excess distributions must be allocated ratably to
each day that a U.S. Holder has held our ordinary shares.

the entire amount of any gain realized by the U.S. Holder upon the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares also would be treated as
an “excess distribution” subject to tax as described above.

the tax basis in ordinary shares acquired from a decedent who was a U.S. Holder generally would not receive a step-up to fair market value
as of the date of the decedent’s death, but instead would be equal to the decedent’s basis, if lower.

Although we generally will be treated as a PFIC as to any U.S. Holder if we are a PFIC for any year during the U.S. Holder’s holding period, if we
cease  to  be  a  PFIC,  the  U.S.  Holder  may  avoid  the  consequences  of  PFIC  classification  for  subsequent  years  by  electing  to  recognize  gain  based  on  the
unrealized appreciation in such U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares through the close of the tax year in which we cease to be a PFIC.

A U.S. Holder who beneficially owns shares of a PFIC must file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive
Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service for each tax year in which such U.S. Holder recognizes
gain upon a disposition of our ordinary shares, receives certain distributions from us or makes the QEF Election or mark-to-market election described below.

For any tax year in which we are treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may elect to treat its ordinary shares as an interest in a qualified electing fund (a
“QEF Election”), in which case the U.S. Holder would be required to include in income currently its proportionate share of our earnings and profits in years
in  which  we  are  a  PFIC  regardless  of  whether  distributions  of  our  earnings  and  profits  are  actually  made  to  the  U.S.  Holder.  Any  gain  subsequently
recognized by the U.S. Holder upon the sale or other disposition of its ordinary shares, however, generally would be taxed as capital gain and the denial of the
basis step-up at death described above would not apply.

A U.S. Holder may make a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC for any tax year. The election is effective for the tax year for which it is made and
all subsequent tax years of the U.S. Holder. Procedures exist for both retroactive elections and the filing of protective statements. A QEF Election is made by
completing U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 and attaching it to a timely-filed (including extensions) U.S. federal income tax return for the first tax
year to which the election will apply. A U.S. Holder must satisfy additional filing requirements each year the election remains in effect. Upon a U.S. Holder’s
request, we will provide to such U.S. Holder the information required to make a QEF Election and to make subsequent annual filings.

As an alternative to a QEF Election, a U.S. Holder generally may elect to mark its ordinary shares to market annually, recognizing ordinary income
or loss (subject to certain limitations) equal to the difference, as of the close of each tax year, between the fair market value of its ordinary shares and the
adjusted tax basis of such shares. If a mark-to-market election with respect to ordinary shares is in effect on the date of a U.S. Holder’s death, the normally
available step-up in tax basis to fair market value generally will not be available. Rather, the tax basis of ordinary shares in the hands of a U.S. Holder who
acquired them from a decedent will be the lesser of the decedent’s tax basis or the fair market value of the ordinary shares. Once made, a mark-to-market
election generally continues unless revoked with the consent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The implementation of many aspects of the Code’s PFIC rules requires the issuance of Treasury Regulations which in many instances have yet to be
promulgated and which may have retroactive effect when promulgated. We cannot be sure that any of these regulations will be promulgated or, if so, what
form they will take or what effect they will have on the foregoing discussion. For example, under legislation enacted in 2010, U.S. Holders are required to file
a special information return for each year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service has revised U.S. Internal Revenue Service
Form 8621 by adding a new Part I to implement this requirement, but this new Part I is not required to be completed until the related Treasury Regulations are
published.  Accordingly,  Part  I  of  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service  Form  8621  has  been  marked  “Reserved  For  Future  Use,”  and  Form  8621  will  be  revised
when Part I becomes effective and is required to be completed.

We urge U.S. holders of our ordinary shares to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax risks related to owning and

disposing of our ordinary shares and the consequences of PFIC status.

Due to the complexity of the PFIC rules and the uncertainty of their application in many circumstances, U.S. Holders should consult their
own tax advisors regarding our status as a PFIC and, if we are treated as a PFIC, compliance with the applicable reporting requirements and the
eligibility, manner and advisability of making a QEF Election or a mark-to-market election.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments in respect of our ordinary shares that are made in the U.S. or by certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries may be subject to information
reporting requirements and U.S. backup withholding tax at a rate which currently is 28%. The information reporting requirements will not apply, however, to
payments  to  certain  U.S.  Holders,  including  corporations  and  tax-exempt  organizations.  In  addition,  the  backup  withholding  tax  will  not  apply  to  a  U.S.
Holder that furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or substitute form). The backup withholding tax
is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability,
and a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with
the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service.  U.S.  Holders  should  consult  their  own  tax  advisors  regarding  their  qualification  for  an  exemption  from  the  backup
withholding tax and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable.

The  foregoing  discussion  of  certain  U.S.  federal  income  tax  considerations  is  a  general  summary  only  and  should  not  be  considered  as
income tax advice or relied upon for tax planning purposes. Accordingly, each U.S. Holder should consult with its own tax advisor regarding U.S.
federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

F.

DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

Not applicable.

G.

STATEMENT BY EXPERTS

Not applicable.

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
H.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, applicable to foreign private issuers and fulfill
the  obligations  with  respect  to  such  requirements  by  filing  reports  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or  SEC.  You  may  read  and  copy  any
document we file, including any exhibits, with the SEC without charge at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Copies of such material may be obtained by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at such address, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-
800-SEC-0330  for  further  information  on  the  public  reference  room.  Certain  of  our  SEC  filings  are  also  available  to  the  public  at  the  SEC’s  website  at
http://www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our
officers,  directors  and  principal  shareholders  are  exempt  from  the  reporting  and  “short-swing”  profit  recovery  provisions  contained  in  Section  16  of  the
Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as
promptly  as  United  States  companies  whose  securities  are  registered  under  the  Exchange  Act.  However,  we  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission an annual report on Form 20-F containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm. We also furnish reports
on Form 6-K containing unaudited financial information after the end of each of the first three quarters. We intend to post our Annual Report on Form 20-F
on our website (www.audiocodes.com) promptly following the filing of our Annual Report with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

I.

SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

Not applicable.

ITEM 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We  are  exposed  to  financial  market  risk  associated  with  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  To  mitigate  these  risks,  we  use  derivative
financial instruments. The majority of our revenues and expenses are generated in U.S. dollars. A portion of our expenses, however, is denominated in NIS. In
order  to  protect  ourselves  against  the  volatility  of  future  cash  flows  caused  by  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates,  we  use  currency  forward  contracts  and
currency  options.  We  hedge  the  part  of  our  forecasted  expenses  denominated  in  NIS.  If  our  currency  forward  contracts  and  currency  options  meet  the
definition of a hedge, and are so designated, changes in the fair value of the contracts will be offset against changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or
liabilities through earnings. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings during the
period  of  change.  Our  hedging  program  reduces,  but  does  not  eliminate,  the  impact  of  foreign  currency  rate  movements  and  due  to  the  general  economic
slowdown along with the devaluation of the dollar, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Without taking into account the mitigating effect of
our hedging activity, a 10% decrease in the U.S. dollar exchange rates in effect for the year ended December 31, 2012 would cause a decrease in net income
of approximately $4 million.

We are subject to market risk from exposure to changes in interest rates relating to borrowings under our loan agreements. The interest rate on these
borrowings is based on LIBOR. Based on our the scheduled amount of these borrowings to be outstanding in 2012, we estimate that each 100 basis point
increase in our borrowing rates would result in additional interest expense to us of approximately $180,000.

ITEM 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2012. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were (i) designed to ensure that material
information  relating  to  us,  including  our  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief
Financial  Officer,  by  others  within  those  entities,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure,  particularly  during  the  period  in
which this report was being prepared and (ii) effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports
that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and
forms.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our  management,  under  the  supervision  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  is  responsible  for  establishing  and
maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  our  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  of  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  our  management  and  board  of  directors  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting
includes policies and procedures that:

·

·

·

·

pertain to the maintenance of our records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and asset dispositions;

provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;

provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of
directors (as appropriate); and

provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  our  assets  that  could
have a material effect on our financial statements.

Due  to  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  In  addition,  projections  of  any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, we
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based on the framework for Internal
Control - Integrated Framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment
under  that  framework  and  the  criteria  established  therein,  our  management  concluded  that  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  were
effective as of December 31, 2012.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report includes an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting on page

F-3 of our audited consolidated financial statements set forth in Item 18 – “Financial Statements,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting identified with the evaluation thereof that occurred during the period covered

by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting

ITEM 16.

[RESERVED]

ITEM 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  Joseph  Tenne  is  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as  defined  in  Item  16A  of  Form  20-F  and  is

“independent” as defined in the applicable regulations.

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other senior financial

officers. This Code has been posted on our website, www.audiocodes.com.

ITEM 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, has served as our independent public accountants for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2012. The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional audit services and other services rendered by
Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer in 2011 and 2012.

Audit Fees
Audit Related Fees
Tax Fees
Total

Year Ended December 31, 
(Amounts in thousands)
2012
2011

  $

  $

340    $
84     
65     
489    $

320 
4 
97 
421 

Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of the company’s consolidated financial statements and the statutory financial statements of the
company. They also include fees billed for other audit services, which are those services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide, and include
services rendered for the integrated audit over internal controls as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable in 2011 and 2012, the
provision of consents and the review of documents filed with the SEC.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
Audit Related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of

the company’s financial statements and include operational effectiveness of systems.

Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as
assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing authorities;
tax planning services; and expatriate tax compliance, consultation and planning services.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit Committee of AudioCodes’ Board of Directors is responsible, among other matters, for the oversight of the external auditor subject to the
requirements of Israeli law. The Audit Committee has adopted a policy regarding pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our
independent auditors (the “Policy”).

Under the Policy, proposed services either (i) may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee without consideration of specific case-by-case services
as general pre-approval”: or (ii) require the specific pre-approval of the Audit Committee as specific pre-approval.” The Audit Committee may delegate either
type of pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The appendices to the Policy set out the audit, audit-related, tax and other services that have
received the general pre-approval of the Audit Committee, including those described in the footnotes to the table, above; these services are subject to annual
review by the Audit Committee. All other audit, audit-related, tax and other services must receive a specific pre-approval from the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee pre-approves fee levels annually for the audit services. Non-audit services are pre-approved as required. The Chairman of the

Audit Committee may approve non-audit services of up to $25,000 and then request the Audit Committee to ratify his decision.

During  2012,  no  services  provided  to  AudioCodes  by  Kost  Forer  Gabbay  &  Kasierer  were  approved  by  the  Audit  Committee  pursuant  to  the  de

minimis exception to the pre-approval requirement provided by paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

ITEM 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

In 2012, we repurchased a total of approximately 2.76 million ordinary shares at a total cost of $6.7 million, as set forth below:

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period

January 1 - January 31
February 1 - February 28
March 1 - March 31
April 1 - April 30
May 1 - May 30
June 1 - June 30
July 1 - July 31
August 1 - August 31
September 1 - September 30
October 3
 Total

(a)  Total Number of 
Ordinary Shares 
Purchased (1)

(b)  Average Price per 
Ordinary Share

(c)  Total Number of 
Ordinary Shares 
Purchased as Part 
of Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs

(d)  Maximum 
Number of Shares 
Available for 
Repurchase 
under the Plans 
or Programs

-     
164,752     
200,591     
327,098     
102,802     
210,385     
436,947     
251,185     
362,093     
660,419     
43,322     
2,759,594     

-     
3.98     
3.82     
3.23     
2.69     
2.03     
1.93     
1.66     
1.45     
2.22     
2.71     
3.39     

-     
164,752     
200,591     
327,098     
102,802     
210,385     
436,947     
251,185     
362,093     
660,419     
43,322     
2,759,594     

2,795,243 
2,630,491 
2,429,900 
2,102,802 
2,000,000 
1,789,615 
1,352,668 
1,101,483 
1,399,809 
739,390 
78,971 

(1) On October 3, 2011, we announced that our Board had authorized a program to repurchase our shares. The program provided for purchases of up to
4,000,000 of our ordinary shares. Purchases under this plan were completed as of October 2012.

ITEM 16F.

CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFIED ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

As  a  foreign  private  issuer  whose  shares  are  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market,  we  are  permitted  to  follow  certain  home  country

corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

We do not comply with the NASDAQ requirement that we obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events, such as for the establishment or
amendment of certain equity based compensation plans. Instead, we follow Israeli law and practice which permits the establishment or amendment of certain
equity  based  compensation  plans  approved  by  our  board  of  directors  without  the  need  for  a  shareholder  vote,  unless  such  arrangements  are  for  the
compensation of directors and the chief executive officer, in which case they also require compensation committee and shareholder approval.

We may elect in the future to follow Israeli practice with regard to, among other things, director nomination, composition of the board of directors
and  quorum  at  shareholders’  meetings.  In  addition,  we  may  follow  Israeli  law,  instead  of  the  NASDAQ  Marketplace  Rules,  which  require  that  we  obtain
shareholder  approval  for  an  issuance  that  will  result  in  a  change  of  control  of  the  company,  certain  transactions  other  than  a  public  offering  involving
issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company.

109

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of NASDAQ requirements, must submit to NASDAQ in advance a
written statement from an independent counsel in its home country certifying that its practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. In addition, a
foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or on its website each such requirement that it
does not follow and describe the home country practice followed by the issuer instead of any such requirement. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be
afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules.

For  a  discussion  of  the  requirements  of  Israeli  law  with  respect  to  these  matters,  see  Item  6.C.  “Directors,  Senior  Management  and  Employees  -

Board Practices,” and Item 10.B. “Additional Information - Memorandum and Articles of Association.”

ITEM 16H.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reference is made to pages F-1 to F-51 hereto.

ITEM 19.

EXHIBITS

PART III

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:

Exhibit No.

Document

1.1

1.2

2.1

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

  Memorandum of Association of Registrant.(1)‡

  Articles of Association of Registrant, as amended. (2)

Indenture, dated November 9, 2004, between AudioCodes Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the
2.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2024.(3)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan (C).(1)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-U.S. Employees (D).(1)

  License Agreement between AudioCodes Ltd. and DSP Group, Inc., dated as of May 6, 1999.(1)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan (D).(1)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan (E).(1)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan (F), as amended.(4)

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

Document

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

4.14

4.15

4.16

4.17

4.18

4.19

4.20

4.21

4.22

4.23

4.24

4.25

4.26

4.27

4.28

4.29

8.1

12.1

  AudioCodes Ltd. 1997 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-U.S. Employees (E).(1)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 1999 Key Employee Option Plan, Qualified Stock Option Plan-U.S. Employees (F).(4)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan-Global Non U.S., as amended.(5)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 2001 U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.(5)

  AudioCodes Ltd. 2007 U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(6)

  Sublease Agreement between AudioCodes USA, Inc. and Continental Resources, Inc., dated December 30, 2003.(7)

  Employment Agreement between AudioCodes Ltd. and Shabtai Adlersberg.(8)

  Building and Tenancy Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 2007, by and between Airport City Ltd. and AudioCodes Ltd.(9) †

  AudioCodes Ltd. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.(11)

  Amendment to AudioCodes Ltd. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.(12)

  Loan Requests, dated May 13, 2008, between First International Bank of Israel, as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.*‡

  Loan Requests, dated September 27, 2011, between First International Bank of Israel, as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.*‡

  Restated Undertaking Letter to First International Bank of Israel, dated May 6, 2008.*‡

  Amendments to Undertaking Letter to First International Bank of Israel, dated September 15, 2009, February 16, 2009, September 26,

2011, December 29, 2011 and July 23, 2012.*‡

  Letter Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, between Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd., as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.*‡

  Secured Bond, dated July 14, 2008, delivered by AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower, in favor of Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd., as lender.*‡

  Undertaking Letter to Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd, dated December 12, 2011.*‡

  Deed of Pledge of Rights, dated December 12, 2011, delivered by AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower, in favor of Bank Mizrahi Tefahot

Ltd., as lender.*‡

  Amendment to Undertaking Letter to Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd., dated July 23, 2012.*‡

  Loan Requests, dated September 27, 2011, between Bank Leumi Israel Ltd., as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.*‡

  Undertaking Letter to Bank Leumi Israel Ltd., dated December 12, 2011.*‡

  Amendment to Undertaking Letter to Bank Leumi Israel Ltd., dated July 24, 2012.*‡

  Form of Insurance, Indemnification and Exculpation Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive

officers. (13)

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (2)  

  Certification of Shabtai Adlersberg, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002. *

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

Document

12.2

13.1

13.2

15.1

101.1

†
‡
*
#

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)

  Certification of Guy Avidan, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. *

  Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002. *

  Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002. *

  Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global. *

Interactive Data Files (XBRL-Related Documents). * #

English summary of Hebrew original.
English translation of Hebrew original.
Filed herewith.
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in Exhibit 101 is furnished and deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or
prospectus  for  purposes  of  Sections  11  or  12  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  is  deemed  not  filed  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections and shall not be incorporated by
reference  into  any  registration  statement  or  other  document  filed  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  except  as  expressly  set  forth  by
specific reference in such filing.

Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-10352).
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-123859).
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-144823).
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-144825).
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to Registrant’s Form 6-K filed on November 12, 2009.
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-170676).
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to Registrant’s Form 6-K filed on November 10, 2011.

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned

to sign this Annual Report on Form 20-F on its behalf.

SIGNATURES

Date: April 10, 2013

AUDIOCODES LTD.

By:

/s/ SHABTAI ADLERSBERG
Shabtai Adlersberg
President and Chief Executive Officer

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIOCODES LTD.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012

IN U.S. DOLLARS

INDEX

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Statements of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

- - - - - - - - - - -

Page

2 - 4

5 - 6

7

8

9

10 - 11

12 - 51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
3 Aminadav St.
Tel-Aviv 6706703, Israel

Tel: 972 (3)6232525
Fax: 972 (3)5622555
www.ey.com

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

AUDIOCODES LTD.

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  AudioCodes  Ltd.  ("AudioCodes"  or  "the  Company")  and  subsidiaries  as  of
December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those  standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the
Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States),  the  Company  and
subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 10, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Tel-Aviv, Israel
April 10, 2013

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
3 Aminadav St.
Tel-Aviv 6706703, Israel

Tel: 972 (3)6232525
Fax: 972 (3)5622555
www.ey.com

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

AUDIOCODES LTD.

We have audited AudioCodes Ltd's ("AudioCodes" or "the Company") internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO
criteria).  AudioCodes'  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk,  and  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A Company's internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
3 Aminadav St.
Tel-Aviv 6706703, Israel

Tel: 972 (3)6232525
Fax: 972 (3)5622555
www.ey.com

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, AudioCodes maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on

the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance
sheets  of  AudioCodes  and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  2011  and  2012  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income
(loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 and our report dated April 10, 2013 expressed an
unqualified opinion thereon.

Tel-Aviv, Israel
April 10, 2013

/s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer
KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER
A Member of Ernst & Young Global

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
U.S. dollars in thousands

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term and restricted bank deposits
Short-term marketable securities and accrued interest
Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ 1,461 and $ 2,146 at December 31, 2011 and

  $

2012, respectively)

Other receivables and prepaid expenses
Deferred tax assets, net
Inventories

Total current assets

LONG-TERM ASSETS:

Long-term and restricted bank deposits
Long-term marketable securities
Investment in an affiliated company
Deferred tax assets, net
Severance pay funds

Total long-term assets

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

GOODWILL

Total assets

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

AUDIOCODES LTD.

December 31,

2011

2012

28,257    $
14,008     
345     

30,923     
4,477     
2,600     
20,415     

101,025     

9,120     
23,823     
1,251     
2,600     
15,410     

52,204     

3,368     

3,985     

15,219 
10,330 
7,966 

24,413 
5,653 
1,621 
16,797 

81,999 

9,251 
15,762 
1,084 
3,565 
15,772 

45,434 

3,619 

2,857 

32,095     

32,095 

  $

192,677    $

166,004 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Short-term loan and current maturities of long-term bank loans
Trade payables
Other payables and accrued expenses
Deferred revenues

Total current liabilities

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:

Accrued severance pay
Senior convertible notes
Long-term banks loans
Deferred revenues and other liabilities

Total long-term liabilities

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

EQUITY:

Share capital -

Ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value - 

Authorized: 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012; Issued: 49,159,897 shares at
December 31, 2011 and 49,332,510 shares at December 31, 2012; Outstanding: 40,562,784 shares at
December 31, 2011 and 37,975,803 shares at December 31, 2012

Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock at cost- 8,597,113 shares as of December 31, 2011 and 11,356,707 shares at December 31,

2012

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Accumulated deficit

Total  equity

Total liabilities and equity

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

  $

AUDIOCODES LTD.

December 31,

2011

2012

10,243    $
12,362     
18,102     
5,235     

45,942     

16,106     
353     
22,912     
1,345     

40,716     

8,436 
6,817 
15,062 
5,086 

35,401 

16,284 
353 
14,477 
1,192 

32,306 

119     
196,021     

(29,055)    
(240)    
(60,826)    

106,019     

112 
197,653 

(35,768)
1,303 
(65,003)

98,297 

  $

192,677    $

166,004 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data

Revenues:
Products
Services

Total revenues

Cost of revenues:

Products
Services

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development, net
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)
Financial income (expenses), net

Income (loss) before taxes on income
Income tax benefit (expense), net
Equity in losses of an affiliated company

Net income (loss)

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

Net income (loss) attributable to AudioCodes' shareholders

Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share attributable to AudioCodes shareholders

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

  $

  $

F-7

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Year ended December 31,
2011

2010

2012

  $

132,662    $
17,378     

135,802    $
20,025     

103,651 
23,839 

150,040     

155,827     

127,490 

62,155     
3,983     

59,917     
4,228     

48,371 
5,923 

66,138     

64,145     

54,294 

83,902     

91,682     

73,196 

30,189     
35,024     
8,252     

32,150     
43,248     
9,028     

28,677 
40,040 
8,214 

73,465     

84,426     

76,931 

10,437     
(94)    

10,343     
1,885     
(213)    

7,256     
423     

7,679     
(238)    
(277)    

(3,735)
453 

(3,282)
(541)
(354)

12,015     

7,164     

(4,177)

111     

-     

- 

12,126    $

7,164    $

(4,177)

0.30    $

0.17    $

(0.11)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
U.S. dollars in thousands

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Year ended December 31,
2011

2010

2012

Net income (loss)

  $

12,126    $

7,164    $

(4,177)

Other comprehensive income (loss), related to unrealized gains (loss) on cash flow hedges

724     

(1,062)    

1,543 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

12,850     

6,102     

(2,634)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
U.S. dollars in thousands

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $

125 

  $

189,079 

  $

(25,057)   $

98 

  $

(80,116)   $

(244)   $

83,885 

Share
capital

  Additional  
paid-in
capital

Treasury  

stock

  Accumulated  
other
  comprehensive 
income

Retained  
earnings
  (accumulated 
deficit)

Non-
controlling  
interest

Total
equity

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Issuance of shares upon exercise of options
Stock compensation related to options granted to employees
Acquisition of NSC non-controlling interest
Comprehensive income, net:

Unrealized gain on foreign currency cash flow hedges
Net income (loss)

Balance as of December 31, 2010

Purchase of treasury stock
Issuance of shares upon exercise of options and employee stock purchase plan
Stock compensation related to options granted to employees
Comprehensive income, net:

Unrealized loss on foreign currency cash flow hedges
Net income

3 
- 
- 

- 
- 

2,553 
1,370 
(1,725)  

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

128 

191,277 

(25,057)  

(11)  
2 
- 

- 
- 

- 
1,703 
3,041 

- 
- 

(3,998)  

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

724 
- 

822 

- 
- 
- 

(1,062)  

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
12,126 

(67,990)  

- 
- 
- 

- 
7,164 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

119 

196,021 

(29,055)  

(240)  

(60,826)  

Purchase of treasury stock
Issuance of shares upon exercise of options
Stock compensation related to options granted to employees
Comprehensive loss, net:

Unrealized gain on foreign currency cash flow hedges
Net loss

(7)  
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
103 
1,529 

- 
- 

(6,713)  

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

1,543 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

(4,177)  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $

112 

  $

197,653 

  $

(35,768)   $

1,303 

  $

(65,003)   $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-9

- 
- 
355 

- 
(111)  

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

2,556 
1,370 
(1,370)

724 
12,015 

99,180 

(4,009)
1,705 
3,041 

(1,062)
7,164 

106,019 

(6,720)
103 
1,529 

1,543 
(4,177)

  $

98,297 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
AUDIOCODES LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
U.S. dollars in thousands

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income (loss)
Adjustments required to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating

activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of marketable securities premiums and accretion of discounts, net
Equity in losses of an affiliated company and interest on loans to an affiliated company
Stock-based compensation
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest on loans, marketable securities and bank deposits
Decrease (increase) in deferred tax assets, net
Decrease (increase) in trade receivables, net
Decrease (increase) in other receivables and prepaid expenses
Decrease (increase) in inventories
Increase (decrease) in trade payables
Increase (decrease) in other payables and accrued expenses and other liabilities
Increase in deferred revenues
Decrease in accrued severance pay, net

Year ended December 31,
2011

2010

2012

  $

12,015    $

7,164    $

(4,177)

4,359     
-     
213     
1,370     
(20)    
(2,321)    
(7,799)    
(218)    
(3,963)    
4,910     
6,324     
1,851     
(319)    

3,239     
416     
277     
2,323     
(182)    
(652)    
(4,602)    
(403)    
(4,136)    
(1,157)    
(5,464)    
1,978     
(86)    

2,883 
436 
350 
1,529 
4 
14 
6,510 
127 
3,618 
(5,545)
(3,054)
485 
(184)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

16,402     

(1,285)    

2,996 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Net loans provided to affiliated company
Purchase of property and equipment
Purchase of marketable securities
Short-term and restricted bank deposits, net
Investment in long-term and restricted bank deposits

-     
(1,569)    
-     
77     
-     

(211)    
(1,579)    
(24,402)    
(183)    
(9,120)    

(183)
(2,006)
- 
3,678 
(131)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

(1,492)    

(35,495)    

1,358 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
U.S. dollars in thousands

Cash flows from financing activities:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Year ended December 31,
2011

2010

2012

Purchase of treasury stock
Redemption of senior convertible notes
Proceeds from long-term bank loans
Repayment of long-term bank loans
Payment for acquisition of NSC non-controlling interest
Proceeds from issuance of shares upon exercise of options, warrants and employee stock

purchase plan

-     
(50)    
-     
(6,000)    
(74)    

(3,812)    
-     
24,005     
(6,600)    
(278)    

(6,917)
- 
- 
(10,242)
(336)

2,556     

1,411     

103 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

(3,568)    

14,726     

(17,392)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

11,342     
38,969     

(22,054)    
50,311     

(13,038)
28,257 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

  $

50,311    $

28,257    $

15,219 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities:

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

Cash paid during the year for interest

Supplemental disclosures of non cash operational, financing and investing activities

Net change in gain (loss) on foreign currency cash flow hedges
Total commitment for future payments for NSC acquisition which reduced the Company's

equity

Total commitment in respect of treasury stock purchasing
Conversion of employees stock purchase plan liability to equity upon issuance of shares

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-11

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $

261    $

317    $

848    $

356    $

313 

789 

724    $

(1,062)   $

1,543 

1,296    $
-    $
-    $

-    $
197    $
294    $

- 
- 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1:- GENERAL

a.

Business overview:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

AudioCodes  Ltd.  ("the  Company")  and  its  subsidiaries  (together  the  "Group")  design,  develop  and  market  products  and  services  for
voice, data and video over IP networks to service providers and channels (such as distributors), OEMs, network equipment providers and
systems integrators.

The Company operates through its wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United States, Europe, Asia, Latin America and Israel.

b.

Acquisition of Natural Speech Communication Ltd. (“NSC”):

Through December 31, 2009, the Company had invested an aggregate of $ 8,418 in NSC, a privately-held company engaged in speech
recognition.  As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Company  owned  59.7%  of  the  outstanding  share  capital  of  NSC,  which  has  been
consolidated into the financial results of the Company since December 2008.

In  January  2010,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  to  acquire  all  of  the  outstanding  equity  of  NSC  that  it  did  not  own  as  of
December  31,  2009.  The  closing  of  the  transaction  occurred  in  May  2010.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  the  Company  purchased  the
remaining 40.3% of the shares from NSC's non-controlling shareholders for a maximum total consideration of $ 1,733, which includes
payments  to  employees,  who  were  also  former  NSC's  shareholders,  that  exceeded  the  fair  value  of  NSC's  shares.  As  a  result,  the
payments in excess of fair value were treated as employee related expenses. The payment of the total consideration can be made, at the
Company's option, in any combination of cash and the Company's shares. In accordance with the agreement, $ 224, $ 278 and $ 336
were paid in cash in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 respectively. An additional amount of $ 395 was paid in March
2013. Additional earn-out consideration of up to $ 500 is payable in 2013, since certain aggregate revenue milestones were met for the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The obligation to pay the consideration to the former NSC shareholders was recorded
in the balance sheet as a liability.

The liability recorded was comprised of two components: (1) The contingent payments for which the Company recorded a contingent
consideration  liability  of  $  329  based  on  its  estimated  fair  value  as  of  the  closing  of  the  transaction.  This  amount  was  estimated  by
utilizing an income approach, taking into account the potential cash payments based on the Company's expectation as to NSC's future
revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and was discounted to arrive at a present value amount.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 1:- GENERAL (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The discount rate was based on the market interest rate and NSC's estimated operational capitalization rate. The contingent consideration
liability was marked to market at fair value at each reporting date based on the Company's policy with subsequent changes in the value
of the liability recorded in finance expenses in the statement of operations, while changes due to changes in estimates were recorded
within operating income or expenses and (2) A liability with respect to the commitment for future payments was recorded at present
value which amounted to $ 967. Such obligation is not re-measured at subsequent periods and would only be adjusted for changes in
time value. As this was an equity transaction between

AudioCodes and NSC's non-controlling shareholders, the Company reduced its equity by $ 1,370 for the excess costs over book value
related  to  the  non-controlling  interest  in  NSC,  as  required  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  810,
"Consolidation".

As  of  December  31,  2011  and  2012,  the  contingent  consideration  liability  estimated  fair  value  amounted  to  $  412  and  $  115,
respectively, and the liability with respect to the commitment for future payments amounted to $ 707 and $ 391, respectively. Of the total
liability, as of December 31, 2011, an aggregate amount equal to $ 787 was classified as a long-term liability, while as of December 31,
2012, the total liability was classified as a short-term liability.

c.

d.

The  Group  is  dependent  upon  sole  source  suppliers  for  certain  key  components  used  in  its  products,  including  certain  digital  signal
processing chips. Although there are a limited number of manufacturers of these particular components, management believes that other
suppliers could provide similar components at comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however, could cause a delay in manufacturing
and a possible loss of sales, which could adversely affect the operating results of the Group and its financial position.

The  Group's  major  customer  in  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2011  and  2012,  accounted  for  10%,  14.4%  and  13.7%  of  the
Group's revenues in those years, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of the Group's revenues in those periods.

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States
("U.S. GAAP").

a.

Use of estimates:

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates,  judgments  and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company's management believes
that  the  estimates,  judgment  and  assumptions  used  are  reasonable  based  upon  information  available  at  the  time  they  are  made.  As
applicable to these consolidated financial statements, the most significant estimates and assumptions relate to revenue recognition and
allowance  for  sales  returns,  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  inventories,  intangible  assets,  goodwill,  income  taxes  and  valuation
allowance, stock-based compensation and contingent liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

b.

Financial statements in U.S. dollars (“dollars”):

A majority of the Group's revenues is generated in dollars. In addition, most of the Group's costs are denominated and determined in
dollars  and  in  new  Israeli  shekels.  The  Company's  management  believes  that  the  dollar  is  the  currency  in  the  primary  economic
environment in which the Group operates. Thus, the functional and reporting currency of the Group is the dollar.

Accordingly, monetary accounts maintained in currencies other than the dollar are remeasured into U.S. dollars in accordance with ASC
830, "Foreign Currency Matters". All transaction gains and losses of the remeasured monetary balance sheet items are reflected in the
statements of operations as financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

c.

Principles of consolidation:

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  Intercompany
transactions  and  balances,  including  profits  from  intercompany  sales  not  yet  realized  outside  the  Group,  have  been  eliminated  upon
consolidation.

The Group accounts for non-controlling interest in a subsidiary in accordance with ASC 810, "Consolidation". According to ASC 810, a
non-controlling  interest  in  a  subsidiary  is  an  ownership  interest  in  the  consolidated  entity  that  should  be  reported  as  a  separate
component  of  equity  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  such,  changes  in  the  parent's  ownership  interest  with  no  change  of
control  are  treated  as  equity  transactions,  rather  than  step  acquisitions  or  gain  or  loss  resulting  from  dilution  in  the  holdings  of  a
subsidiary. ASC 810 clarifies that losses of partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries will continue to be allocated to the non-controlling
interest even when the investment has already been reduced to zero.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

According to the Company's policy, contingent consideration related to the acquisition of non-controlling interests is presented at fair
value in subsequent periods and changes in fair value of the liability will be recorded as financial income/expense.

d.

Cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents represent short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash with original maturities of three
months or less, at the date acquired.

e.

Short-term and restricted bank deposits:

Short-term and restricted bank deposits are deposits with maturities of more than three months but less than one year. The deposits are
mainly  in  dollars  and  bear  interest  at  an  average  rate  of  1.50%  and  0.81%  for  2011  and  2012,  respectively.  Short-term  and  restricted
deposits are presented at their cost. Any accrued interest on these deposits is included in other receivables and prepaid expenses.
In connection with the long-term bank loans and their related covenants, the Company is required to maintain compensating balances
with the banks and to maintain deposits in the same banks that provided the loans (see Note 11). In addition, the Company maintains
restricted deposits in connection with foreign exchange transactions and in connection with the office lease agreement (see Note 12a).
Out of the short term and restricted bank deposits, a total of $ 12,934 and $ 10,330 are restricted short-term deposits as of December 31,
2011 and 2012, respectively.

f.

Marketable securities:

The Company accounts for investments in debt securities in accordance with ASC 320, "Investments-Debt and Equity Securities".

Management  determines  the  appropriate  classification  of  its  investments  in  marketable  debt  securities  at  the  time  of  purchase  and
reevaluates such determinations at each balance sheet date. For the year ended December 31, 2012, all securities are classified as held-
to-maturity since the Company has the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity and, accordingly, debt securities are stated at
amortized cost.

The amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity and
any other than temporary impairment losses. Such amortization and interest are included in the consolidated statement of operations as
financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2012,  no  other  than  temporary  impairment  losses  have  been  identified.  During  the  year
ended December 31, 2010, the Group did not hold any marketable securities.

g.

Inventories:

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined as follows:

Raw materials - using the "weighted average cost" method.
Finished products - using the "weighted average cost" method with the addition of direct manufacturing costs.

The Group periodically evaluates the quantities on hand relative to current and historical selling prices, historical and projected sales
volume  and  technological  obsolescence.  Based  on  these  evaluations,  inventory  write-offs  are  taken  based  on  slow  moving  items,
technological obsolescence, excess inventories, discontinuation of products lines and for market prices lower than cost.

h.

Long-term and restricted bank deposits:

Bank deposits with maturities of more than one year are included in long-term investments and presented at their cost. Accrued interest
is included in other receivables and prepaid expenses. The deposits are in dollars and bear interest at an average rate of 2.52% and 2.54%
for  2011  and  2012,  respectively.  In  connection  with  the  long  term  bank  loans,  the  Company  is  required  to  maintain  compensating
balances with the banks (see Note 11). Out of the total long-term bank deposits, a total of $ 8,820 and $ 9,251 are restricted long-term
deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The Company is required to maintain deposits in the same banks that provided
the loans.

i.

Investment in an affiliated company:

The  Company  accounts  for  investment  in  affiliated  company  in  which  it  has  the  ability  to  exercise  significant  influence  over  the
operating and financial policies using the equity method of accounting in accordance with the requirements of ASC 323, "Investments -
Equity Method and Joint Ventures".

Investment in affiliated company represents investment in ordinary shares, preferred shares, convertible loans and non-convertible loans.
According  to  ASC  323,  additional  losses  of  such  company  in  excess  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  equity  investment  are  recognized
based on the seniority level (priority in liquidation) of the particular type of investment held by the Company.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The Company's investment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
of the investment may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 323. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, no
impairment losses had been identified.

j.

Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the assets, at the following annual rates:

Computers and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

k.

Impairment of long-lived assets:

%

33
6 - 20 (mainly 15%)
Over the shorter of the term of
the lease or the life of the asset

The  Group's  long-lived  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  ASC  360-10-35,  "Property,  Plant  and  Equipment  -
Subsequent Measurement", whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group)
may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets (asset group) to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount
of an asset (asset group) to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset if such assets are considered to be
impaired.  The  impairment  to  be  recognized  is  measured  by  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  (asset  groups)
exceeds the fair value of the assets (asset groups). The loss is allocated to the long-lived assets of the Group on a pro rata basis using the
relative carrying amounts of those assets, except that the loss allocated to an individual long-lived asset of the Group will not reduce the
carrying amount of that asset below its fair value whenever that fair value is determinable. During the years ended December 31, 2010,
2011 and 2012, no impairment losses had been identified for property and equipment since the fair value of those assets (asset groups)
was higher than its carrying amounts.

Intangible assets are comprised of acquired technology, customer relations, trade names and existing contracts for maintenance.

Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized using the straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives, which range from one to ten years. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of
the asset to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the
amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired assets.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, no impairment losses were identified.

l.

Goodwill:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Goodwill and certain other purchased intangible assets have been recorded as a result of acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of
the  purchase  price  in  a  business  combination  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired.  Goodwill  is  not
amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test.

The Group performs an annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if impairment indicators
are present. The Group operates in one operating segment, and this segment comprises its only reporting unit.

ASC 350 prescribes a two-phase process for impairment testing of goodwill. The first phase screens for impairment, while the second
phase (if necessary) measures impairment. Goodwill impairment is deemed to exist if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its
estimated fair value. In such case, the second phase is then performed, and the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying
amount of the reporting unit's goodwill to the implied fair value of that goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal
to the excess. In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance which provides an entity the
option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less
than its carrying amount prior to performing the two-step goodwill impairment test. If this is the case, the two-step goodwill impairment
test  is  required.  If  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  greater  than  its  carrying  amount,  the  two-step
goodwill impairment test is not required. The Group believes that the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its
consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update 2012-02, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite
Intangibles Assets for Impairment", which amended the guidance in ASC 350-30 on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than
goodwill, for impairment allowing an entity to perform a qualitative impairment assessment. If the entity determines that it is not more
likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, further testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets
for  impairment  is  not  required  and  the  entity  would  not  need  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  the  asset  and  perform  a  quantitative
impairment test. In addition, the standard did not amend the requirement to test these assets for impairment between annual tests if there
is a change in events or circumstances; however, it revised the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider in
interim periods, which are identical to those assessed in the annual qualitative assessment described above. ASU 2012-02 was effective
for  annual  and  interim  impairment  tests  performed  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  September  15,  2012,  with  early  adoption  being
permitted. The Company adopted the guidance however was not required to use it.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

For each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, the Group performed an annual impairment analysis, using market
capitalization, and no impairment losses have been identified.

m.

Revenue recognition:

The Group generates its revenues primarily from the sale of products through a direct sales force and sales representatives. The Group's
products  are  delivered  to  its  customers,  which  include  original  equipment  manufacturers,  network  equipment  providers,  systems
integrators and distributors in the telecommunications and networking industries, all of whom are considered end-users.

Revenues  from  products  and  services  are  recognized  in  accordance  with  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  ("SAB")  No.  104,  "Revenue
Recognition", when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product has occurred,
the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable. The Group has no remaining obligation to customers after the date on
which products are delivered other than pursuant to warranty obligations and right of return.

In  a  multiple  element  arrangement,  ASU  No.  2009-13,  Topic  605  –  "Multiple-Deliverable  Revenue  Arrangements"  requires  the
allocation of arrangement consideration to each deliverable to be based on the relative selling price.

The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") if available, third-party evidence ("TPE")
if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price ("ESP") if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Group then recognizes revenue on
each deliverable in accordance with its policies for product and service revenue recognition. VSOE of selling price is based on the price
charged when the element is sold separately. In determining VSOE, the Group requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices
fall  within  a  narrow  range  based  on  stand-alone  rates.  TPE  of  selling  price  is  established  by  evaluating  largely  interchangeable
competitor  products  or  services  in  stand-alone  sales  to  similarly  situated  customers.  However,  as  the  Group's  products  contain  a
significant  element  of  proprietary  technology  and  its  solutions  offer  substantially  different  features  and  functionality,  the  comparable
pricing  of  products  with  similar  functionality  typically  cannot  be  obtained.  Additionally,  as  the  Group  is  unable  to  reliably  determine
what  competitors  products'  selling  prices  are  on  a  stand-alone  basis,  the  Group  is  not  typically  able  to  determine  TPE.  The  ESP  is
established  considering  multiple  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  pricing  practices  in  different  geographical  areas  and  through
different sales channels, gross margin objectives, internal costs, competitors' pricing strategies, and industry technology lifecycles. The
selling price of the products and professional services was based on ESP. Maintenance selling price was based on VSOE.

The Group limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of
products or services or subject to customer-specific return or refund privileges. The Group evaluates each deliverable in an arrangement
to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Prior to 2011, the Group allocated revenue to each element using the residual method when the VSOE of fair value of the undelivered
items for arrangements with multiple elements, such as sales of products that include services and software, exists. Under the residual
method, the amount of revenue allocated to delivered elements equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of
any undelivered elements. If VSOE of one or more undelivered items did not exist, revenue from the entire arrangement was deferred
and recognized at the earlier of: (i) delivery of those elements or (ii) when fair value could be established unless maintenance was the
only undelivered element, in which case, the entire arrangement fee was recognized ratably over the contractual support period.

ASU 2009-13 did not have a significant impact on the Group's net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, compared
to the net revenues that would have been recorded under the previous accounting rules.

The Group grants to certain customers a right of return or the ability to exchange a specific percentage of the total price paid for products
they have purchased over a limited period for other products. The Group maintains a provision for product returns and exchanges and
other  incentives  based  on  its  experience  with  historical  sales  returns,  analysis  of  credit  memo  data  and  other  known  factors,  in
accordance with SAB 104. The provision was deducted from revenues and amounted to $ 823 and $ 1,232 as of December 31, 2011 and
2012, respectively.

Revenues  from  the  sale  of  products  which  were  not  yet  determined  to  be  final  sales  due  to  acceptance  provisions  are  deferred  and
included in deferred revenues. In cases where collectability is not probable, revenues are deferred and recognized upon collection.

n.

Warranty costs:

The Group generally provides a warranty period of 12 months at no extra charge. The Group estimates the costs that may be incurred
under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time product revenue is recognized. Factors that
affect the Group's warranty liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost
per claim. The Group periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amount as necessary. As of
December 31, 2011 and 2012, the provision for warranty amounted to $ 707 and $ 497, respectively.

o.

Research and development costs:

Research and development costs, net of government grants received, are charged to the statement of operations as incurred. The total
government grants presented as a reduction from research and development costs during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and
2012 were $ 3,912, $ 2,776 and $ 2,729, respectively.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

p.

Income taxes:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The Group accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, "Income Taxes". ASC 740 prescribes the use of the liability method
whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax
bases of assets and liabilities and for carry forward losses. Deferred taxes are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be
in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Group provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax
assets to their estimated realizable value if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

In addition, ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement
of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken
in  a  tax  return.  This  is  done  by  determining  if  the  weight  of  available  evidence  indicates  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that,  on  an
evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation
processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate
settlement.

The Group accrues interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expenses.

q.

Comprehensive income (loss):

The  Group  accounts  for  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  accordance  with  ASC  220,  "Comprehensive  Income".  ASC  220  establishes
standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general purpose financial statements.
Comprehensive  income  (loss)  generally  represents  all  changes  in  shareholders'  equity  during  the  period  except  those  resulting  from
investments by, or distributions to, shareholders. The Group determined that its items of comprehensive income (loss) relate to gains and
losses on hedging derivatives instruments.

The Group presents total comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASU 2011-05, Topic 220. "Presentation of Comprehensive
Income"  and  ASU  2011-12,  Topic  220  -  Comprehensive  Income.  ASU  2011-05  requires  an  entity  to  present,  the  components  of  net
income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two
separate but consecutive statements and eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the
statement  of  changes  in  stockholders'  equity.  The  Group  chose  to  present  the  components  of  net  income  and  other  comprehensive
income in two separate but consecutive statements.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

r.

Concentrations of credit risk:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents,
bank deposits, trade receivables and foreign currency derivative contracts.

The majority of the Group's cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits are invested in dollar instruments with major banks in Israel
and the United States. Such investments in the United States may be in excess of insured limits and are not insured in other jurisdictions.
Management  believes  that  the  financial  institutions  that  hold  the  Group's  investments  are  corporations  with  high  credit  standing.
Accordingly, management believes that low credit risk exists with respect to these financial investments.

Marketable  securities  include  investments  in  debentures  of  U.S  corporations.  Marketable  securities  consist  of  highly  liquid  debt
instruments  of  corporations  with  high  credit  standing.  Management  believes  that  the  portfolio  is  well  diversified  and,  accordingly,
minimal credit risk exists with respect to these marketable debt securities.

The  trade  receivables  of  the  Group  are  derived  from  sales  to  customers  located  primarily  in  the  Americas,  the  Far  East,  Israel  and
Europe. However, under certain circumstances, the Group may require letters of credit, other collateral, additional guarantees or advance
payments. Regarding certain credit balances, the Group is covered by foreign trade risk insurance. The Group performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon a specific review.

s.

Senior convertible notes:

The Company accounts for senior convertible notes in accordance with ASC 470-20, "Debt with Conversion and Other Options". ASC
470-20 specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components on the issuance day in
a manner that will reflect the entity's nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. See also
Note 10.

The Company presents the outstanding principal amount of its senior convertible notes as a long-term liability, in accordance with ASC
210-10-45 (based on its expected redemption, taking into consideration redemption options of the holders). The debt is classified as a
long-term  liability  until  the  date  of  conversion  on  which  it  would  be  reclassified  to  equity,  or  within  one  year  of  the  first  contractual
redemption date, on which it would be reclassified as a short-term liability. Accrued interest on the senior convertible notes is included
in "other payables and accrued expenses".

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

According  to  ASC  470-20,  if  an  instrument  within  its  scope  is  repurchased,  an  issuer  shall  allocate  the  consideration  transferred  and
related transaction costs incurred, to the extinguishment of the liability component and the reacquisition of the equity component. See
also Note 10.

t.

Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share:

Basic  net  earnings  per  share  are  computed  based  on  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  each  year.
Diluted net earnings per share are computed based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each year,
plus potential dilutive ordinary shares considered outstanding during the year, in accordance with ASC 260, "Earnings Per Share".

Senior convertible notes and certain outstanding stock options, restricted share units ("RSUs") and warrants have been excluded from the
calculation of the diluted net income per ordinary share since such securities are anti-dilutive for all years presented. The total weighted
average number of shares related to the senior convertible notes and outstanding options, RSUs and warrants that have been excluded
from the calculations of diluted net income per share was 3,848,284, 2,727,374 and 4,072,517 for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2011 and 2012, respectively.

u.

Accounting for stock-based compensation:

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718,  "Compensation-Stock  Compensation".  ASC  718
requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The
value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods in the
Company's consolidated statement of operations.

The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards based on the accelerated method over the requisite service
period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if
necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual historical pre-
vesting forfeitures.

The  Company  applies  ASC  718  and  ASC  505-50,  "Equity-Based  Payments  to  Non-Employees"  with  respect  to  options  and  warrants
issued to non-employees. Accordingly, the Company uses option valuation models to measure the fair value of the options and warrants
at the measurement date as defined in ASC 505-50.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The Company accounted for changes in award terms as a modification in accordance with ASC 718. A modification to the terms of an
award should be treated as an exchange of the original award for a new award with total compensation cost equal to the grant-date fair
value of the original award plus the incremental value measured at the same date. Under ASC 718, the calculation of the incremental
value  is  based  on  the  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  new  (modified)  award  based  on  current  circumstances  over  the  fair  value  of  the
original award measured immediately before its terms are modified based on current circumstances.

The  weighted-average  estimated  fair  value  of  employee  stock  options  granted  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2011  and
2012, was $ 1.96, $ 2.69 and $ 1.35 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula. Fair values were estimated
using the following weighted-average assumptions (annualized percentages):

Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest
Expected life
Forfeiture rate

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

2012

2010

0%   
48.68%-53.2%   
1.02%-2.46%   

0%   
53.5%-59.6%   
0.8%-2.04%   

0%
56.6%-61.5%
0.54%-1.04%

    4.67-5.69 years 

    4.67-5.69 years 

    4.79-5.70 years 

10.0%   

10.0%   

5.5%

The Company used its historical volatility in accordance with ASC 718. The computation of volatility uses historical volatility derived
from  the  Company's  exchange  traded  shares.  The  expected  term  of  options  granted  is  estimated  based  on  historical  experience  and
represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk free interest rate assumption is the implied
yield currently available on United States treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the Company's
options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's historical experience and expectation of no future dividend payouts
and may be subject to substantial change in the future. The Company has historically not paid cash dividends and has no foreseeable
plans to pay cash dividends in the future.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The  total  equity-based  compensation  expenses  relating  to  all  of  the  Company's  equity-based  awards  recognized  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were included in items of the consolidated statements of income as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development expenses, net
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses

2010

  $

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

  $

62 
393 
1,180 
453 

2012

130    $
526     
964     
703     

61 
430 
437 
601 

Total equity-based compensation expenses

  $

2,088*)  $

2,323    $

1,529 

*) Also includes equity-based compensation that was classified as a liability.

v.

Treasury stock:

The Company has repurchased its ordinary shares from time to time in the open market and holds such shares as treasury stock. The
Company presents the cost to repurchase treasury stock as a reduction of shareholders' equity. See also Note 13a.

w.

Severance pay:

The  liability  for  severance  pay  for  Israeli  employees  is  calculated  pursuant  to  Israel's  Severance  Pay  Law,  based  on  the  most  recent
salary  of  the  employees  multiplied  by  the  number  of  years  of  employment  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date  for  all  employees  in  Israel.
Employees who have been employed for more than one year period, are entitled to one month's salary for each year of employment, or a
portion thereof. The Group's liability for all of its Israeli employees is fully provided for by monthly deposits with severance pay funds,
insurance policies and by an accrual. The value of these deposits is recorded as an asset in the Company's balance sheet.

The  deposited  funds  include  profits  accumulated  up  to  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  deposited  funds  may  be  withdrawn  only  upon  the
fulfillment of the obligation pursuant to Israel's Severance Pay Law or labor agreements.

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Since March 2011, the Company's agreements with new employees in Israel are under Section 14 of the Severance Pay Law, 1963. The
Company's  contributions  for  severance  pay  have  replaced  its  severance  obligation.  Upon  contribution  of  the  full  amount  of  the
employee's monthly salary for each year of service, no additional calculations are conducted between the parties regarding the matter of
severance  pay  and  no  additional  payments  are  made  by  the  Company  to  the  employee.  Further,  the  related  obligations  and  amounts
deposited on behalf of the employee for such obligations are not stated on the balance sheet, as the Company is legally released from the
obligations to employees once the deposit amounts have been paid.

Severance pay expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, amounted to $ 1,733, $ 2,162 and $ 1,850, respectively.

x.

Employee benefit plan:

The  Group  has  401(k)  defined  contribution  plans  covering  employees  in  the  U.S.  All  eligible  employees  may  elect  to  contribute  a
portion of their annual compensation to the plan through salary deferrals, subject to the IRS limit of $ 16.5 and $ 17 during the years
ended  December  31,  2011  and  2012,  respectively,  plus  a  catch-up  contribution  of  $  5.5  for  participants  age  50  or  over.  The  group
matches 50% of employees contributions, up to a maximum of 6% of the employees annual pay. In the years ended December 31, 2010,
2011 and 2012, the Group matched contributions in the amount of $ 240, $ 301 and $ 276, respectively.

y.

Advertising expenses:

Advertising expenses are charged to the statements of operations as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $ 374, $ 442 and $ 329, respectively.

z.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined by the Group using available market information and valuation
methodologies.  Considerable  judgment  is  required  in  estimating  fair  values.  Accordingly,  the  estimates  may  not  be  indicative  of  the
amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, trade receivables, trade payables, other receivables and
other payables approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturity of such instruments. The fair value of long-term bank loans
and senior convertible loans also approximates their carrying value, since they bear interest at rates close to the prevailing market rates.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The fair value of foreign currency contracts is estimated by obtaining current quotes from banks and market observable data of similar
instruments.

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction  between  market  participants.  As  such,  fair  value  is  a  market-based  measurement  that  should  be  determined  based  on
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, ASC 820,
"Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures"  establishes  a  three-tier  value  hierarchy,  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  in  the  valuation
methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1

- Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

Level 2

Level 3

- Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and
liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not
active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data

- Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value
of  the  assets  and  liabilities.  This  includes  certain  pricing  models,  discounted  cash  flow  methodologies  and
similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs
when measuring fair value. See also Note 8.

aa.

Derivatives and hedging:

The Group accounts for derivatives and hedging based on ASC 815, "Derivatives and Hedging".

The Group accounts for its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carries them at fair value. Derivative instruments that
are not designated and qualified as hedging instruments must be adjusted to fair value through earnings. The changes in fair value of
such instruments are included as earnings in "Financial income (expenses)" at each reporting period.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 2:-

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

For derivative instruments that hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that are designated as cash flow hedges,
the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) in equity and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings
and is classified as payroll and rent expenses. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recognized in
current earnings and classified as financial income or expenses. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly
effective in offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group recorded accumulated other comprehensive loss in the amount of $ 1,062 from its
forward exchange contracts with respect to payroll and rent expenses expected to be incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Such amount was reclassified into earnings during the year ended December 31, 2012.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Group recorded accumulated other comprehensive income in the amount of $ 1,543 from
its  forward  and  options  collar  (cylinder)  contracts  with  respect  to  payroll  expenses  expected  to  be  incurred  during  the  year  ending
December 31, 2013. Such amount will be reclassified into earnings during the year ending December 31, 2013. See also Note 18.

ab.

Impact of recently issued accounting pronouncements:

In  February  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU.  2013-02,  Topic  350,  "Comprehensive  Income",  which  amends  Topic  220  to  improve  the
reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income to the respective line items in net income. ASU 2013-02 is
effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company intends to adopt this standard in 2013 and does not
expect the adoption will have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 3:- MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND ACCRUED INTEREST

The following is a summary of held to maturity marketable securities:

December 31, 2011

Gross
  Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized    
gains

Gross

losses

cost

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Fair
Value

Corporate debentures - Maturing between one to three  Years
Accrued interest

  $

  $

23,823    $
345     

24,168    $

46    $
-     

46    $

(736)   $
-     

23,133 
345 

(736)   $

23,478 

Corporate debentures:
Maturing within one year
Maturing between one to two years
Accrued interest

December 31, 2012

  Amortized     Unrealized    

cost

gains

Fair
Value

  $

7,625    $
15,762     
341     

62    $
299     
-     

7,687 
16,061 
341 

  $

23,728    $

361    $

24,089 

These investments were issued by highly rated corporations. Accordingly, it was expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less
than the amortized cost of the Company's investment. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Group did not have any investment in marketable
securities that was in an unrealized loss position for a period of twelve months or greater. Since the Company had the ability and intent to hold
these investments until an anticipated recovery of fair value, which may be until maturity, the Company did not consider these investments to
be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2011 and 2012. Unrealized gains (losses) are valued using alternative pricing sources
and models utilizing observable market inputs.

NOTE 4:-

INVENTORIES

Raw materials
Finished products

December 31,

2011

2012

  $

  $

8,871    $
11,544     

7,684 
9,113 

20,415    $

16,797 

In  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2011  and  2012,  the  Group  wrote-off  inventories  in  a  total  amount  of  $  1,113,  $  644  and  $  2,306,
respectively.

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 5:-

INVESTMENT IN AN AFFILIATED COMPANY

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company owned 26.6% and 26.4%, respectively, of MailVision's outstanding share capital.

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Invested in equity
Convertible and non-convertible loans
Accumulated net loss

Total investment

Balances and transactions with MailVision were as follows:

a.

Balances:

Other receivables and prepaid expenses
Other payables and accrued expenses

b.

Transactions:

December 31,

2011

2012

  $

1,655    $
211     
(615)    

1,655 
398 
(969)

  $

1,251    $

1,084 

December 31,

2011

2012

  $
  $

116    $
-    $

- 
492 

Year ended  
December 31,
2012

2011

2012

Amounts charged - cost of revenues

  $

417    $

2,164    $

1,414 

As described in Note 19, in April 2013, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with MailVision.

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 6:-

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Cost:

Computers and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation:

Computers and peripheral equipment
Office furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

AUDIOCODES LTD.

December 31,

2011

2012

  $

21,844    $
10,299     
2,302     

23,463 
10,652 
2,336 

34,445     

36,451 

20,305     
9,169     
1,603     

21,556 
9,473 
1,803 

31,077     

32,832 

Depreciated cost

  $

3,368    $

3,619 

Depreciation expenses amounted to $ 2,822, $ 1,914 and $ 1,755 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 7:-

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, DEFERRED CHARGES

a.

Impaired Cost:

Acquired technology
Customer relationship
Trade name
Existing contracts for maintenance

Accumulated amortization:

Acquired technology
Customer relationship
Trade name
Existing contracts for maintenance

  Useful life  
(years)

December 31,

2011

2012

  $

5-10
9
3
3

15,517    $
4,172     
415     
181     

15,517 
4,172 
415 
181 

20,285     

20,285 

12,575     
3,129     
415     
181     

13,399 
3,433 
415 
181 

16,300     

17,428 

Amortized cost

  $

3,985    $

2,857 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
AUDIOCODES LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 7:-

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, DEFERRED CHARGES (Cont.)

b.

c.

Amortization expenses related to intangible assets amounted to $ 1,537, $ 1,325 and $ 1,128 for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2011 and 2012, respectively.

Expected amortization expenses are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2013
2014
2015
2016

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

930 
872 
696 
359 

2,857 

NOTE 8:-

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In accordance with ASC No. 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures", the Group measures its foreign currency derivative instruments
and the contingent consideration to NSC's former shareholders at fair value. Foreign currency derivative contracts are classified within Level 2
value hierarchy. This is because these instruments are valued using alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs.
The contingent consideration to NSC's former shareholders is classified within Level 3 value hierarchy because the liability is based on present
value  calculations  and  external  valuation  models  whose  inputs  include  market  interest  rates,  estimated  operational  capitalization  rates,
volatilities and illiquidity. Unobservable inputs used in these models are significant.

The Group's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, consisted of the following types of instruments as of the
following dates:

Foreign currency derivative contracts
Contingent consideration related to NSC's former shareholders

Total financial liabilities

F-32

December 31, 2011
Fair value measurements using input type
Level 3
Level 2

Total

  $

  $

(361)   $
-     

-    $
(412)    

(361)   $

(412)   $

(361)
(412)

(773)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 8:-

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Cont.)

Financial assets related to foreign currency derivative hedging contracts

Foreign currency derivative contracts
Contingent consideration related to NSC's former shareholders

Total Financial liability

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

Balance at January 1, 2012
Adjustments due to change in estimates
Adjustment due to time change value

Balance at December 31, 2012

NOTE 9:- OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Vacation accrual
Royalties provision
Other employees and payroll accruals
Government authorities
Accrued expenses
Others

F-33

AUDIOCODES LTD.

December 31, 2012
Fair value measurements using input type
Level 3
Level 2

Total

  $

  $

  $

1,303    $

-    $

1,303 

(362)    
-     

-    $
(115)    

(362)   $

(115)   $

(362)
(115)

(477)

  $

  $

(412)
364 
(67)

(115)

December 31,

2011

2012

  $

3,030    $
517     
3,879     
574     
9,596     
506     

2,476 
420 
3,542 
385 
7,877 
362 

  $

18,102    $

15,062 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
AUDIOCODES LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 10:- SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES

In November 2004, the Company issued an aggregate of $ 125,000 principal amount of its 2% Senior Convertible Notes due November 9, 2024
("the Notes"). The Company is obligated to pay interest on the Notes semi-annually on May 9 and November 9 of each year.

The  Notes  are  convertible,  at  the  option  of  the  holders,  at  any  time  before  the  maturity  date,  into  ordinary  shares  of  the  Company  at  a
conversion rate of 53.4474 ordinary shares per $ 1 principal amount of Notes, representing a conversion price of approximately $ 18.71 per
share. Upon such conversion in lieu of the delivering of ordinary shares, the Company may elect to pay the holders cash or a combination of
cash and ordinary shares. The Notes are subject to redemption at any time on or after November 9, 2009, in whole or in part, at the option of the
Company, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Notes are subject to repurchase, at the
holders' option, on November 9, 2009, November 9, 2014 or November 9, 2019, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such repurchase date. The Company may choose to settle in cash upon conversion. The holders of
almost  all  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  outstanding  in  November,  2009  elected  to  have  the  Company  repurchase  the  Notes  held  by
them.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased $ 50, in principal amount of the Notes for a total cost, including accrued
interest, of $ 50. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, there was $ 353 in principal amount of the Notes outstanding. The effective interest rate
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 amounted to 2% per year.

NOTE 11:- LONG-TERM BANK LOANS

In April and July 2008, the Company entered into loan agreements with Israeli commercial banks that provided for loans in the total principal
amount  of  $  30,000  ("the  2008  Loans").  The  2008  Loans  bear  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  1.3%-1.5%  with  respect  to  $  23,000  of  the  principal
amount of the 2008 Loans and LIBOR plus 0.5%-0.65% with respect to the remaining $ 7,000 of principal amount of the 2008 Loans. The
principal amount is repayable in 20 equal quarterly payments through July 2013.

In September and December 2011, the Company entered into loan agreements with Israeli commercial banks that provided for loans in the total
principal amount of $ 23,750 ("the 2011 Loans"). The 2011 Loans bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.1%-4.35% with respect to $ 19,850 of the
principal  amount  of  the  2011  Loans.  The  remaining  $  3,900  of  principal  amount  of  the  2011  Loans  was  required  to  be  maintained  as  a
compensating bank deposit that decreases as the loans are repaid. This portion of the 2011 Loans bear interest at 0.5% above the interest rate
paid  on  the  bank  deposit.  Of  these  2011  Loans,  $  19,850  of  the  principal  amount  is  repayable  in  20  equal  quarterly  installments  and  the
remaining $3,900 of principal amount is repayable in 10 equal semiannual payments through September 2017.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIOCODES LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 11:- LONG-TERM BANK LOANS (Cont.)

As  of  December  31,  2011  and  2012,  the  banks  have  a  lien  on  the  Company's  assets  that  secures  both  the  2008  and  the  2011  Loans. As  of
December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company is required to maintain a total of $ 16,450 and $ 13,456, respectively, in compensating balances
with the banks, to secure the 2008 and the 2011 Loans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the compensating balances are included in $ 7,630
and  $  4,205  of  short-term  and  restricted  bank  deposits  and  $  8,820  and  $  9,251  of  long-term  and  restricted  bank  deposits,  respectively.  The
amount of the compensation balances are allowed to be decreased as the Company repays these loans. The agreements with respect to the 2008
and the 2011 Loans require the Company, among other things, to meet certain financial covenants as to maintaining shareholders' equity, cash
balances and liabilities to banks at specified levels and achieving certain levels of operating income.

As  of  December  31,  2012,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  its  covenants  to  the  banks  except  for  the  requirement  to  achieve  certain
minimum operating income. The Company received waivers from the banks with respect to these covenants until December 31, 2013, subject
to compliance with revised financial covenants in 2012 and 2013, an increase in the interest rate with respect to one of the loans and an increase
in required compensating balances. As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with the revised financial covenants and also
expects to be in compliance with these covenants by the end of the waiver period.

NOTE 12:- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

a.

Lease commitments:

The Group's facilities are rented under several lease agreements in Israel, Europe and the U.S. for periods ending in 2017.

Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, are as follows:

Year ending December 31,

2013
2014
2015
2016
2017

Total minimum lease payments *)

  $

5,375 
5,231 
4,991 
5,179 
4,748 

  $

25,524 

*)

Minimum payments have been reduced by minimum sublease rental of $ 1,399 due in the future under non-cancelable subleases.

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 12:- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

In connection with the Company's offices lease agreement in Israel, the lessor has a lien of approximately $ 5,000 which is included in
short-term and restricted bank deposits.

Rent expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, were approximately $ 4,790, $ 5,327 and $ 5,745, respectively.

b.

Inventory purchase commitments:

The Group is obligated under certain agreements with its suppliers to purchase specified items of excess inventory which is expected to
be utilized in 2013. As of December 31, 2012, non- cancelable obligations were approximately $ 1,174.

c.

Royalty commitment to the Office of the Chief Scientist in Israel ("OCS"):

Under the research and development agreements of the Company and its Israeli subsidiaries with the OCS and pursuant to applicable
laws,  the  Company  is  required  to  pay  royalties  at  the  rate  of  3%-5%  of  sales  to  the  end  customer  of  products  developed  with  funds
provided by the OCS, up to an amount equal to 100% of the OCS research and development grants received, linked to the dollar plus
interest  on  the  unpaid  amount  received  based  on  the  12-month  LIBOR  rate  (from  the  year  the  file  has  been  approved)  applicable  to
dollar deposits. The Company is obligated to repay the Israeli Government for the grants received only to the extent that there are sales
of the funded products.

The place of manufacturing of a product that was developed with the support of the OCS, or based on know-how developed with the
support of the OCS, shall be according to the supported company's declaration in the application for support (including manufacturing
abroad). In case a company wishes to transfer manufacturing activity abroad, additional to its statement in the application for support, it
will be required to receive approval from the OCS research committee. The committee is entitled to increase both the royalty liability
and the rate of the royalty payments. The increased repayment is calculated according to the percentage of the manufacturing activities
that are intended to be carried out outside Israel, and can reach up to 300% of the original sum. When the manufacturing of the product is
being done outside of Israel, the Company is required to pay an increased royalty rate of an additional 1% (instead of paying 3%-5%, the
Company would pay 4%-6%).

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company and its Israeli subsidiaries have a contingent obligation to pay royalties in the amount
of approximately $ 24,062 and $ 29,413, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company and its Israeli subsidiaries have paid or accrued royalties to the OCS in the amount of
$1,475 and $ 1,810, respectively. which were recorded in cost of revenues.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 12:- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Cont.)

d.

Royalty commitments to third parties:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The Group has entered into technology licensing fee agreements with third parties. Under the agreements, the Group agreed to pay the
third parties royalties, based on sales of relevant products. See also Note 9.

e.

Legal proceedings:

1.

2.

3.

The Group's major customer in 2008 and 2009 filed an action asserting that the Group received approximately $ 3.2 million in
payments  from  them  during  the  ninety  day  period  prior  to  their  bankruptcy  filing  in  January  2009  that  constitute  avoidable
preferential  transfers.  The  parties  have  settled  the  matter  pursuant  to  the  Stipulation  of  Settlement  of  Avoidance  Claims  and
Recoupment of Claims ("the Stipulation").  Under the Stipulation, the Company paid $ 20 to the customer and all claims by the
parties have been released and withdrawn.  In July 2012, the Court entered an order approving the Stipulation and the adversary
proceeding was closed on August 1, 2012.

In May 2007, the Company entered into an agreement with respect to property adjacent to its headquarters in Israel, pursuant to
which  a  building  of  approximately  145,000  square  feet  has  been  erected  and  was  expected  to  be  leased  to  the  Company  for  a
period  of  eleven  years.  This  new  building  was  substantially  completed  in  May  2010.    The  landlord  claimed  that  the  Company
should  have  taken  delivery  of  the  building  at  that  time  and  started  paying  rent.    The  Company  disagreed  with  the  landlord's
interpretation  of  the  relevant  agreement.  As  a  result,  the  landlord  terminated  the  agreement  and  leased  the  property  to  a  third
party.  This dispute has been referred to arbitration where the Company claims that due to the landlord's failure the Company lost
significant potential revenues. The landlord counterclaimed alleging that it sustained losses equal to approximately one year's rent
and management fees in the aggregate amount of approximately NIS 14 million (approximately $ 3,750). The Company believes
that it has valid defenses to the counterclaim and a provision is not required.

In  September  2011,  an  action  was  commenced  against  the  Company's  subsidiary,  AudioCodes  Inc.  and  numerous  other
defendants,  in  Federal  Court  in  Delaware  alleging  that  AudioCodes  Inc.  and  the  other  defendants,  infringed  the  plaintiff's
intellectual  property  rights  in  five  patents.  The  claims  made  in  this  action  are  being  defended  by  AudioCodes  Inc.    The  Court
granted the defendants’ motion for summary judgment of invalidity on one of the patents, dismissing all claims of infringement
based  on  this  patent.    Plaintiff  continues  to  maintain  its  action  against  AudioCodes  Inc.  and  certain  other  defendants  based  on
alleged infringement of four other patents that were not dismissed from the action. Preliminary discovery has begun, but it is not
possible to predict the outcome of this proceeding. The Company believes it has valid defenses to the claims and a provision is
not required.

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 12:- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

4.

5.

6.

In November 2011, an action was commenced against AudioCodes Inc., in Federal Court in Texas alleging that AudioCodes Inc.
infringed  the  plaintiff's  intellectual  property  rights  in  one  patent.  All  claims  asserted  in  this  action  were  dismissed  without
prejudice by the court on May 15, 2012.

In January 2013, one of the Company’s former senior executives sent a letter of demand claiming an amount of approximately $
1,000  relating  to  his  termination  of  employment.  The  Company  has  denied  all  of  his  allegations  and  believes  that  it  has  valid
defenses to this claim.

In February 2013, a patent infringement action was commenced against AudioCodes Inc. and other defendants, in Federal Court
in  California  alleging  that  AudioCodes  Inc.  infringed  the  plaintiff’s  intellectual  property  rights  in  one  patent.  One  of  the  other
defendants is a customer of the Company that has informed that it believes it is entitled to indemnification from the Company
with respect to this litigation. The proceedings are at an early stage and it is not possible at this time to predict their outcome. The
Company believes it has valid defenses against the claims.

NOTE 13:- EQUITY

a.

Treasury stock:

In October 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase plan pursuant to which the Company was authorized to
purchase  up  to  4,000,000  of  its  outstanding  ordinary  shares.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2012,  the  Company
purchased 1,204,757 and 2,759,594 of its outstanding ordinary shares under this share repurchase plan, at a weighted average price per
share of $ 3.33 and $ 2.44, respectively. As of October 2012, the authorized stock repurchase program was completed.

b.

Warrants issued to nonemployees:

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company granted warrants to purchase 25,000, 2,500 and 4,000 shares
at a weighted average exercise price of $ 2.92, $ 3.57 and $ 3.89 per share, respectively, in each case expiring seven years from the date
of grant. The Company recorded immaterial compensation expenses with respect to the grants of these warrants in accordance with ASC
505. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 5,000 warrants were exercised and during the year ended December 31, 2012, 10,000
warrants were forfeited. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, 32,500 and 26,500 warrants issued to consultants are outstanding, out of
which 17,500 and 22,500 warrants are exercisable, respectively.

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13:- EQUITY (Cont.)

c.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

In May 2001, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP" or "the Purchase Plan"), which
was  amended,  in  July  2007.  The  Purchase  Plan,  as  amended,  provides  for  the  issuance  of  up  to  6,500,000  ordinary  shares.  As  of
December 31, 2011, 1,761,317 shares were available for future issuance under the Purchase Plan. Eligible employees can have up to
10% of their wages, up to certain maximums, used to purchase ordinary shares. The Purchase Plan is implemented with purchases every
six months. The price of the ordinary shares purchased under the

Purchase Plan is equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the commencement date of each offering
period  or  on  the  semi-annual  purchase  date.  The  Purchase  Plan  is  considered  a  compensatory  plan.  Therefore,  the  Company  records
compensation  expense  in  accordance  with  ASC  718,  "Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation",  with  respect  to  purchases  under  the
Purchase Plan.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 288,515 shares were issued under the Purchase Plan for aggregate consideration of $ 1,187.
As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company's Board of Directors decided to suspend the Purchase Plan for the employees of the
Company's U.S subsidiary and the Purchase Plan for the Company and its non-U.S subsidiaries has expired.

d.

Employee Stock Option Plans:

In the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company's Board of Directors approved the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan that became effective
in January 2009. As of December 31, 2012, the total number of shares authorized for grant under this Plan is 660,979.

Stock options granted under the abovementioned plan are exercisable at the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the date of grant
and  usually  expire  seven  or  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  The  options  generally  vest  over  four  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  Any
options that are forfeited or cancelled before expiration become available for future grants.

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13:- EQUITY (Cont.)

The following is a summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information for the year ended December 31, 2012:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Amount 
of options

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
term (in 
years)

Aggregate 
intrinsic 
value

3,894,556    $

6.10     

4.2    $

1,824 

927,376    $
(52,125)   $
(540,375)   $
(452,400)   $

3,777,032    $

3,569,295    $

2,098,152    $

2.66     
1.97     
6.72     
10.16     

4.74     

4.74     

5.85     

4.0    $

4.0    $

2.5    $

1,477 

1,396 

753 

Outstanding at beginning of year
Changes during the year:

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Options outstanding at end of year

Vested and expected to vest

Options exercisable at end of year

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $ 1.96,
$  2.69  and  $  1.35,  respectively.  The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  in  the  table  above  represents  the  total  intrinsic  value  (the  difference
between the Company's closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of
in-the-money  options)  that  would  have  been  received  by  the  option  holders  had  all  option  holders  exercised  their  options  on  the  last
trading day of the fiscal year. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company's shares.

Total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2011  and  2012  was  $  2,946,  $  44  and  $  63,
respectively.

F-40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 13:- EQUITY (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The options outstanding as of December 31, 2012, have been separated into ranges of exercise prices, as follows:

Range of 
exercise 
price

$
$
$
$
$
$

0.00-1.10
1.50-2.51
2.57-4.00
4.08-6.49
6.51-9.24
9.32-14.76

Options 
outstanding 
 as of  
December 31, 
2012

50,816   
751,625   
1,377,885   
842,956   
153,750   
600,000   

3,777,032   

Weighted  
average  
remaining 
contractual 
 life
(Years)

4.53
4.34
5.79
3.16
4.52
0.56

4.0

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price

Options 
exercisable  
as of  
December 31, 
2012

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
of exercisable 
options

0.01     
2.03     
3.04     
5.51     
7.30     
10.70     

4.74     

49,691    $
420,875    $
337,649    $
634,812    $
55,125    $
600,000    $

2,098,152    $

0.01 
2.09 
3.06 
5.57 
7.13 
10.70 

5.85 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  Company's  restricted  share  units  ("RSUs")  activity  and  related  information  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2012:

Outstanding at beginning of year
Changes during the year:

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

RSUs outstanding at end of year

Number of 
shares

Weighted 
average grant 
date fair value  

264,684    $

70,215    $
(120,488)   $
(32,250)   $

182,161    $

4.89 

2.73 
4.97 
6.10 

3.79 

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010,  2011  and  2012,  the  share  based  compensation  expenses  related  to  the  RSUs  granted
amounted to $ 678, $ 786 and $ 435, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012, there was $ 2,020 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation
arrangements granted under the Company's stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
1.08 years.

e.

Dividends:

In the event that cash dividends are declared in the future, such dividends will be paid in NIS. The Company does not intend to pay cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. (See also Note 14a.)

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
    
  
    
    
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
      
    
 
   
      
      
  
 
      
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME

a.

Israeli taxation:

1.

Measurement of taxable income:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The  Company  has  elected  to  measure  its  taxable  income  and  file  its  tax  return  under  the  Israeli  Income  Tax  Regulations
(Principles  Regarding  the  Management  of  Books  of  Account  of  Foreign  Invested  Companies  and  Certain  Partnerships  and  the
Determination of Their Taxable Income), 1986. Accordingly, results for tax purposes are measured in terms of earnings in dollars.

2.

Tax benefits under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 ("the Investment Law"):

The Company's production facilities in Israel have been granted the status of an "Approved Enterprise" in accordance with the
Investment  Law  under  four  separate  investment  programs.  According  to  the  provisions  of  such  Israeli  Investment  Law,  the
Company  has  been  granted  the  "Alternative  Benefit  Plan",  under  which  the  main  benefits  are  tax  exemptions  and  reduced  tax
rates.

Therefore, the Company's income derived from the Approved Enterprise will be entitled to a tax exemption for a period of two
years and to an additional period of five to eight years of reduced tax rates of 10% - 25% (based on the percentage of foreign
ownership).  The  duration  of  tax  benefits  of  reduced  tax  rates  is  subject  to  a  limitation  of  the  earlier  of  12  years  from
commencement of production, or 14 years from the approval date. The Company utilized tax benefits from the first program in
1998 and has been no longer eligible for benefits since 2007.

As  of  December  31,  2012,  retained  earnings  included  approximately  $  540  in  tax-exempt  income  earned  by  the  Company's
"Approved Enterprise". The Company's Board of Directors has decided not to declare dividends out of such tax-exempt income.
Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided on income attributable to the Company's "Approved Enterprise".

Tax-exempt  income  attributable  to  the  "Approved  Enterprise"  cannot  be  distributed  to  shareholders  without  subjecting  the
Company to taxes.

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The  entitlement  to  the  above  benefits  is  conditional  upon  the  Company  fulfilling  the  conditions  stipulated  by  the  above
Investment  Law,  regulations  published  thereunder  and  the  letters  of  approval  for  the  specific  investments  in  "Approved
Enterprises".  In  the  event  of  failure  to  comply  with  these  conditions,  the  benefits  may  be  canceled  and  the  Company  may  be
required  to  refund  the  amount  of  the  benefits,  in  whole  or  in  part,  including  interest.  As  of  December  31,  2012,  management
believes that the Company is in compliance with all of the aforementioned conditions.

Income from sources other than the "Approved Enterprise" during the benefit period will be subject to tax at the regular tax rate
prevailing at that time.

On April 1, 2005, an amendment to the Investment Law came into effect ("the 2005 Amendment") that significantly changed the
provisions of the Investment Law. The 2005 Amendment limits the scope of enterprises that may be approved by the Investment
Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as a Beneficiary Enterprise including a provision generally requiring that at
least  25%  of  the  Beneficiary  Enterprise's  income  will  be  derived  from  export.  Additionally,  the  Amendment  enacted  major
changes  in  the  manner  in  which  tax  benefits  are  awarded  under  the  Investment  Law  so  that  companies  no  longer  require
Investment Center approval in order to qualify for tax benefits.

However, the Investment Law provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval already granted will remain
subject to the provisions of the Investment Law as they were on the date of such approval. Therefore, the Company's existing
"Approved Enterprises" are generally not subject to the provisions of the Amendment. As a result of the Amendment, tax-exempt
income generated under the provisions of the Investment Law, as amended, will subject the Company to taxes upon distribution
or liquidation and the Company may be required to record a deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income. As of
December 31, 2012, there was no taxable income attributable to the Beneficiary Enterprise.

In  December  2010,  an  amendment  to  the  Investment  Law  came  into  effect  ("the  2010  Amendment").  The  2010  Amendment
became  effective  as  of  January  1,  2011. According  to  the  2010  Amendments,  the  benefit  tracks  in  the  Investment  Law  were
modified  and  a  flat  tax  rate  applies  to  the  Company's  entire  preferred  income.  The  Company  can  elect  to  have  the  2010
Amendment apply to it. Once an election is made, the Company will be subject to the amended tax rates as follows: 2011 and
2012 - 15%, 2013 and 2014 - 12.5% and in 2015 and thereafter - 12%.

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The  Company  does  not  currently  intend  to  implement  the  2010  Amendment,  and  intends  to  continue  to  comply  with  the
Investment Law as in effect prior to enactment of the 2010 Amendment.

3.

Net operating loss carry forward:

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has cumulative losses for tax purposes in the amount of approximately $ 25,000, which
can be carried forward and offset against taxable income in the future for an indefinite period. As of December 31, 2012, the
Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $ 3,704 in respect of such carry forward tax losses, since it believes it is more likely
than not it will utilize carry forward tax losses.

As  of  December  31,  2012,  the  Company's  Israeli  subsidiaries  have  estimated  total  available  carry  forward  tax  losses  of
approximately $ 67,000. The net operating losses may be claimed and offset against taxable income in the future for an indefinite
period.

4.

Tax benefits under the law for the Encouragement of Industry (taxes), 1969 ("the Encouragement Law"):

The Encouragement Law, provides several tax benefits for industrial companies. An industrial company is defined as a company
resident in Israel, at least 90% of the income of which in a given tax year exclusive of income from specified Government loans,
capital gains, interest and dividends, is derived from an industrial enterprise owned by it. An industrial enterprise is defined as an
enterprise whose major activity in a given tax year is industrial production activity.

Management believes that the Company is currently qualified as an "industrial company" under the Encouragement Law and, as
such, enjoys tax benefits, including: (1) deduction of purchase of know-how and patents and/or right to use a patent over an eight-
year  period;  (2)  the  right  to  elect,  under  specified  conditions,  to  file  a  consolidated  tax  return  with  additional  related  Israeli
industrial companies and an industrial holding company; (3) accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings; and (4)
expenses  related  to  a  public  offering  on  the  Tel-Aviv  Stock  Exchange  and  on  recognized  stock  markets  outside  of  Israel,  are
deductible in equal amounts over three years.

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Eligibility for benefits under the Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any Governmental authority.
No assurance can be given that the Israeli tax authorities will agree that the Company qualifies, or, if the Company qualifies, that
the  Company  will  continue  to  qualify  as  an  industrial  company  or  that  the  benefits  described  above  will  be  available  to  the
Company in the future.

5.

Tax rates:

Taxable income of Israeli companies is subject to tax at the rate of 25%, 24% and 25% in the years ended December 31, 2010,
2011 and 2012, respectively.

On December 5, 2011, the Israeli Parliament (the Knesset) enacted the Law for Tax Burden Reform (Legislative Amendments),
2011 ("the Law") which, among others, cancels effective from 2012, the scheduled progressive reduction in the corporate tax rate.
The Law also increases the corporate tax rate to 25% in 2012. In view of this increase in the corporate tax rate to 25% in 2012,
the real capital gains tax rate and the real betterment tax rate were also increased accordingly.

The effective tax rate payable by a company which is taxed under the Investment Law may be considerably lower (see also Note
14 a2).

b.

Income (loss) before taxes on income is comprised as follows:

Domestic
Foreign

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

2010

2012

  $

  $

9,277    $
1,066     

5,632    $
2,047     

(2,555)
(727)

10,343    $

7,679    $

(3,282)

F-45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

c.

Taxes on income are comprised as follows:

Current taxes
Deferred taxes

Domestic
Foreign

d.

Deferred income taxes:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

2010

2012

  $

  $

  $

  $

436    $
(2,321)    

(1,885)   $

(1,617)   $
(268)    

(1,885)   $

890    $
(652)    

238    $

151    $
87     

238    $

527 
14 

541 

283 
258 

541 

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for
financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  Significant  components  of  the  Group's  deferred  tax
liabilities and assets are as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carry forward
Reserves and allowances

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance

Deferred tax asset

Domestic:

Short-term deferred tax asset
Long-term deferred tax asset

Foreign:

Short-term deferred tax asset
Long-term deferred tax asset

F-46

December 31,

2011

2012

50,413    $
8,283     

58,696     
(53,496)    

52,035 
7,016 

59,051 
(53,865)

5,200    $

5,186 

1,857    $
1,857     

3,714    $

743    $
743     

1,486    $

1,157 
2,547 

3,704 

463 
1,019 

1,482 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

AUDIOCODES LTD.

The Company's U.S. subsidiary has estimated total available carry forward tax losses of approximately $ 84,000 to offset against future
taxable income. These carry forward tax losses expire between 2020 and 2032. As of December 31, 2012, the Company's U.S subsidiary
recorded a deferred tax asset of $ 1,482 relating to the available net carry forward tax losses.

Utilization of U.S. net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the "change in ownership" provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses
before utilization.

e.

Reconciliation of the theoretical tax expenses:

A reconciliation between the theoretical tax expense, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory tax rate applicable to income of the
Company, and the actual tax expense (benefit) as reported in the statement of operations is as follows:

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

2012

2010

Income (loss) before taxes, as reported in the consolidated

statements of operations

  $

10,343 

  $

7,679 

  $

(3,282)

Statutory tax rate

25%   

24%   

25%

Theoretical tax expense (benefit) on the above amount at the Israeli

statutory tax rate

Income tax at rate other than the Israeli statutory tax rate
Tax advances, withholding tax and non-deductible expenses,

including equity based compensation expenses

Deferred taxes on losses for which a valuation allowance was

  $

  $

2,586 
327 

  $

1,843 
275 

646 

1,373 

provided

Valuation allowance recorded to APIC
Utilization of operating losses carry forward
Tax adjustment in respect of different tax rates
Taxes in respect to prior years
State and Federal taxes
Foreign exchange
Other

(3,855)    
181 
(2,846)    
- 
41 
90 
760 
185 

2,416 
(266)    
(3,233)    
(1,219)    
(54)    
93 
(901)    
(89)    

Actual tax expense (benefit)

  $

(1,885)   $

238 

  $

(821)
(55)

807 

369 
386 
- 
- 
(162)
48 
89 
(120)

541 

F-47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
AUDIOCODES LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 14:- TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.)

f.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits in the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows:

Gross unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2012

Increase in tax position for current year

Gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012

  $

  $

190 

8 

198 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expenses in the amount of $ 16, $ 9 and $ 7
for the years ended at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits does not include the
liability recorded for accrued interest and penalties of $ 189 and $ 196 at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The Company has received final tax assessment through the year 2006.

NOTE 15:- BASIC AND DILUTED NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

2012

2010

Numerator:

Net income (loss) attributed to Audiocodes’ shareholders

  $

12,126 

  $

7,164 

  $

(4,177)

Denominator:

Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average number

of ordinary shares, net of treasury stock

Effect of dilutive securities:
Employee stock options and ESPP
Senior convertible notes

40,559,759 

41,437,927 

39,125,129 

401,240 

497,170 

-*)   

-*)   

-*)
-*)

Denominator for diluted net earnings per share - adjusted weighted

average number of shares

40,960,999 

41,935,097 

39,125,129 

*) Antidilutive.

F-48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 16:- FINANCIAL INCOME (EXPENSES), NET

Financial expenses:

Interest
Amortization of marketable securities premiums and accretion of

discounts, net

Exchange rate
Others

Financial income -

Interest and others

NOTE 17:- GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

a.

Summary information about geographic areas:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

2010

2012

  $

(318)   $

(346)   $

-     
(99)    
(228)    

(416)    
(612)    
(133)    

(900)

(436)
(4)
(201)

(645)    

(1,507)    

(1,541)

551     

1,930     

  $

(94)   $

423    $

1,994 

453 

The Group manages its business on a basis of one reportable segment (see Note 1 for a brief description of the Group's business). The
data is presented in accordance with ASC 280, "Segment Reporting". Revenues in the table below are attributed to geographical areas
based on the location of the end customers.

The following presents total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and long-lived assets as of December 31,
2010, 2011 and 2012.

2010

2011

2012

Total
revenues

Long-
lived
assets

Total
revenues

Long-
lived
assets

Total
revenues

Long-
lived
assets

Israel
Americas
Europe
Far East

  $

19,223    $
71,538     
32,566     
26,713     

19,867    $
21,128     
66     
47     

11,887    $
85,630     
36,322     
21,988     

19,364    $
19,914     
125     
45     

7,773    $
66,443     
35,876     
17,398     

  $

150,040    $

41,108    $

155,827    $

39,448    $

127,490    $

19,450 
18,959 
119 
43 

38,571 

F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
      
   
      
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 17:- GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (Cont.)

b.

Product lines:

Total revenues from external customers divided on the basis of the Company's product lines are as follows:

AUDIOCODES LTD.

Technology
Networking

NOTE 18:- DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

Year ended  
December 31,
2011

2010

2012

  $

  $

45,266    $
104,774     

35,017    $
120,810     

24,673 
102,817 

150,040    $

155,827    $

127,490 

The  Group  enters  into  hedge  transactions  with  a  major  financial  institution,  using  derivative  instruments,  primarily  forward  contracts  and
options to purchase and sell foreign currencies, in order to reduce the net currency exposure associated with anticipated expenses (primarily
salaries and rent expenses) in currencies other than the dollar. The Group currently hedges such future exposures for a maximum period of one
year.  However,  the  Group  may  choose  not  to  hedge  certain  foreign  currency  exchange  exposures  for  a  variety  of  reasons,  including  but  not
limited  to  immateriality,  accounting  considerations  and  the  prohibitive  economic  cost  of  hedging  particular  exposures.  There  can  be  no
assurance the hedges will offset more than a portion of the financial impact resulting from movements in foreign currency exchange rates.

The Group records all derivatives in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The effective portions of cash flow hedges are recorded in
other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are adjusted to fair
value through earnings in financial income or expense.

The Group had a net deferred gain (loss) associated with cash flow hedges of $ (240) and $ 1,303 recorded in other comprehensive income as of
December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the hedged transactions are expected to occur within twelve months.

The Group entered into forward and options contracts that did not meet the requirement for hedge accounting. The Group measured the fair
value of the contracts in accordance with ASC 820 at level 2. The net gains recognized in "financial and other expenses, net" during the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were $ 200, $ 187 and $ 452, respectively.

F-50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIOCODES LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

NOTE 18:- DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Cont.)

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Group had outstanding forward and options collar (cylinder) contracts in the amount of $ 19,100 and
$ 33,600, respectively, which were designated as salary hedging contracts.

The fair value of the Group's outstanding derivative instruments and the effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationship on
other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, are summarized below:

Foreign exchange forward and
options contracts

Balance sheet

December 31,

2011

2012

Fair value of foreign exchange forward and options collar

"Other receivables and prepaid

(cylinder) contracts

expenses"

  $
  "Other payables and accrued expenses"   $

-    $
(240)   $

1,303 
- 

Gains (losses) recognized in OCI (effective portion)

  "Other comprehensive income"

  $

(1,062)   $

1,543 

The  effect  of  derivative  instruments  in  cash  flow  hedging  relationship  on  income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and  2012  is
summarized below:

Foreign exchange forward and
options contracts

Statements of
operations

Gain (loss) on derivatives recognized in OCI

  "Operating expenses"

Gain (loss) recognized in income on derivatives

"Operating expenses"

(effective portion)

Year ended 
December 31,

2011

2012

  $

  $

(205)   $

1,211 

857    $

(332)

NOTE 19:- SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In April 2013, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with its affiliated company MailVision. The closing of the transaction is
subject  to  customary  conditions  and  is  expected  to  occur  in  May  2013.  Pursuant  to  this  agreement,  the  Company  has  agreed  to  acquire
substantially all of MailVision’s assets for the following consideration: (i) $ 233 to be payable 12 months following the closing date; and (ii)
additional  earn  out  payments  will  be  paid  to  MailVision  subject  to  the  achievement  of  certain  levels  of  net  revenues  from  the  sale  of
MailVision’s products during a period of no longer than three years following closing. Payment can be made, at the Company discretion, in
either cash or ordinary shares. As additional for the transaction, on closing, the Company has agreed to waive repayment of any outstanding
loans owed made by the Company to MailVision and to assume specified liabilities of MailVision in the aggregate amount of approximately $
1,300. 

- - - - - - - - - - -

F-51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
   
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Document

4.17

4.18

4.19

4.20

4.21

4.22

4.23

4.24

4.25

4.26

4.27

4.28

12.1

12.2

13.1

13.2

15.1

101.1

‡

*

  Loan Requests, dated May 13, 2008, between First International Bank of Israel, as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.‡

  Loan Requests, dated September 27, 2011, between First International Bank of Israel, as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.‡

  Restated Undertaking Letter to First International Bank of Israel, dated May 6, 2008.‡

  Amendments to Undertaking Letter to First International Bank of Israel, dated September 15, 2009, February 16, 2009, September 26,

2011, December 29, 2011 and July 23, 2012.‡

  Letter Agreement, dated July 14, 2008, between Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd., as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.‡

  Secured Bond, dated July 14, 2008, delivered by AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower, in favor of Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd., as lender.‡

  Undertaking Letter to Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd, dated December 12, 2011.‡

  Deed of Pledge of Rights, dated December 12, 2011, delivered by AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower, in favor of Bank Mizrahi Tefahot

Ltd., as lender.‡

  Amendment to Undertaking Letter to Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd., dated July 23, 2012.‡

  Loan Requests, dated September 27, 2011, between Bank Leumi Israel Ltd., as lender, and AudioCodes Ltd., as borrower.‡

  Undertaking Letter to Bank Leumi Israel Ltd., dated December 12, 2011.‡

  Amendment to Undertaking Letter to Bank Leumi Israel Ltd., dated July 24, 2012.‡

  Certification of Shabtai Adlersberg, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002.

  Certification of Guy Avidan, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002.

  Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002.

  Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global.

Interactive Data Files (XBRL-Related Documents). *

English translation of Hebrew original.

In  accordance  with  Rule  406T  of  Regulation  S-T,  the  information  in  Exhibit  101  is  furnished  and  deemed  not  filed  or  a  part  of  a  registration
statement  or  prospectus  for  purposes  of  Sections  11  or  12  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  is  deemed  not  filed  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the
Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration
statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International

Att:

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd
Branch - 041 - Ramat Gan

Exhibit 4.17

Customer name: AudioCodes Ltd

Account No.: ###-######       Branch: 041

Loan No. 000000108    Date: May 13th 2008

Request for receipt of a loan in foreign currency

Within the framework of the general terms for administration of the account, the general terms for receipt of loans in Israeli currency and foreign currency
(hereinafter: “the general terms”) which were signed by us and subject to their terms, we request that you provide us with a loan in foreign currency as
follows:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Currency of the loan - foreign currency of type 01- US dollars

Sum of loan: 3,500,000.00

Date of provision of the loan - date of crediting the account with the sum of the loan.

Date of defrayal of the loan capital -

☒ Monthly payment

In 020 equal and consecutive payments
Totalling 175,000.00 each, every 3 months on the 13th of the month starting from August 2008 and the final payment totalling ______________
on _____________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐

☐

☐

Monthly payments - on the last day of the month
____ equal and consecutive payments
Totalling ________ each, every __month/s on the last day of the month starting from __________ and the final payment totalling
______________ on _____________.

One payment:
On ______________.

Various payments:
In payments and on dates as detailed in Form 26a attached as an appendix to this request.

5.

The interest on the loan

a.

Interest rate

☐

☒

Fixed interest - at a rate of _____% per annum (adjusted interest ______% per annum).

Variable interest - at a rate of rounded Libor interest, as defined in the general terms, plus a margin at a rate of 0.6500% per annum
(rounded Libor interest plus the margin on the date of the request is 3.4000% per annum, adjusted interest 3.5017% per annum).

2

 
 
 
b.

Dates of defrayal of interest

☐

☒

☐

On the date(s) of defrayal of the capital of the loan as detailed above.

Every 03 month/s on the 13th of the month starting from September 13th 2008 and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final
payment on account of the capital of the loan.

Every __ month/s on the ___ of the month starting from _________________ and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final
payment on account of the capital of the loan.

c.

Calculation of the interest

Notwithstanding that stated in the general rules, the interest on the loan in foreign currency in Sterling shall be calculated according to the
number of days in each period of interest as compared to a year of 365 days.

d.

Accrual of interest

☐

Accrual of interest in a “bullet” loan when both the capital and the interest are defrayed in one payment at the end of the term of the loan:
From the date of the loan and onwards, the interest on the loan capital shall be accrued and shall be added to the loan capital on each of
the following dates, and this shall also bear compound interest at a rate stated in Section 5 (a) above:

3

 
 
☐

☐

☐

Each _____ month/s on the ____ of the month starting from ___________.

Each _____ month/s on the last day of the month starting from ___________.

Accrual of interest during the period of deferral of interest payments (“grace”):
From the date of provision of the loan until the end of the “grace” period the interest on the capital of the loan shall accrue and shall be
added to the capital of the loan at the end of each period of 12 months, and shall also bear compound interest as stated in Section 5(a)
above.
At the end of the “grace” period the interest that accrued as aforementioned shall be deducted from the loan capital to which it was added
and shall be defrayed in full on the date of defrayal (unclear) in Section 5(b) above.

Stamp: The First International Bank
              of Israel Ltd (signature)

6.

Commissions

a.

Preparation and checking of the documents commissions totalling NIS 5300 which shall be paid on the date of provision of the loan. The sum of
the loan, for the purpose of determination of the commission shall be calculated in NIS according to the representative exchange rate on the date
of determination of the commission.*

4

 
 
b.

c.

d.

e.

Collection fees for the periodic (capital) return, totalling NIS 4.50 correct for today, that shall be paid on the date of defrayal of each payment
on account of the loan capital.

Additional expenses/charges collected in advance:
Stamp duty: NIS ________, other expenses NIS ___________

Exchange rate list price for purchase of the currency of the loan against charge of the checking account in Israeli currency, at a rate of _____%
of the minimum sum for payment ________ maximum _______ in currency ______________ correct for today (subject to another
arrangement, if there is such), that the payment for each period of defrayal for each payment of capital and/or interest.

The list price commission for recording a transaction in a foreign currency account totals NIS 1.21, for each transaction, minimum NIS 6.05 per
month correct for today (subject to another arrangement, if there is such) for registration of the loan in the account on the date of its provision
for every periodic return of the loan. The commission is collected at the start of every month, for the previous month.

5

 
 
7.

Effective cost

The effective cost of the loan is 3.5386% per annum.*

8.

Instructions for charging the account

a.

For the loan capital

☐
☒

Checking account in Israeli currency
Checking account in the currency of the loan

b.

For the interest on the loan

☐
☒

Checking account in Israeli currency
Checking account in the currency of the loan

c.

For the commissions

The commissions shall be charged, in any event, to the checking account in Israeli currency. If on the date of charge of any commission
whatsoever no account in our name shall be administered for a checking account in Israeli currency, within the framework of the account the
number noted above, you shall be permitted to charge on the abovementioned date a checking account in the currency of the loan also for the
sums of commission. The sum of the commission for the purpose of charging the foreign currency shall be calculated according to the
representative exchange rate of the currency of the loan on the date of charging the commission.

6

 
 
9.

Interpretation

The terms in this request shall have the meaning given to them in the general terms, unless stated explicitly otherwise.

For internal use

Audiocodes Ltd (signature)
Customer’s signature

* Commission for preparation/examination of documents and the effective cost is calculated pursuant to the sum of the loan according to the representative
exchange rate known on the date of transfer of this request.

Calculation of the commission and the final effective rate shall be executed according to the representative exchange rate that shall be published on the date of
trading on which the commission shall be paid.

1. To the customer 2. To the branch

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International

Att:

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd
Branch - 041 - Ramat Gan

Customer name: AudioCodes Ltd

Account No.: ###-######      Branch: 041

Loan No. 000000205        Date: May 13th 2008

Request for receipt of a loan in foreign currency

Within the framework of the general terms for administration of the account the general terms for receipt of loans in Israeli currency and foreign currency
(hereinafter: “the general terms”) which were signed by us and subject to their terms, we request that you provide us with a loan in foreign currency as
follows:

1.

2.

3.

Currency of the loan - foreign currency of type 01- US dollars

Sum of loan: 11,500,000.00

Date of provision of the loan - date of crediting the account with the sum of the loan.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.

Date of defrayal of the loan capital -

☒ Monthly payment

020 equal and consecutive payments
Totalling 575,000.00 each, every 3 months on the 13th of the month starting from August 2008 and the final payment totalling ______________
on _____________

Monthly payments - on the last day of the month
____ equal and consecutive payments
Totalling ________ each, every __month/s on the last day of the month starting from __________ and the final payment totalling
______________ on _____________.

One payment:
On ______________.

Various payments:
In payments and on dates as detailed in Form 26a attached as an appendix to this request.

☐

☐

☐

5.

The interest on the loan

a.

Interest rate

☐

☒

Fixed interest - at a rate of _____% per annum (adjusted interest ______% per annum).

Variable interest - at a rate of rounded Libor interest, as defined in the general terms, plus a margin at a rate of 1.5000% per annum
(rounded Libor interest plus the margin on the date of the request is 4.2500% per annum, adjusted interest 4.3924% per annum).

9

 
 
b.

Dates of defrayal of interest

☐

☒

☐

On the date(s) of defrayal of the capital of the loan as detailed above.

Every 03 month/s on the 13th of the month starting from August 13th 2008 and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final payment
on account of the capital of the loan.

Every __ month/s on the ___ of the month starting from _________________ and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final
payment on account of the capital of the loan.

c.

Calculation of the interest

Notwithstanding that stated in the general rules, the interest on the loan in foreign currency in Sterling shall be calculated according to the
number of days in each period of interest as compared to a year of 365 days.

d.

Accrual of interest

☐

Accrual of interest in a “bullet” loan when both the capital and the interest are defrayed in one payment at the end of the term of the loan:

10

 
 
  
☐

☐

☐

From the date of the loan and onwards, the interest on the loan capital shall be accrued and shall be added to the loan capital on each of
the following dates, and this shall also bear compound interest at a rate stated in Section 5 (a) above:

Each _____ month/s on the ____ of the month starting from ___________.

Each _____ month/s on the last day of the month starting from ___________.

Accrual of interest during the period of deferral of interest payments (“grace”):
From the date of provision of the loan until the end of the “grace” period the interest on the capital of the loan shall accrue and shall be
added to the capital of the loan at the end of each period of 12 months, and shall also bear compound interest as stated in Section 5(a)
above.
At the end of the “grace” period the interest that accrued as aforementioned shall be deducted from the loan capital to which it was added
and shall be defrayed in full on the date of defrayal (unclear) in Section 5(b) above.

Stamp: The First International Bank
           of Israel Ltd (signature)

11

 
 
6.

Commissions

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

Preparation and checking of the documents commissions totalling NIS 5300 which shall be paid on the date of provision of the loan. The sum of
the loan, for the purpose of determination of the commission shall be calculated in NIS according to the representative exchange rate on the date
of determination of the commission.*

Collection fees for the periodic (capital) return, totalling NIS 4.60 correct for today, that shall be paid on the date of defrayal of each payment
on account of the loan capital.

Additional expenses/charges collected in advance:
Stamp duty: NIS ________, other expenses NIS ___________

Exchange rate list price for purchase of the currency of the loan against charge of the checking account in Israeli currency, at a rate of _____%
of the minimum sum for payment ________ maximum _______ in currency ______________ correct for today (subject to another
arrangement, if there is such), that the payment for each period of defrayal for each payment of capital and/or interest.

The list price commission for recording a transaction in a foreign currency account totalling NIS 1.21, for each transaction, minimum NIS 6.05
per month correct for today (subject to another arrangement, if there is such) for registration of the loan in the account on the date of its
provision for every periodic return of the loan. The commission is collected at the start of every month, for the previous month.

12

 
 
7.

Effective cost

The effective cost of the loan is 4.4028% per annum.*

8.

Instructions for charging the account

a.

For the loan capital

☐
☒

Checking account in Israeli currency
Checking account in the currency of the loan

b.

For the interest on the loan

☐
☒

Checking account in Israeli currency
Checking account in the currency of the loan

c.

For the commissions

The commissions shall be charged, in any event, to the checking account in Israeli currency. If on the date of charge of any commission
whatsoever no account in our name shall be administered for a checking account in Israeli currency, within the framework of the account the
number of which is noted above, you shall be permitted to charge on the abovementioned date a checking account in the currency of the loan
also for the sums of commission. The sum of the commission for the purpose of charging the foreign currency shall be calculated according to
the representative exchange rate of the currency of the loan on the date of charging the commission.

13

 
 
9.

Interpretation

The terms in this request shall have the meaning given to them in the general terms, unless stated explicitly otherwise.

For internal use

Audiocodes Ltd (signature)
Customer’s signature

* Commission for preparation/examination of documents and the effective cost is calculated pursuant to the sum of the loan according to the representative
exchange rate known on the date of transfer of this request.

Calculation of the commission and the final effective rate shall be executed according to the representative exchange rate that shall be published on the date of
trading on which the commission shall be paid.

1. To the customer 2. To the branch

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International

Att:

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd
Branch: Ramat Gan

Customer name: AudioCodes Ltd
Clerk's Name: Sigalit
Date of printout: May 13th 2008

Customer’s instruction for deposit of a foreign currency deposit - non-renewable

Within the framework of the general rules for administration of an account that we signed (hereinafter: “the general terms”) we request to charge
on the date of deposit into our checking account in the currency of the deposit the sum of the deposit, and in return to deposit in our favour a deposit
of the aforementioned type for a term and on conditions as detailed hereinafter:

Currency of the
deposit
US$

Date of the deposit

Date of defrayal

May 13th 2008

August 13th 2008
Annual interest % 2.1%

Sum of the deposit in foreign currency (capital of
the deposit) 3.5M

1.

Deposit of the deposit

Account No.

#######

Type of
Account
506

Branch

041

Adjusted annual interest _____%

1.1. We are aware that the bank shall be permitted, at its discretion, not to execute this request, in the absence of a sufficient balance to execute it

and/or if there shall be in the opinion of the bank a legal preclusion or any other preclusion for its execution.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.2. A request that shall be received at the bank after a time that shall be determined by the bank, from time to time, at the end of the working day or
at another time for receipt of a request of this type of request for execution on that same foreign currency business day, the earliest between
them, or a request that shall be received at the bank on a day which is not a foreign currency business day, shall be executed on the first working
day in foreign currency after the date of the request, and this day shall be considered to be the date of the deposit.

In this document “a foreign currency business day” - a business day in the bank, in which the bank executes transactions in the currency of the
deposit, without limitation to the sums of the transactions and on which bank publishes transfers and cheques rates.

2.

The term of the deposit

The deposit shall be deposited for a period from the date of the deposit and until the date of the defrayal (not including this day).

3.

Interest on the deposit

The capital on the deposit shall bear fixed interest at a rate noted above, for the full term of the deposit in which the deposit was deposited in the
deposit account.

The interest on the deposit shall be calculated according to the number of days in the period of calculation of the interest as compared to a year of 365
days.

16

 
 
In the event that a deposit has been deposited for a period exceeding one year, the interest shall be calculated by annual compound interest.

4.

Date of defrayal of the capital of the deposit and the interest

The capital of the interest and the deposit shall be defrayed to us in one payment, on the date of defrayal noted above, in favour of our checking
account in the currency of the deposit.

5.

Prohibition of withdrawal prior to the date of defrayal

5.1. We shall not be permitted to withdraw the deposit or part of it other than on the date noted above, unless with the consent of the bank in advance

and in writing.

The bank shall be permitted to condition its consent on conditions that shall be determined by it including payment of the excess cost to the
bank, if there shall be such, as a result of withdrawal of the discount other than on the date of defrayal as aforementioned, and all taking into
consideration the damage that could be caused to the bank as a result of the aforementioned withdrawal.

5.2. Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, we are aware that in the event that the bank shall consent to withdrawal of the
deposit or part of it prior to the date of defrayal as aforementioned then, notwithstanding the aforementioned in this document above, we shall
not be entitled, inter alia, to interest on the sum withdrawn, for the period that passed from the date of the deposit and until the date of its
withdrawal.

17

 
6.

Deferral of dates of defrayal

In the event that the date of defrayal shall fall on a day that is not a foreign currency business day (as defined in Section 1 above) the date of defrayal
shall be deferred to the first working day in foreign currency following it, and the interest shall be calculated pursuant to the actual date of defrayal.

7.

Prohibition of transfer of rights

Our rights in regard to the deposit, in entirety or in part, shall not be transferred without the consent of the bank in advance and in writing.

8.

Tax deduction

If the duty by law, including foreign law, of withholding of any tax at source levy or other mandatory payment is imposed on the bank, then the sum of
the deposit and the interest on it shall be available to us on the date of defrayal only after deduction of tax as aforementioned.

Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the bank shall be permitted to charge our account for any sum that the bank shall be
required to transfer to an authorized authority for monies as aforementioned which were paid to us without withholding of any tax at source.

18

 
 
9.

Commission

The list price of the commission for recording a transaction in a foreign currency account (for deposit transactions and deposit defrayal) shall be
NIS1.21 for each transaction minimum NIS 6.95 per month, as of today (subject to another arrangement if there is such) and it shall be collected at the
start of the month following the execution of the transaction.

10.

Interpretations

In the event of a contradiction between the provisions of this document and the general terms, the provisions of this document shall have priority.

Audiocodes Ltd
(signature)
Customer’s signature

19

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.18

International

Att:

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd

Branch - 041 - Ramat Gan

Customer name: AudioCodes Ltd
Account No.: ###-######
Date: 27/09/2011
Loan No. 000000493

Request for receipt of a loan in foreign currency

Within the framework of the general terms for administration of the account, the general terms for receipt of loans in Israeli currency and foreign currency
(hereinafter: the "General Terms”) which were signed by us and subject to their terms, we request that you provide us with a loan in foreign currency as
follows:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Currency of the loan - foreign currency of type 01- US dollars

Sum of loan: 3,375,000.00

Date of provision of the loan - date of crediting the account with the sum of the loan.

Date of defrayal of the loan capital -

☒ Monthly payment

In 020 equal and consecutive payments

Totalling 160,700.00 each, every 3 months on the 27th of the month starting from September 2012 and the final payment totalling 161,000.00
on 27/09/2017.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐

Monthly payments - on the last day of the month

In ____ equal and consecutive payments

Totalling ________ each, every __month/s on the last day of the month starting from __________ and the final payment totalling
______________ on _____________.

☐

One payment:

On ______________.

☐

Various payments:

In payments and on dates as detailed in Form 26a attached as an appendix to this request.

5.

The interest on the loan

a.

Interest rate

☐

☒

Fixed interest - at a rate of _____% per annum.

Variable interest - at a rate of rounded Libor interest, as defined in the general terms, plus a margin at a rate of 3.1000% per annum
(rounded Libor interest plus the margin on the date of the request is 3.4750% per annum).

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b.

Dates of defrayal of interest

☐

☒

☐

On the date(s) of defrayal of the capital of the loan as detailed above.

Every 03 month/s on the 27th of the month starting from 27/12/2011 and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final payment on
account of the capital of the loan.

Every __ month/s on the ___ of the month starting from _________________ and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final
payment on account of the capital of the loan.

c.

Calculation of the interest

The interest shall be calculated in accordance with the General Terms, provided that the interest on a loan in foreign currency in Lira Sterling
shall be calculated according to the number of days in each period of interest as compared to a year of 365 days.

d.

Accrual of interest

☐

Accrual of interest in a “bullet” loan when both the capital and the interest are defrayed in one payment at the end of the term of the loan:

From the date of the loan and onwards, the interest on the loan capital shall be accrued and shall be added to the loan capital on each of
the following dates, and this shall also bear compound interest at a rate stated in Section 5 (a) above:

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐

☐

☐

Each _____ month/s on the ____ of the month starting from ___________.

Each _____ month/s on the last day of the month starting from ___________.

Accrual of interest during the period of deferral of interest payments (“Grace”):

From the date of provision of the loan until the end of the “Grace” period the interest on the capital of the loan shall accrue and shall be
added to the capital of the loan at the end of each period of 12 months, and shall also bear compound interest as stated in Section 5(a)
above.

At the end of the “Grace” period the interest that accrued as aforementioned shall be deducted from the loan capital to which it was
added and shall be defrayed in full on the date of defrayal (unclear) in Section 5(b) above.

Stamp: Audiocodes Ltd. /S/

6.

Commissions

a.

Preparation and checking of the documents commissions totalling NIS 3,312.50 which shall be paid on the date of provision of the loan. The
Shekel value of the loan sum, for the purpose of determination of the commission shall be calculated according to the known exchange rate on
the date of this request.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b.

c.

d.

Collection fees for the periodic return, totalling NIS 5.20 correct for today, that shall be paid on the date of defrayal of each payment on account
of the loan capital.

Tariff commission (subject to another arrangement, if such exist), for the recording of an activity in the account, for the recording of a loan on
the grant date and for any periodic refund of the loan.
As of today, the commission rate is-
In a foreign exchange checking account – 1.45NIS for any activity, minimum 7.25NIS per month.
In an Israeli checking account- 1.50NIS for any activity.
The commission is collected at the beginning of every month for the preceding month.

Exchange rate tariff commission (subject to another arrangement, if such exist) for purchase of the currency of the loan against charge of the
checking account in Israeli currency, at a rate of _____% of the minimum sum for payment ________ maximum _______ in currency
______________ correct for today, which shall be paid every repayment date for each payment of capital and/or interest.

e.

Other expenses/ charges collected in advance _____ NIS.

7.

Effective cost

The effective cost of the loan, when it is calculated by the relevant data on the request date is 3.5786% per annum.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.

Instructions for charging the account

a.

For the loan capital

☐

☒

Checking account in Israeli currency

Checking account in the currency of the loan

b.

For the interest on the loan

☐

☒

Checking account in Israeli currency

Checking account in the currency of the loan

c.

For the commissions

The commissions shall be charged to the checking account in Israeli currency, unless we were instructed otherwise. If on the date of charge of
any commission whatsoever no account in our name shall be administered for a checking account in Israeli currency, or in another currency
(which is not the loan currency) which we requested you to charge the abovementioned commissions, within the framework of the account the
number noted above, you shall be permitted to charge on the abovementioned date a checking account in the currency of the loan also for the
sums of commission. The sum of the commission for the purpose of charging the foreign currency shall be calculated according to the
representative exchange rate of the currency of the loan on the date of charging the commission.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.

Non Payment on Time

Without derogating from your right to immediate repayment of the loan according to the brought forth in the General Terms, any sum of the loan
payment that shall not be paid by us on the repayment date, shall bear interest as brought forth in the General Terms, which shall also accrue and bear
compounded interest as mentioned above, in the frequency and dates according to the dates of payment/ interest accrual or at the end of each calendar
quarter or upon any other period, all according to the bank's choosing and subject to the law.

10.

Early repayment

Early repayment of the loan, entirely or partially, prior to the dates prescribed for its repayment, shall be charged an early repayment charge and any
other charge, as shall be determined in the bank at the time of the early repayment.
If the Bank is permitted, according to the provisions of any law, to charge an early repayment commission and/ or any other payment of varying rates,
the Bank shall charge the greatest of them. Furthermore, the Bank shall be permitted to stipulate the early repayment by the payment of minimal
payment rates partially of the loan and/ or by giving a prior notice and/ or any other condition.

11.

Interpretation

The terms in this request shall have the meaning given to them in the general terms, unless stated explicitly otherwise.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/Audiocodes Ltd

Customer’s signature

  116459

  For internal use

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
International

Att:

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd

Branch - 041 - Ramat Gan

Customer name: AudioCodes Ltd
Account No.: ###-######
Date: 27/09/2011
Loan No. 000000302

Request for receipt of a loan in foreign currency

Within the framework of the general terms for administration of the account, the general terms for receipt of loans in Israeli currency and foreign currency
(hereinafter: the "General Terms”) which were signed by us and subject to their terms, we request that you provide us with a loan in foreign currency as
follows:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Currency of the loan - foreign currency of type 01- US dollars

Sum of loan: 3,375,000.00

Date of provision of the loan - date of crediting the account with the sum of the loan.

Date of defrayal of the loan capital -

☒ Monthly payment

In 020 equal and consecutive payments

Totalling 160,700.00 each, every 3 months on the 27th of the month starting from September 2012 and the final payment totalling 161,000.00
on 27/09/2017.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐

Monthly payments - on the last day of the month

In ____ equal and consecutive payments

Totalling ________ each, every __month/s on the last day of the month starting from __________ and the final payment totalling
______________ on _____________.

☐

One payment:

On ______________.

☐

Various payments:

In payments and on dates as detailed in Form 26a attached as an appendix to this request.

5.

The interest on the loan

a.

Interest rate

☐

☒

Fixed interest - at a rate of _____% per annum.

Variable interest - at a rate of rounded Libor interest, as defined in the general terms, plus a margin at a rate of 2.1000% per annum
(rounded Libor interest plus the margin on the date of the request is 2.4750% per annum).

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b.

Dates of defrayal of interest

☐

☒

☐

On the date(s) of defrayal of the capital of the loan as detailed above.

Every 03 month/s on the 27th of the month starting from 27/12/2011 and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final payment on
account of the capital of the loan.

Every __ month/s on the ___ of the month starting from _________________ and final payment on the date of defrayal of the final
payment on account of the capital of the loan.

c.

Calculation of the interest

The interest shall be calculated in accordance with the General Terms, provided that the interest on a loan in foreign currency in Lira Sterling
shall be calculated according to the number of days in each period of interest as compared to a year of 365 days.

d.

Accrual of interest

☐

Accrual of interest in a “bullet” loan when both the capital and the interest are defrayed in one payment at the end of the term of the loan:

From the date of the loan and onwards, the interest on the loan capital shall be accrued and shall be added to the loan capital on each of
the following dates, and this shall also bear compound interest at a rate stated in Section 5 (a) above:

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
☐

☐

☐

Each _____ month/s on the ____ of the month starting from ___________.

Each _____ month/s on the last day of the month starting from ___________.

Accrual of interest during the period of deferral of interest payments (“Grace”):

From the date of provision of the loan until the end of the “Grace” period the interest on the capital of the loan shall accrue and shall be
added to the capital of the loan at the end of each period of 12 months, and shall also bear compound interest as stated in Section 5(a)
above.

At the end of the “Grace” period the interest that accrued as aforementioned shall be deducted from the loan capital to which it was
added and shall be defrayed in full on the date of defrayal (unclear) in Section 5(b) above.

Stamp: Audiocodes Ltd. /S/

6.

Commissions

a.

Preparation and checking of the documents commissions totalling NIS 3,312.50 which shall be paid on the date of provision of the loan. The
Shekel value of the loan sum, for the purpose of determination of the commission shall be calculated according to the known exchange rate on
the date of this request.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b.

c.

d.

Collection fees for the periodic return, totalling NIS 5.20 correct for today, that shall be paid on the date of defrayal of each payment on account
of the loan capital.

Tariff commission (subject to another arrangement, if such exist), for the recording of an activity in the account, for the recording of a loan on
the grant date and for any periodic refund of the loan.
As of today, the commission rate is-
In a foreign exchange checking account – 1.45NIS for any activity, minimum 7.25NIS per month.
In an Israeli checking account- 1.50NIS for any activity.
The commission is collected at the beginning of every month for the preceding month.

Exchange rate tariff commission (subject to another arrangement, if such exist) for purchase of the currency of the loan against charge of the
checking account in Israeli currency, at a rate of _____% of the minimum sum for payment ________ maximum _______ in currency
______________ correct for today, which shall be paid every repayment date for each payment of capital and/or interest.

e.

Other expenses/ charges collected in advance _____ NIS.

7.

Effective cost

The effective cost of the loan, when it is calculated by the relevant data on the request date is 2.5414% per annum.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.

Instructions for charging the account

a.

For the loan capital

☐

☒

Checking account in Israeli currency

Checking account in the currency of the loan

b.

For the interest on the loan

☐

☒

Checking account in Israeli currency

Checking account in the currency of the loan

c.

For the commissions

The commissions shall be charged to the checking account in Israeli currency, unless we were instructed otherwise. If on the date of charge of
any commission whatsoever no account in our name shall be administered for a checking account in Israeli currency, or in another currency
(which is not the loan currency) which we requested you to charge the abovementioned commissions, within the framework of the account the
number noted above, you shall be permitted to charge on the abovementioned date a checking account in the currency of the loan also for the
sums of commission. The sum of the commission for the purpose of charging the foreign currency shall be calculated according to the
representative exchange rate of the currency of the loan on the date of charging the commission.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.

Non Payment on Time

Without derogating from your right to immediate repayment of the loan according to the brought forth in the General Terms, any sum of the loan
payment that shall not be paid by us on the repayment date, shall bear interest as brought forth in the General Terms, which shall also accrue and bear
compounded interest as mentioned above, in the frequency and dates according to the dates of payment/ interest accrual or at the end of each calendar
quarter or upon any other period, all according to the bank's choosing and subject to the law.

10.

Early repayment

Early repayment of the loan, entirely or partially, prior to the dates prescribed for its repayment, shall be charged an early repayment charge and any
other charge, as shall be determined in the bank at the time of the early repayment.

If the Bank is permitted, according to the provisions of any law, to charge an early repayment commission and/ or any other payment of varying rates,
the Bank shall charge the greatest of them. Furthermore, the Bank shall be permitted to stipulate the early repayment by the payment of minimal
payment rates partially of the loan and/ or by giving a prior notice and/ or any other condition.

11.

Interpretation

The terms in this request shall have the meaning given to them in the general terms, unless stated explicitly otherwise.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/S/Audiocodes Ltd

Customer’s signature

  116459

  For internal use

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.19

Date: May 6th 2008

Att:

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd (hereinafter: “the bank”)
Ramat Gan Branch

Dear Sir or Madam,

Whereas Audiocodes Ltd (hereinafter: “the company”) benefits from credit and various banking services (hereinafter: “the credit”);

And whereas the company has approached you with a request to increase its credit, that is, to grant a credit line for long term loans and you approved the
aforementioned credit line, for a sum that shall not exceed 15,000,000 dollars on the terms detailed in the credit line approval attached as Appendix A
(hereinafter: “the loans”);

And whereas Shabtai Adlersberg holds shares in the company and is a stakeholder in the company as detailed in his report to the Securities Authority in the
United States in February 2008 attached as an integral part of this document and according to the definition of the term “stakeholder” in the Securities Law
5728-1968 (hereinafter: “the stakeholder”);

And whereas as one of the terms for provision of the loans the bank has demanded that the company and the stakeholder shall sign on this document and the
undertakings detailed hereinafter, and the company and the stakeholder have consented to this.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Now therefore the company declares and undertakes vis-à-vis the bank that for an long as there shall be debts and undertakings of the company vis-à-vis the
bank for provision of the loans, all the following shall be imposed:

1.

The company shall comply at all times with the terms and the financial ratios hereinafter, which shall be examined pursuant to the company’s
consolidated quarterly financial reports (the annual reports shall be audited pursuant to US GAAP or other regulatory rules which shall come in their
stead).

1.1.

The company’s equity capital according to the financial reports as shall be detailed hereinafter shall be no less than a total of 25,000,000 dollars
and the percentage relative to the total of the balance sheet shall not be less than 15%. Starting from the balance sheet of December 31st 2009
the company’s capital equity, as detailed hereinafter, shall be no less than a total of 30,000,000 dollars and its percentage relative to the balance
sheet shall not be less than 15%.

The equity capital - as it appears in the company’s financial reports (including inter alia the company’s redeemed equity capital, capital funds,
the balance of the profit which were undesignated less the cost of the company shares held by it or by subsidiaries plus/less any other clause
included within the framework of the equity capital clause in the financial reports) plus the deferred owners loans, less the loans provided to
affiliated parties, less intangible assets as they shall appear in the company’s financial reports.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
[In this matter, affiliated parties, are according to their meaning in Manifesto No. 29 as regards affiliated parties of the Institute of Certified
Public Accountants in Israel.]

Sums that shall be deducted from the equity capital for the purpose of calculation the equity capital as defined above, shall be deducted also
from the total of the balance sheet for the purpose of calculating its percentage, as required in the preface to Section 1.1 above.

1.2.

The total of the company’s bank financing undertakings shall not exceed $30,000,000. It is hereby clarified that the company’s 2% Senior
Convertible Notes Due 2024 (“Convertible Notes”) shall not be taken into account as financing undertakings. The loan shall not be a senior
convertible note of the company.

The bank financing undertakings are defined as loans (short term and long term) from banks and other financial institutions.

1.3.

The accrued operating capital (US GAAP) for the last 4 quarters starting from December 31st 2008 shall not be less than a total of $3,000,000.
Notwithstanding the aforementioned, a loss of up to $3,000,000 for an accounting record for the value of the benefit grossed up by granting
options to employees pursuant to FAS123 shall not constitute a breach of the criteria.

1.4. Up to the date of realization of the options for redemption of the convertible notes (Security No. 050732AB2) (hereinafter: “the bond”) in

November 2009, the inclusive sum received in cash (as defined hereinafter) plus investments (as defined hereinafter) shall not be less at any
time than 120,000,000 dollars. The balance of the cash shall not be less at any time than 15,000,000 dollars.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From the date of redemption of the bond the inclusive bond received from the company’s chargeable customers plus cash and plus investments
shall not be less at any time than a total of 40,000,000 dollars whereby the inclusive sum received from cash plus investments shall not be less
at any time than a sum of 20,000,000 dollars and the cash balance shall not be less at any time than 15,000,000 dollars.

Cash - as it appears in the company’s financial reports includes cash and cash equivalent, short term deposits for a term of up to one year.

Investment - long term deposits up to two years, negotiable bonds ranked A+ for a term of up to two years.

1.5. Notwithstanding the aforementioned in Section 1.2 above, in the event that the total bank financing of the company shall not exceed 15,000,000
dollars, the inclusive sum received from cash plus investments shall not be less at any time than a sum of 10,000,000 dollars, and including the
company’s receivable customers no less than 20,000,000 dollars.

The company declares that as of the date of signature on this document it is complying with the terms and the financial ratios determined in Section 1
above.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.

3.

4.

The company undertakes that inasmuch as the regulatory rules that shall be implemented differ from those implemented by it on the date of signature
on this letter of undertaking, the company shall approach the bank in order to correlate its undertakings pursuant to Section 1 above to the changes
derived from the implementation of the rules. In the event that the company and the bank shall not reach an agreement in regard to the changes
required within 30 days from the date that the company contacted the bank or within another time period to be determined by the parties, this shall be
cause for immediate defrayal of the company’s debts and undertakings.

There shall be no change to the holdings of the stakeholder in the company as such that he shall decrease his holdings under the percentage of holdings
required pursuant to the Securities Law 5728-1968 for the purpose of defining a stakeholder, without the consent of the bank in advance and in writing.

Loans that the company has received and/or shall receive from the stakeholder in the company (hereinafter: “owners loans”) shall be inferior and
deferred from the company’s debts and obligations to the bank for provision of the loans, and that the company’s debts and undertakings vis-à-vis the
bank for provision of the loans shall have priority as compared to the owners loans as they shall be at any time. To avoid doubt, it is hereby clarified
that the services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company “as a functionary” of the company, including as Chairman of the
Board of Directors, President and/or CEO of the company, shall not be considered as owners loans, and the company’s debts and undertakings vis-à-vis
the bank shall not have priority as compared to these services, and the company shall be permitted to pay the stakeholder for these services without any
restriction.

5

 
 
 
 
 
5.

6.

The company undertakes not to pay management fees, dividends, interest payments and/or any other payment to shareholders, and not to defray
owners loans or any part of them until all the sums due from it have been defrayed in full to the bank for provision of the loans, and for as long as all
the company’s debts and undertakings shall not be defrayed in full to the bank for provision of the loans. To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that the
company is not restricted (a) in purchase of company shares and/or convertible bonds of the company on condition that the company complies with the
terms and financial ratios determined in Section 1 above; (b) in payment of interest and/or other payments imposed and/or shall be imposed on the
convertible note.

We hereby declare that as of the date of signature on this document (apart from that detailed in the Registrar of Companies report) we have not created
any pledge and any lien of any type whatsoever on any asset whatsoever of our assets and we have not provided any guarantee whatsoever in favour of
any third party whatsoever, and also we have not undertaken to create a pledge and/or lien and/or to provide a guarantee as aforementioned, and all
apart from the guarantees during the normal course of business and bank guarantees (which were not provided against them, by us, guarantees that are
not during the normal course of business and/or other securities whatsoever).

6

 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding the aforementioned in this section, the company shall be permitted to create a floating lien in favour of other banks, and a first degree
fixed lien on monetary deposits that shall be deposited from time to time in those same banks on condition that prior to the creation of the liens, a pari
passu agreement shall be signed between the banks in regard to the division of the considerations from realization of the liens.

To avoid doubt it shall be clarified that in the event that the company shall create any other security to guarantee its debts vis-à-vis another bank
whereby between it and the bank a pari passu agreement shall be signed as aforementioned, the company shall also create that same security in favour
of the bank.

We hereby undertake that we shall not sell and/or transfer and/or hand over and/or lease and/or rent (hereinafter, jointly and severally - transfer) any
assets whatsoever (including monies), of any shape or form whatsoever, as they are extant at present and as they shall be in the future in entirety or in
part, from our ownership and/or our possession for a continuous period of 12 months, whereby the value of the assets exceeds 1 million US dollars (or
equivalent value in foreign currency and/or in NIS), not during the normal conduct of business and for full remuneration to third parties (including any
of them who are our shareholders directly or indirectly), without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

We hereby undertake that we shall not execute purchases/investments of any type whatsoever of/in companies and/or of/in assets and in any way
whatsoever, whether indirectly or directly, whereby the sum of the purchase/investment exceeds 10 million US dollars (or the equivalent value in
foreign currency and/or in NIS, pursuant to the cost of the investment) for a continuous period of 12 months, without notice to the bank in writing and
in advance. Notice to the bank shall not be given before a notice to the public if such shall be required.

7.

8.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
9.

The company shall present to the bank close to receipt of its request, ongoing documents and information as regards the company businesses and its
financial status without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the bank shall receive, inter alia, starting from the date of signature on
this document ongoing reports as follows:

9.1. Within 180 days from December 31st of each year the company shall transfer to the bank all its financial reports for December 31st of the year

that has ended, whereby the abovementioned reports are audited by an external CPA.

9.2. Within 75 days from the last day of each of the months March, June, September and December of every year the company shall transfer to the

bank all the company notices to the press as regards a summary of the financial reports relating to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of
each of the abovementioned months including a report on changes to equity capital which were made pursuant to accepted accounting principles
(US GAAP).

9.3. Within 30 days from the last day of each quarter the company shall transfer to the bank receivables data (including customers in Israel,

overseas, various receivables and debts to creditors with priority) and debit balances to the banking system. The data shall relate to the last day
of each quarter.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
9.4. Within 30 days from the last day of each quarter the company shall transfer to the bank a report of the composition of the company’s

investments portfolio including the ranking of the securities composing the company’s investments portfolio. The report shall be signed by the
company and include reference by the company as to their compliance with the criteria as detailed in Section 1.4 above.

9.5.

In the event that the company shall prepare additional financial reports in Israel and overseas, audited or unaudited and/or additional financial
reports such as prospectuses, business plans and so forth, presented to any entities whatsoever in Israel or overseas and published by the
company, the company shall transfer copies of these reports to the bank immediately on their preparation.

9.6. Without derogating from the aforementioned in this section, the bank representatives shall be permitted to meet with the company’s CPA at any

time at their request for the purpose of ascertaining the data regarding the financial status of the company.

For the purpose of this document the term “financial reports” shall be interpreted as - balance sheet, profit and loss report, cash flow report, changes to
equity capital report including annotations to them which were prepared and audited pursuant to accepted accounting rules (US GAAP).

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.

11.

12.

13.

The company shall inform the bank immediately of any claim or legal proceeding exceeding a sum of one million dollars of any type whatsoever
which have been filed or have been opened with a court, tribunal or any other judicial institution, in Israel or overseas.

The company is aware that in any event of breach of one or more of its undertakings pursuant to this document including in the event of a breach
derived from implementation of regulatory rules that are different to those implemented by it on the date of signature on this letter of understanding, in
entirety or in full, then further to any other relief that the bank shall be entitled to pursuant to any document that has been signed and/or shall be signed
by the company and subject to the company’s right to remedy these breaches if and inasmuch that it exists and/or subject to any law, the bank shall be
permitted, but not obligated, to defray immediately the sums due to it from the company for provision of the loans, in entirety or part of them, and to
realize any security and/or guarantee provided to it by the company and/or for it.

All the company’s and the stakeholder’s undertakings pursuant to this document and all the bank’s rights pursuant to it are in addition to and
independent of the undertakings, the securities and the guarantees that the bank received and/or shall receive from the company and/or from the
stakeholder and/or from either of them and they shall not influence them and shall not be influenced by them.

The bank’s waiver of any prior breach whatsoever or any prior non-compliance whatsoever of one or more of the undertakings to them, whether that
same undertaking is incorporated in this document or whether it is incorporated or shall be incorporated in any other document whatsoever, shall not be
considered as justification for an additional breach or an additional non-compliance of any condition or undertaking as aforementioned; and the bank’s
abstention from use of any right whatsoever given to it pursuant to any document whatsoever and/or pursuant to any law, shall not be interpreted as a
waiver of that same right.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
14.

To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that nothing stated in this document shall derogate or diminish in any way whatsoever from any undertaking by the
company and/or the stakeholder and/or either of them vis-à-vis the bank and/or any right or obligation whatsoever of the bank vis-à-vis the company
and/or vis-à-vis the stakeholder pursuant to a general current loan account contract and any other document which has been signed and/or shall be
signed by them and/or by any of them.

Yours sincerely,

(signature)

(signature)

Stamp:

Audiocodes Ltd

Public Co. 520044132

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I the undersigned, a shareholder/stakeholder and company CEO of Audiocodes Ltd (hereinafter: “the company”) confirm and undertake to you as follows:

1.

2.

3.

I confirm my consent to provide the aforementioned undertakings by the company.

I undertake not to cause or to agree to a change in the percentage of my holdings in the company, which shall decrease my holdings to less than the
percentage of holdings required pursuant to the Securities Law, 5728-1968 as regards the definition of a stakeholder, including by way of transfer of
shares and/or allocation of shares and/or in any other fashion and to change the identity of the stakeholder as such that it shall cause the company to
breach its abovementioned undertakings.

I agree and undertake that the loans that the company has received and/or shall receive from me (hereinafter: “the owners loans”) shall be inferior and
deferred from the company’s debts and undertakings to the bank for provision of the loans and that the company’s debts and undertakings vis-à-vis the
bank for provision of the loans shall have priority as compared to the company’s debts to me for the owners loans as they shall be from time to time,
and that the company and/or its representative and/or on its behalf shall pay and defray to the bank all its debts and undertakings to the bank, and this
before defrayal of the owners loans as they shall be at that time. To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that the services that the stakeholder provides
and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the company, including as chairman of the board of directors, president and/or company
CEO, shall not be considered as owners loans, and the company’s debts and obligations vis-à-vis the bank shall not have priority as compared to these
services and the company shall be permitted to pay the stakeholder for these services without any restriction.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
4.

5.

Without derogating from the aforementioned in Section 3 above I hereby undertake not to request and not to receive from the company by any method
whatsoever payments on account of the defrayal of the owners loans, or any part of them, for as long as the company’s debts and undertakings have not
been defrayed in full to the bank for the provision of the loans. To avoid doubt, it is hereby clarified that the company shall be permitted to pay the
stakeholder for services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the company, including as chairman of
the board of directors, president and/or company CEO without any restriction.

I hereby undertake that in the event that for any reason whatsoever I shall receive any payment whatsoever on account of defrayal of the owners loans,
and this when at that time you have not received defrayal of the company’s debts and undertakings in full to you for the provision of the loans, I shall
pay and defray to you any sum that shall be paid to me and/or that I shall receive on account of defrayal of the owners loans as aforementioned.

6.

My aforementioned undertakings shall be rescinded on the cancellation of the company’s aforementioned undertaking without any further notice.

Date: May 6th 2008

  Name: Shabtai Adlersberg

  Signature:  (Signature)

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Confirmation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors

I the undersigned Shabtai Adlersberg, Chairman of the Board of Directors of AudioCodes Ltd (hereinafter “the company”) hereby confirm the following:

1.

2.

3.

The company has resolved to undertake vis-à-vis the First International Bank in Israel Ltd (hereinafter: “the bank”) to guarantee defrayal of the loans;
the undertakings detailed in the document attached to this confirmation are an integral part of it thereof.

The company Board of Directors confirm that all the approvals required by law and pursuant to the incorporation documents of the company have been
received for the undertakings detailed in Section 1 above.

Mr Shabtai Adlersberg, ID. ######### whose position is Chairman and CEO and Mr Nachum Falek, ID. ######### whose position is VP Finance
have been authorized to sign on any documents required and that shall be required by the bank in regard to execution of the abovementioned
resolutions.

(signature)

Signature of Chairman

May 6th 2008
Date

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I the undersigned Itamar Rosen, the company attorney, hereby confirm as follows:

Confirmation of Attorney

1.

2.

3.

4.

This document has been signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Mr Shabtai Adlersberg, who is known to me personally.

The resolutions detailed above were passed lawfully, pursuant to the documents of incorporation of the company.

All the approvals required by law have been received, including pursuant to the provisions imposed on “Transactions with Stakeholders”, if and
inasmuch as they are imposed, for ratification of the transactions detailed in Section 1 above.

The signatures of the gentlemen detailed in Section 3 above together with the company stamp bind the company in the matter of the undertakings
detailed in Section 1 above, including reporting to the Registrar of Companies on behalf of the company.

May 6th 2008
Date

(signature)

Stamp:  Itamar Rosen, Adv
                      No. 24634

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The First International Bank of Israel

Exhibit 4.20

Date: 15.09.2009

To:

AudioCodes Ltd.

Whereas

Whereas

Whereas

Subject: Undertaking to Comply with Financial Covenants

on the date 6.5.08, you signed in our favor a letter of undertaking to comply with financial covenants and other terms, as brought forth in
the letter of undertaking attached to this letter of ours (hereinafter the "Financial Covenants").

on the date 25.11.08, you signed an amendment to the financial covenants (hereinafter the "First Amendment") and on the date 16.2.09
you signed on an additional amendment of the financial covenants (hereinafter the "Second Amendment");

and you approached us requesting our approval that until the date 31.3.10 you will not comply with the financial term set forth in Section
1.3 of the Financial Covenants, as amended in the Second Amendment and that the Second Amendment shall cease to be time limited and
shall become a permanent amendment of the text in Section 1.3 of the Financial Covenants.

Therefore, at the request of the company, the bank hereby notifies that it is willing to suspend until the date 31.3.10 its right to call for immediate repayment
of  the  company's  debts  due  to  the  company's  non  compliance  with  Section  1.3  of  the  Financial  Covenants.  The  bank  further  agrees  to  that  the  Second
Amendment shall become a permanent amendment of Section 1.3 of the Financial Covenants.

It shall be clarified, this approval may not derogate from the bank's right to call for immediate repayment of the company's debts and undertakings, at any
time, including during the suspension period, for any other cause. Furthermore, this approval cannot derogate from the bank's rights towards you according to
any document or by the law.

The bank's abovementioned approval shall go into effect subject to the receipt of the company's written approval to the brought forth in this document.

Subject to the forgoing, all other terms brought forth in the Financial Covenants document and the first and second amendments shall stay in full force and
without change. 

Respectfully,

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd.

Business Department

/S/ G. Arad

/S/ Bozer Yehuda

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To:

The First International Bank Israel Ltd.

We the undersigned approve our consent to the bank's terms as brought forth in the document and undertake to act accordingly. 

Exhibit 4.20

__________

Audiocodes Ltd.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.20

Date: 16/2/09

To: 
The First International Bank of Israel Ltd. 
Branch Ramat Gan

Dear Sir or Madam,

Whereas

Whereas

Whereas

and  Audiocodes  Ltd.  (hereinafter  the  "Company")  received  and/  or  is  going  to  receive  from  the  First  International  Bank  of  Israel  Ltd.
(hereinafter the "Bank") credit and various banking services (hereinafter the "Credit");

as one of the terms to the provision of the Credit, the Company signed on the date 6.5.2008 a letter of undertaking to comply with financial
covenants (hereinafter the "Commitment Letter");

according  to  Section  1.3  of  the  Commitment  Letter  we  undertook,  inter  alia,  that  our  cumulative  operating  profit  for  the  4  last  quarters
starting on the date 31/12/2008 shall be no less than a sum of $3,000,000;

Whereas

the Bank and the Company agreed to add a clarification to Section 1.3 of the Commitment Letter, as follows.

Therefore, the Company represents and warrants towards the Bank as follows:

Until the date 31/12/2009 expenses due to amortization of non tangible assets shall not be taken into account of the calculation of the operating profit.

All other commitments of the Company according to the Commitment Letter shall stay in force.

Respectfully, 
/S/ Audiocodes Ltd. 
Company's signature

We approve the abovementioned

__________

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.20

Date: September 26th 2011

Att:
The First International Bank of Israel Ltd
Ramat Gan Branch

Re: Undertaking to comply with financial criteria - amendment of criteria

Whereas

we, Audiocodes Ltd, benefit from credit and various bank services provided to us by the First International Bank of Israel Ltd
(hereinafter: “the bank”), based on, inter alia, our signature on May 6th 2008 on a letter of undertaking to comply with financial
criteria as it was amended on November 25th 2008, February 16th 2009 and September 15th 2009 (the original letter of undertaking
and the amendments shall be called hereinafter: “the letter of undertaking”);

And whereas:

we have requested from you additional long term credit (hereinafter: “the additional credit”);

And whereas:

for  the  purpose  of  approving  the  request  for  the  additional  credit  you  have  requested  inter  alia  an  amendment  to  the  letter  of
undertaking as noted hereinafter and we have agreed to this;

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Therefore, we declare and undertake the following:

1.

Starting from the date of our signature on this document the following changes shall be imposed on the letter of undertaking:

1.1. Our undertakings as detailed in the letter of undertaking shall apply for as long as our obligations and undertakings vis-à-vis the bank for any

credit that we have received and/or shall receive from the bank and they shall be applicable in regard to any credit that we have received and/or
shall receive from the bank.

Therefore, in any place in the letter of undertaking in which there is a reference to “loans” as defined in the letter of undertaking, this shall be
replaced with a reference to “credit”.

1.2.

The second paragraph of the letter of undertaking, which starts with the words: “And whereas the company has approached you with a request
to increase the credit” and ends with the words: “on the terms detailed with approval of the credit line attached as Appendix A (hereinafter: “the
loans”);” shall be deleted.

1.3.

The first sentence of Section 1.1, which starts with the words: “The company’s equity capital” and ends with the words: “shall not be less than
15%” shall be deleted and in its place the following sentence shall be added:

“The company’s equity capital pursuant to the financial reports as detailed hereinafter shall not be less than 40,000,000 dollars and its
percentage as compared to the total balance sheet shall not be less than 25%.”

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.4. At the end of Section 1.3, the following sentence shall be added:

“Expenses for the reduction of intangible assets shall not be taken into account when calculating the operating profit”.

1.5.

The second sentence in Section 1.4, which starts with the words: “From the date of defrayal of the bond” and ends with the words “15,000,000
dollars” shall be deleted and in its place the following paragraph shall be added:

“From the date of defrayal of the convertible bond in entirety the overall sum received from the company’s receivable customers plus cash and
plus investments shall not be less at any time than 50,000,000 dollars whereby the overall sum received from cash plus investments shall not be
less at any time than 30,000,000 dollars and the balance of the cash shall not be less at any time than 15,000,000 dollars.”

1.6.

The definition of the term “investments” in Section 1.4 shall be deleted and in its place the following definition shall be added:

“Investments” - long term deposits up to two years, negotiable bonds ranked A for a period of up to 3 years.”

1.7.

Section 5 shall be deleted and in its place the following section shall be added:

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“The company undertakes not to pay management fees, dividends, interest payments and/or any other payment to shareholders, and shall not
defray owners loans or any part of them until the sums due from it shall be defrayed in full to the bank for the provision of credit and for as long
as the obligations and undertakings of the company to the bank for provision of the credit shall not be defrayed in full.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned in this section, the company shall be permitted at any time to take any permitted action, as defined
hereinafter, subject to, at any time and even after execution of the permitted action, the company complying with all its undertakings as detailed
in Section 1 above.

Permitted action

(1)

(2)

Permitted distribution, as defined in the Companies Law, 5759-1999 (including by way of purchase of company shares, at an accrued
sum that shall not exceed a total of 25 million dollars).

Payments to the stakeholder for services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the
company, including as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and/or company CEO.

2.

As to the rest of the sections of the letter of undertaking there shall be no change and they shall remain in full force for as long as our obligations and
undertakings vis-à-vis the bank shall be extant.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.

We shall request similar consent from additional banks to which we have undertaking financial undertakings, whereby the terms shall not have priority
and/or harm and/or shall contradict the terms of this consent.

We undertake and declare that in the event that we shall undertake vis-à-vis another bank undertakings that shall have priority and/or shall harm and/or
contradict our undertakings pursuant to the letter of undertaking and the amendment as detailed in this document (hereinafter: “the priority
undertaking”), then we shall approach the bank in order to amend our undertakings pursuant to the letter of undertaking such that they shall not be
inferior as compared to the priority undertaking.

4.

We are aware that the consent of the bank to amend the letter of undertaking shall not derogate from our other undertakings vis-à-vis the bank
including any other criteria detailed in the letter of undertaking.

(signature)
Audiocodes Ltd

Att:
The First International Bank of Israel Ltd

I confirm the content of the above letter.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Furthermore I confirm that my undertakings pursuant to the letter of undertaking which I signed on May 6th 2008 shall be applicable in regard to any credit
(as defined in the letter of undertaking), including the additional credit, as defined in this document above, which Audiocodes Ltd (hereinafter: “the
company”) received from the bank and/or shall receive from the bank, not only as regards the “loans”, as defined in the letter of undertaking, and they shall
be applicable for as long as there are obligations and undertakings by the company vis-à-vis the bank as a result of the credit (as defined in the letter of
undertaking), including the additional credit, as defined in this document above.

(signature)
Shabtai Adlersberg

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
The First International Bank of Israel

Exhibit 4.20

Date: 29.12.11

To:

AudioCodes Ltd. (the "Company")

Dear Sirs,

Whereas

Subject: Commitment to Comply with Financial Covenants

the  First  International  Bank  of  Israel  Ltd.  (the  "Bank")  provided  the  Company  with  credit  and  various  banking  services  (the  "Credit")
relying on, inter alia, the Company's signature on 6.5.2008 on the letter of commitment to comply with financial covenants as amended on
the dates 25.11.2008, 16.2.2009, 15.9.2009 and 26.9.2011 (the original commitment letter and its amendments shall hereinafter be referred
to as the "Commitment Letter");

Whereas

the Company is not complying with the financial covenants brought forth in Section 1.2 of the Commitment Letter;

Whereas

in light of the Company's non compliance with its commitments set forth above, the Bank is entitled to demand immediate repayment of the
loan (hereinafter the "Referenced Cause");

Whereas

at the request of the Company, the Bank agreed not to act upon its right;

Therefore, at the request of the Company, the Bank confirms that it will not act upon its right to call for immediate repayment with respect to the financial
statements for year of 2011 and for the quarterly statements the first quarter of the year 2012 (the "Determining Statements”) due to the Referenced Cause,
and  this  is  subject  to  that  the  Company  shall  return  to  comply  with  all  its  commitments  pursuant  to  the  Commitment  Letter  (including  the  commitment
brought forth in Section 1.2 of the Commitment Letter) in its quarterly statements second quarter for the year of 2012.

If the abovementioned condition was not fulfilled on the date set out for it, the Bank shall be permitted to demand the immediate repayment of the credit for
the Referenced Cause.

It is hereby clarified that the abovementioned Bank's approval is limited to the Referenced Cause and in relation solely to the Determining Statements, and is
subject to the fulfillment of the abovementioned condition, and it cannot derogate from the Bank's right to demand the immediate repayment of the credit for
any other cause.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, if any third party shall demand the immediate repayment of the Company's debt to it based on the Referenced Cause,
fully or partially, then the Bank shall also be permitted to demand the immediate repayment.

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Bank's consent shall not be viewed as an amendment of the Commitment Letter and all of the conditions set
forth in the Commitment Letter remain in effect.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Respectfully,

The First International Bank of Israel Ltd.

/S/ The First International Bank of Israel Ltd

Ramat- Gan Branch

/S/ Carmi Alon

/S/ Hanan Arbel

Exhibit 4.20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The First International Bank of Israel

Exhibit 4.20

Date: 23.07.2012

To:

AudioCodes Ltd. (the "Company")

Dear Sirs,

Whereas

Whereas

Whereas

Subject: Commitment to Comply with Financial Covenants

the  First  International  Bank  of  Israel  Ltd.  (the  "Bank")  provided  the  Company  with  credit  and  various  banking  services  (the  "Credit")
relying on, inter alia, the Company's signature on 6.5.2008 on the letter of commitment to comply with financial covenants as amended on
the dates 25.11.2008, 15.9.2009, 16.2.2009, 26.9.2011 and 29.12.2011 (the original commitment letter and its amendments shall hereinafter
be referred to as the "Commitment Letter");

the Company notified the Bank that it is not expected to comply with the financial covenants set forth in Section 1.3 of the Commitment
Letter based on the data in the financial statements for the second quarter of 2012; and

in light of the likelihood of the Company not complying with its commitments set forth above, the Bank is entitled to demand immediate
repayment of the loan (hereinafter the "Referenced Cause") and at the request of the Company the Bank agreed to suspend its right as set
forth below;

Therefore,  at  the  request  of  the  Company,  the  Bank  confirms  that  it  is  willing  to  suspend  its  right  to  call  for  immediate  repayment  due  to  the  Referenced
Cause, with respect to the financial statements for the period beginning from the end of the second quarter of the year 2012 and until the date the 2013 annual
report is published, subject to fulfillment of the following cumulative conditions:

1. Depositing deposits as an additional collateral to guarantee the Credit, according to the following terms:

1.1. Until the date 31.7.2012, there shall be deposited in account number ###### which is managed in the name of the Company in the Bank's branch
041 (the "Account"), deposits which have a security value, according to reliance rates which shall be determined from time to time by the Bank, of
no less than USD$ 500,000.

1.2. In addition to the security deposit mentioned in Section 1.1 and without derogating from it, until the date of 30.9.2012, there shall be deposited in
the Account deposits which have a security value, [according to reliance rates which shall be determined by the Bank from time to time,] of no less
than USD$ 500,000

(The deposits which shall be deposited as a security according to Sections 1.1. and 1.2 shall be referred to hereinafter as the "New Deposits");

1.3. Each time the Company shall deposit the New Deposits or parts thereof as set forth in Sections 1.1 and 1.2, the Company shall sign an offset and

lien document regarding the funds which are used as a security, according to the form attached to this document as Addendum A.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.20

1.4. The security value of the New Deposits shall be no less until 29.9.2012 than the sum of- USD$ 500,000 and starting from 30.9.2012 the sum of-

USD$ 1,000,000.

(USD$ 500,000 and USD$ 1,000,000 shall hereinafter be referred to, as applicable, as the "Determining Amount")

The Bank shall determine from time to time, at its own discretion, the reliance rates for the New Deposits.

As long as the total value of security of the New Deposits, as calculated according to reliance rates as updated from time to time, shall be less than the
relevant Determining Amount, the Company shall provide the Bank with additional security to the Bank's satisfaction so that the security value of the New
Deposits and the additional security as determined by the Bank shall be no less the relevant Determining Amount.

2.

Improvement of the Operating Profit Data

The Company shall meet the criteria set forth below, which shall reflect an improvement to the operating profit and a transition from a negative operating
profit (the "Loss"), according to the second quarter 2012 reports to a positive operating profit for the year 2013, as follows:

According to the data of the second quarter of 2012 - the Loss shall be no greater than USD$ 1,300,000.

According to the amount obtained from the information of the third quarter of 2012 with the additional information of the fourth quarter of 2012- the
Loss shall be no greater than USD$ 3,700,000.

According to the first quarter 2013 information - positive operating profit.

According to the second quarter 2013 information - positive operating profit.

According to the third quarter 2013 information - positive operating profit which shall be no less than USD$ 1,500,000.

It shall be clarified that notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.3 to the Commitment Letter, until the publication of the reports of the third quarter of
2013, an expense not exceeding USD$ 650,000 per quarter, in respect to the accounting treatment of the intrinsic value of options to employees applied
solely in accordance to FAS123, shall not be deemed a breach of the undertaking in the abovementioned section.

After  the  publication  of  the  third  quarter  of  2013  reports,  and  provided  that  the  Company  will  meet  with  all  of  the  provisions  in  this  document,  the
commitment test set forth in Section 1.3 of the Commitment Letter shall be done according to the original undertaking version, that is, loss that shall not
exceed USD$ 3,000,000 for the last four quarters each time, for accounting treatment of the intrinsic value of options to employees applied solely in
accordance to FAS123, shall not constitute a breach of the criteria.

3. The Existing Liens

To guarantee the Credit, inter alia, the Company has created in favor of the Bank, liens on deposits deposited in the Account and which are registered as
lien No. 1 and lien No. 5 in its review report (the "Existing Liens").

Whereas the credit is expected to be partially repaid during the suspension period, the Company shall commit by its signature at the edge of this letter
that  during  the  suspension  period  the  Company  shall  not  request  of  the  Bank  to  reduce  the  amount  of  pledged  deposits  with  the  Existing  Liens.  The
Existing Liens shall continue to ensure the entire Credit as shall be at any time in accordance to the original terms.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.20

Notwithstanding the forgoing, if partial repayments shall be made, the Company shall be permitted to request the Bank to reduce the amount of pledged
deposits  with  the  Existing  Liens  subject  to  simultaneously  creating  in  favor  of  the  Bank  a  lien  on  Foreign  Securities,  as  defined  below,  and/  or  on
securities traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange whose total security value according to the reliance rates as determined by the Bank at such time shall
be no less than the requested reduction amount.

It shall be clarified that what is stated in this section does not require the Company and/ or the Bank to any changes in the terms of the Existing Liens and
does not require the Bank to agree to the Company's request to reduce the amount of pledged deposits with the Existing Liens. To the extent that the
Company shall make such requests from the Bank, the Bank shall consider and shall be permitted to grant or deny such a request, and/or to stipulate its
consent according to certain conditions which shall be determined by the Bank at any such relevant time.

Foreign Securities- for purposes of this document, bonds with a duration that shall not exceed 3 years, which are traded outside of Israel and are rated by
the rating agencies Moody's and/or S&P with a rating of (-A) and higher.

If one of the above criteria is not complied with at the prescribed date, the Bank may demand immediate repayment of the Credit for the Referenced Cause.

It is hereby clarified that the mentioned approval of the Bank is limited to the Referenced Cause and solely with respect to the reports from the end of the
second quarter of the year of 2012 and until the publication date of the annual reports of 2013, and it does not derogate from the Bank's right to demand the
immediate repayment of the Credit for any other cause, including during the suspension period.

Notwithstanding  the  forgoing,  if  any  third  party  demands  immediate  repayment  of  the  entire  debt,  or  a  portion  of  the  debt,  of  the  Company  due  to  the
Referenced Cause then the Bank may also demand the immediate repayment of the Credit.

For the avoidance of doubt, it is emphasized that except as provided above in Sections 1, 2 and 3, and as detailed in those sections only, the Bank's consent
may not be viewed as an amendment of the Commitment Letter and all of the conditions set forth in the Commitment Letter remain in effect.

Respectfully,

The First International Bank of Israel

Ramat- Gan Branch

/S/ Tankel Liat

/S/ Hanan Arbel

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The First International Bank of Israel

Addendum A

Exhibit 4.20

Branch__________

Date__________

Offset and Lien Document for Funds Used as Security

Whereas

Whereas

and the undersigned (the "Account Holders") owe and/or may be in debt towards the Bank, from time to time, either as main debtors or as
guarantors, the debt sums as defined herein; and

it has been agreed between the Account Holders and the Bank that in order to ensure the debt amount the Bank shall have the following
specified rights;

Now, therefore, the Account Holder irrevocably declares and confirms the following:

1. Definitions:

In this document the following terms shall have the following meaning:

"Bank"- the First International Bank of Israel Ltd. and any one of its branches or offices which exist on the date of this document or that shall be opened
in the future, either in Israel or outside of Israel.

"Account Holders"- those who are listed in the Bank's books, at any relevant date, as the account holders.

"Debt Amount"- all of the sums that are owed, and that shall be owed, to the Bank from the Account Holders from time to time, in any event or case,
including for credit, including principal, interest, linkage differentials (if those shall exist, due to the linkage of the principal and the interest, or any of
them,  to  any  exchange  rate,  or  to  the  consumer's  price  index  or  to  any  other  index),  commissions,  taxes  and  expenses.  The  Debt  Amount  includes
amounts that are due, or shall be due, from the Account Holders, either as main debtors or as guarantors, either in their name, or in their business's name,
or by any other name, either by the current composition of the Account Holders and either by any other composition, either if the owed sums are owed or
shall be owed by the Account Holders together or separately, whether if by the Account Holder alone or from the Account Holders with another/others,
including in another account of the Account Holders at the Bank. The Debt Amounts include sums as aforesaid whether they are a fixed amount and
whether they are not fixed, whether they shall be paid by the Account Holder directly or indirectly, in a specific way, on condition or any other way,
whether their date of repayment has arrived and whether the date of repayment has yet to have arrived, including for checks and/ or signed bills, in their
endorsement or guaranteeing, whether if the aforesaid sums, or parts of the sum, were adjudged by any judicial authority or not, and including a case of a
conditional charge where the condition or conditions has/ have yet to have been met.

"Credit"-  either  in  Israeli  currency  or  in  foreign  currency,  either  in  the  country  or  out  of  the  country,  including  return  credit,  one-time  credit,  loans,
overdrafts, documentary credit, providing of guarantees or letters of indemnification, handling of cargo notes, actions in securities, discounting notes,
note purchasing, note brokering, advance payments, provision of extensions, purchase of risk participation, future transactions and any transaction, or
service, or any other action of any sort, which as a result form, or are capable of forming, any debts or obligations of the Account Holders to the Bank.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.20

2. To ensure the Debt Amount, the Bank shall have the right, lien and offset over all of the funds which have been/will be agreed upon between the Bank
and the Account Holders, from time to time, that will serve as a security for the Debt Amount, entirely or partially, either in Israeli currency or foreign
currency,  which  are  owed  or  which  shall  be  owed  to  the  Account  Holders,  whether  alone  or  together  with  others,  in  any  way  or  claim,  for  their
consideration, its income], including on the rights of the Account Holders related to all these, and including on rights owed to the Account Holders for
future transactions (hereinafter all shall together and separately be referred to as the "Financial Collateral").

3. As long as the Account Holders have not repaid the Bank the entire Debt Amount, the Account Holders shall not be permitted to withdraw the financial

guarantees or parts thereof, without the Bank's consent.

The Bank shall be permitted to retain the Financial Collateral, entirely or partially, until the complete clearing of the Debt Amount.

4. The Account Holders shall not be permitted to pledge or mortgage under any priority, to transfer, impart, sell, endorse, or assign the Financial Collateral
or  their  rights  that  derive  from  the  Financial  Collateral  or  parts  thereof,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  either  for  consideration  or  not  for  consideration
without having received for this prior written approval of the Bank. Actions of the Account Holder that contradict this section shall be considered null
and void from the outset.

5. A. Without limiting the Bank's rights according to this document, the Bank shall be permitted (but not obligated), from time to time, without the need of
prior notification, to set-off any amount of the Debt Amount which has reached its maturity date (including any amount of the Debt Amount which has
reached its maturity date due to immediate repayment and/or acceleration of repayment in accordance to the law and/or as agreed upon with the Account
Holders) against the financial guarantees, entirely or partially, even prior to the maturity date of the Financial Collateral that are to be set-off against.

B. To exercise its aforementioned rights, the Bank is permitted, inter alia, to sell any sum of foreign currency which consists a portion of the Financial
Collateral and/or to purchase foreign currency for the clearing the Debt Amount or parts thereof, and this is according to a rate of transfers and assigns or
any other rate as customary by the Bank, with a deduction or addition, as applicable, of exchange commission and any tax, excise, compulsory payments
or other payments.

6. The Account Holders shall have no action or claim of any type or kind against the Bank for any of the actions listed in this document, including due to
the Bank's exercise of rights date and due to the consideration that has been received on account of the Financial Collateral. Without derogating from the
generality of the aforesaid, the Account Holders are aware that in cases where the Bank shall use its forgoing rights prior to the repayment date of the
Financial Collateral, entirely or partially, their rights may be harmed according the terms of the deposit of that collateral, including their rights to interest,
linkage differences, exchange rate differences, benefits, loans, exemption from taxes and other rights, and they exempt the Bank from any responsibility
for damage and/or loss which may be caused as a result of the aforesaid Bank's exercise of rights.

7. The provisions of this document are irrevocable and may not be terminated or changed without the prior consent of the Bank to that, as the Bank's rights

are dependent on it.

8. The  Bank's  rights  as  of  this  document  are  in  addition  to  its  rights,  including  lien  and  set-off,  by  any  law,  according  to  the  general  terms  of  account
management and/or the general debit agreement], and by any other document which has been signed or will be signed by the Account Holders towards
the Bank, and this document does not derogate any right which has been granted to the Bank by any law or any other document.

9. This document obligates all of the signatories jointly and severally.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.20

In witness the Account Holders signed:

________________________                                         _____________________

Details of the financial securities, correct as of the date _____________________

Account Number

  Deposit

  Amount

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.21

Date: July 14th 2008

Att:
Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd (hereinafter: “the bank”)
Branch 018

Dear Sir or Madam,

Whereas AudioCodes Ltd (hereinafter: “the company”) approached us with a request for long term loans totalling 15,000,000 dollars which will be provided
to the company account No. ###### (hereinafter: the loans”);

And whereas Shabtai Adlersberg holds company shares and is a stakeholder in the company as detailed in his report to the Securities Authority in the United
States in February 2008 attached as an integral part of this letter and as the term “stakeholder” is defined in the Securities Law 5728-1968 (hereinafter: “the
stakeholder”);

And whereas as one of the conditions of provision of loans the bank has requested that the company and the stakeholder shall sign on this document and on
the undertakings detailed hereinafter, and the company and the stakeholder agreed to this;

Therefore, the company declares and undertakes vis-à-vis the bank that for as long as the company has obligations and undertakings vis-à-vis the bank for
provision of the loans, all the following shall be imposed:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.

The company shall comply at all times with the conditions and the financial criteria hereinafter, which shall be examined pursuant to the company’s
quarterly consolidated financial reports (the annual reports shall be audited pursuant to US GAAP or various rules of standardization that shall replace
them).

1.1.

The company’s equity capital according to the financial reports as detailed hereinafter shall not be less than 25,000,000 dollars and its
percentage as compared to the total balance sheet shall not be less than 15%. Starting from the balance sheet of December 31st 2009 the
company’s equity capital, as detailed hereinafter, shall not be less than 30,000,000 dollars and its percentage compared to the balance sheet shall
not be less than 15%.

Equity capital - as it appears in the company’s financial reports (including inter alia the company’s defrayed equity capital, capital funds,
balance of the undesignated profit less the cost of the company shares held by it or by subsidiaries and plus/less any other clause included
within the framework of the company equity clause in the financial reports) and plus deferred owners loans, and less loans given to affiliated
parties and less intangible assets as they shall appear in the company’s financial reports.

[In this matter, affiliated parties is as defined in Manifesto No. 29 in regard to affiliated parties, by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
Israel.]

Sums that shall be deducted from the equity capital for the purpose of calculating the equity capital as defined above, shall also be deducted
from the total balance sheet for the purpose of calculating its percentage, as required in the preface of Section 1.1 above.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.2.

The company’s total bank financial undertakings shall not exceed $30,000,000. It is hereby clarified that the company’s 2% Senior Convertible
Notes Due 2024 (“convertible notes”) shall not be considered as financial undertakings. Without derogating from that stated in Sections 4-5
hereinafter, the company shall be permitted to defray the current payments due from it to its creditors including to the convertible note holders
and this during the regular course of business and pursuant to the agreements with them and the dates detailed therein. The aforementioned shall
not derogate from the fact that the bank is a secured creditor and therefore at the time of realization of liens given by the company in favour of
the bank the secured creditors (including the bank) shall collect from the considerations of the realization the monies due to them before
unsecured creditors including the convertible note holders.

The bank financial undertakings are defined as loans (short term and long term) from banks and other financial institutions.

1.3.

The accrued operating profit (US GAAP) for the last 4 quarters starting from December 31st 2008 shall not be less than $3,000,000.
Notwithstanding the aforementioned, a loss of up to $3,000,000 that shall be caused for an accounting record for the value of the benefit
entailed in granting options to employees pursuant to FAS123 shall not constitute a breach of the criteria.

3

 
 
 
 
 
1.4. Until the date of realization of the options for defrayal of the convertible note (Security No. 050732AB2) (hereinafter:”the bond”) in November
2009, the overall total received in cash (as defined hereinafter) plus investments (as defined hereinafter) shall not be less at any time than
120,000,000 dollars; the balance of cash shall not be less at any time than 15,000,000 dollars.

From the date of defrayal of the bond the overall sum received from receivable customers of the company plus cash plus investments shall not
be less at any time than 40,000,000 dollars whereby the overall sum received from cash plus investment shall not be less at any time than
20,000,000 dollars and the balance of the cash shall not be less at any time than 15,000,000 dollars.

Cash - as it appears in the company’s financial reports including cash and cash equivalents, short term deposits for a period of up to one year.

Investments - long term deposits up to two years, convertible bonds ranked A+ for a period of up to two years.

The company declares that as of the date of signature on this document it is complying with the terms and the financial ratios determined in Section 1
above.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.

3.

4.

The company undertakes that inasmuch as it shall apply accounting rules that are different than those applied by it on the date of signature on this letter
of undertaking, the company shall approach the bank to correlate its undertakings pursuant to Section 1 above with the changes derived from the
application of the rules. In the event that the company and the bank shall not reach an agreement in regard to the changes required within 30 days from
the date that the company approached the bank or within another period determined between the parties, this shall be cause to consign the company’s
obligations and undertakings for immediate defrayal.

If there shall be no change to the stakeholder’s holdings in the company as such that he shall reduce his holdings to under the percentage of the
holdings required pursuant to the Securities Law 5728-1968 for the purpose of definition of a stakeholder, without the consent of the bank in advance
and in writing.

The loans which the company received and/or shall receive from the stakeholder in the company (hereinafter: “the owners loans”) shall be inferior and
deferred from the company’s obligations and undertakings to the bank for provision of the loan, and the obligations and undertakings of the company
vis-à-vis the bank for provision of the loans shall have priority as compared to the owners loans as they shall be at any time. To avoid doubt, it is
hereby clarified that the services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the company, including as the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and/or company CEO, shall not be considered as an owners loan, and the company’s obligations and
undertakings vis-à-vis the bank shall not have priority as compared to these services, and the company shall be permitted to pay the stakeholder for
these services without any restriction.

5

 
 
 
 
 
5.

6.

The company undertakes not to pay management fees, dividends, interest payments and/or any other payment to shareholders, and not to defray
owners loans or any part of them until the sums due from it to the bank for provision of the loans shall be defrayed in full, and for as long as the
company’s obligations and undertakings to the bank shall not be defrayed in full for provision of the loans. To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that the
company is not restricted (a) in buying company shares and/or the company’s convertible notes on condition that the company is complying with the
terms and financial ratios determined in Section 1 above; (b) the payment of interest and/or other payments is imposed and/or shall be imposed on the
convertible note.

We hereby undertake that we shall not sell and/or transfer and/or deliver and/or lease and/or rent (hereinafter jointly and severally - transfer) any assets
whatsoever (including monies), in any shape or form, as they are at present and as they shall be in the future, in entirety or in part, from our ownership
and/or our possession during an entire consecutive period of 12 months, whereby the value of the assets exceeds 1 million US dollars (or equivalent in
foreign currency and/or in NIS), which is not during the regular course of business and in return for full consideration to third parties (including to
those who are our shareholders directly or indirectly), without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

6

 
 
 
 
7.

8.

We hereby undertake that we shall not execute purchases/investments of any type whatsoever of/in companies and/or of/in assets and in any form
whatsoever, whether indirectly or directly, whereby the sum of the purchase/investment exceeds 10 million US dollars (or equivalent in foreign
currency and/or in NIS, pursuant to the type of investment) during a consecutive period of 12 months, without notifying the bank in writing and in
advance. A notice to the bank shall not be given before a notice to the public if such shall be required.

The company shall provide the bank close to receipt of its request for such, reports, documents and current information in regard to the company’s
business and its financial status. Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the bank shall be provided with, inter alia, starting
from the date of signature on this document current reports as follows:

8.1. Within 180 days from December 31st of each year the company shall transfer to the bank all its financial reports for December 31st of the year

ending, whereby the aforementioned reports are audited by an external CPA.

8.2. Within 75 days from the last day of each of the months March, June, September, December of each year the company shall transfer to the bank

all the company’s notices to the press regarding the summary of the financial reports relating to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of
each of the aforementioned months including an amendment report as regards the equity capital which were prepared according to accepted
accounting principles (US GAAP).

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
8.3. Within 30 days from the last day of each quarter the company shall transfer to the bank details of receivables (including customers in Israel,

overseas, various receivables and its debts to creditors with priority) and debit balances in the banking system. The figures shall relate to the last
day of each quarter.

8.4. Within 30 days from the last day of each quarter the company shall transfer to the bank a report on the composition of the company’s

investment portfolio including the ranking of the securities constituting the company’s investment portfolio. The report shall be signed by the
company and shall contain the company’s reference to its compliance with the criteria detailed in Section 1.4 above.

8.5.

If the company shall prepare additional financial reports in Israel and overseas, audited or unaudited and/or additional financial reports such as
prospectuses, business plans and so forth, presented to any entities whatsoever in Israel or overseas and published by the company, the company
shall transfer to the bank copies of these reports immediately that they are prepared.

8.6. Without derogating from the above-mentioned in this section, the bank’s representatives shall be permitted to meet with the company’s CPA at

any time at their request for the purpose of ascertaining the financial status of the company.

For the purpose of this document the term “financial reports” means - balance sheet, profit and loss report, cash flow report, amendments to
equity capital report including annotations which were prepared and audited pursuant to the accepted rules of accounting (US GAAP).

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.

10.

The company shall inform the bank immediately in regard to any claim or legal proceeding exceeding one million dollars of any type whatsoever that
has been filed or has been opened in a court, tribunal or in any other judicial institution, in Israel or overseas.

The company is aware that in any event of a breach of one or more of its undertakings pursuant to this document, including in the event of a breach
derived from application of rules of regulation different from the rules implemented by it on the date of signature on this undertaking, in part or in full,
then in addition to any other relief that the bank shall be entitled to pursuant to any document signed and/or that shall be signed by the company and
subject to the company’s right to remedy these breaches if and inasmuch as they exist and/or subject to any law, the bank shall be permitted, but not
obligated, to consign for immediate defrayal the sums due to it from the company for provision of the loans, in entirety or in part, and to realize any
security and/or guarantee provided to it and/or for it by the company.

11.

Any undertaking by the company and the stakeholder pursuant to this document and all the bank’s rights pursuant to it are in addition to and
independent from the undertakings, securities and guarantees that the bank received and/or shall receive from the company and/or from the stakeholder
and/or from either of them, and shall not affect them and shall be not be affected by them.

9

 
 
 
 
 
12.

13.

The bank’s waiver for any prior breach whatsoever or for any previous non-compliance whatsoever of one or more of the undertakings to it, whether
that same undertaking is included in this document or whether it is included or shall be included in any other document whatsoever, shall not be
considered as justification for an additional breach or additional non-compliance with any term or undertaking as aforementioned; and the avoidance of
the bank from realization of any right whatsoever awarded to it pursuant to any document whatsoever and/or pursuant to any law, shall not be
interpreted has a waiver of that same right.

To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that nothing stated in this document shall derogate or diminish in any way whatsoever any undertaking by the
company and/or of the stakeholder and/or either of them vis-à-vis the bank and/or from any right or duty whatsoever by the bank vis-à-vis the
company and/or vis-à-vis the stakeholder pursuant to agreements with the bank including the general terms for administering an account, general terms
for credit activity and any other document which has been signed and/or shall be signed by them and/or by any of them.

Yours sincerely

(signature)
Company signature

(signature)

Stamp: AudioCodes Ltd

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I the undersigned, am the shareholder/stakeholder and Company CEO of Audiocodes Ltd (hereinafter: “the company”) confirm and undertake to you as
follows:

1.

2.

3.

I confirm my consent to provision of the aforementioned undertakings by the company.

I undertake not to cause or to agree to a change in the percentage of my holdings in the company, which would reduce my holdings to under the
percentage of holdings required pursuant to the Securities Law, 5728-1968 for the purpose of definition of a stakeholder, including by way of transfer
of shares and/or allocation of shares and/or by any other method and to change the identity of the stakeholder as such that it shall cause the company to
breach its undertakings as detailed above.

I hereby agree and undertake that the loans which the company has received and/or shall receive from me (hereinafter - “the owners loans”) shall be
inferior and deferred from the company’s obligations and undertakings to the bank for provision of the loans and that the company’s obligations and
undertakings vis-à-vis the bank for provision of the loans shall have priority as compared to the company’s obligations to me for the owners loans as
they shall be from time to time, and that the company and/or its representative and/or anyone in its name shall pay and defray to the bank all the
obligations and undertakings to the bank, and this prior to defrayal of the owners loans as they shall be at that time. To avoid doubt it is hereby
clarified that the services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the company, including Chairman of
the Board of Directors, President and/or company CEO shall not be considered as owners loans, and the company’s obligations and undertakings vis-à-
vis the bank shall not have priority as compared to these services and the company shall be permitted to pay the stakeholder for these services without
any restriction.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
4.

5.

Without derogating from the aforementioned in Section 3 above I hereby undertake not to request and not to receive from the company in any way
whatsoever payments on account of defrayal of the owners loans, or any part of them, for as long as all the company’s obligations and undertakings
have not been defrayed to the bank for provision of the loans. To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that the company shall be permitted to pay the
stakeholder for the services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the company, including as
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and/or company CEO without any restriction.

I hereby undertake that in the event that, for any reason whatsoever, I shall receive any payment whatsoever on account of defrayal of the owners
loans, and this when on that same date all the company’s obligations and undertakings vis-à-vis the bank have not been defrayed to you in full for
provision of the loans, I shall pay and defray you any sum that shall be paid to me and/or shall be received by me on account of defrayal of the owners
loans as aforementioned.

6.

My aforementioned undertakings shall be rescinded on cancellation of the company’s aforementioned undertaking without any additional notice.

Date: July 14th 2008

Name: Shabtai Adlersberg

Signature: (signature)

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.22

Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd

Signed on the 14th of the month of July in year 2008

By: Audiocodes Ltd (hereinafter: “the company”)

Address: 1 Hayarden, Airport City

Secured Bond

In favour of Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd (hereinafter: “the bank”) pursuant to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the company and the rest of the
provisions providing the company with the referred power and pursuant to the resolution of the company’s Board of Directors dated July 3rd 2008.

Whereas

the company has received and shall receive from time to time from the bank, credit, documentary credit, various loans, overdraft
facility for a checking account, for a current loan account or other account, writs of indemnification, any undertakings and
guarantees whatsoever for the company or for others at the request of the company. Discount of notes, provision of various
extensions and banking easements and various other banking services (hereinafter - jointly and severally - “the banking services”)
on the terms that have been agreed and/or shall be agreed from time to time as regards any banking service.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
And whereas

it has been agreed between the company and the bank that the company shall guarantee all its debts and undertakings to the bank in
any  shape  and  form  whatsoever,  whether  in  Israeli  currency  or  any  foreign  currency  whatsoever  and  of  any  type  whatsoever  as
detailed hereinafter - by this bond and this in addition to all the securities that have been given and/or shall be given to the bank.

Therefore this bond testifies to the following:

1.

..
a)

This bond has been issued to guarantee full and accurate payment of all the sums, whether in Israeli shekels or in any foreign currency
whatsoever, due or that shall be due to the bank from the company by any means, form, method and reason whatsoever, whether the sums are
due from the company in relation to the banking services or not, whether they are due from the company alone or together with others, whether
the company has already obligated to them or shall obligate to them in the future, as an obligant and/or as a guarantor and/or for any other
reason (including the company’s liability pursuant to notes that have been transferred or shall be transferred to the bank whether by the
company or by third parties for discount or security and/or pursuant to any other liability of the company vis-à-vis the bank) which are due
and/or shall be due in the future, which are consigned for defrayal prior to realization of the securities hereby provided or later, which are due
absolutely or conditionally, due directly or indirectly, due pursuant to the original undertaking of the company or consolidated pursuant to a
court ruling or other -

* Without limit to the sum

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
______________ Signature

plus interest, commission fees, various expenses including realization expenses, attorneys fees, insurance fees, stamp duty and other payments
pursuant to this bond combined with linkage differences of any type due and that shall be due from the company to the bank by any method or
means for linked capital and interest (all the aforementioned sums shall be called hereinafter: “the secured sums”).

b)

Secured sums due or that shall be due to the bank from the company in any foreign currency whatsoever shall be considered to be secured by
this bond, solely and only in the event that for the transaction according to which they are due or shall be due, an appropriate permit has been
given in advance, or retrospectively, from the authorized authorities in Israel, inasmuch as such permit is required by law.

2.

The company hereby undertakes to pay the bank any sum of the secured sums:

a)

b)

On the agreed date of defrayal, if it has been agreed between the bank and the company that that same sum shall be consigned for defrayal on a
certain date.

Seven days after the date of sending the first request by the bank in writing to the company, if the date of defrayal has not been agreed as
abovementioned in Paragraph (a).

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.

4.

..
a)

b)

..
a)

The bank is permitted not to receive early payment of the secured sums or any part of them before the date of defrayal has arrived.

The company or anyone whose right could be harmed by provision of this bond or its realization, shall not have the rights pursuant to Article
13(b) of the Pledge Law 5727-1967 or any other law.

In any event in which the bank shall accede to the company’s request for early defrayal of any payment whatsoever on account of the secured
sums, it shall be permitted to charge the company for the sums that shall express the damage that shall be caused to the bank due to the early
defrayal.

The bank shall be permitted to calculate the interest on the secured sums at a rate that has been agreed or shall be agreed from time to time
between it and the company. In cases in which the rate of interest has not been agreed the bank is permitted to determine the rate of the interest
and advise the company of this. The company shall be charged for the aforementioned interest rates and the bank is permitted to add them to the
capital at the end of each quarter year or at the end of any other period, as the bank shall determine.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
b)

c)

In any event of delay in payment of the secured sums in entirety or in part, the secured sums shall bear interest in arrears at a rate that has been
agreed in the agreement for provision of banking services. If there is no determination in regard to interest in arrears in these agreements, the
secured sums shall bear interest at the maximum rate that shall be customary in the bank as regards to overdrafts and arrears for a current loan
account and no less than 2% above the fixed rate of interest in the agreement for provision of banking services.

In any case that awards the bank the right to realize the securities pursuant to this bond, the bank shall be permitted to raise the interest rate on
the secured sums up to the maximum rate that shall be customary in the bank at that time for overdrafts and arrears for a current loan account.

5.

To secure the full and accurate defrayal of all the secured sums, the company hereby pledges in favour of the bank and its substitutes -

a)

By a first degree floating lien on the entire factory, equipment, assets, monies, property and rights including their proceeds, of any type
whatsoever without exemption that the company has at present or that it shall have in the future at any time whatsoever in any shape or form
including insurance rights for them, the rights pursuant to the Property Tax and Compensation Fund Law 5721-1961 and all rights to
compensation or indemnification that the company shall have vis-à-vis any third party due to loss, damage or expropriation of its property or
any part of it (hereinafter: “the attached assets”).

b)

By a fixed first degree lien and a pledge its goodwill, as it shall be at present and as it shall be at any time (hereinafter: “the attached goodwill”).

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c)

d)

e)

Deleted.

By a fixed first degree lien all the rights, including intellectual property rights of the company as detailed in Appendix A, including those
detailed in the list noted in Section 7(n) (hereinafter: “the attached intellectual property rights”).

By a fixed lien and by a pledge the bills of lading - by sea or air - certificates of ownership of goods, storage certifications, delivery
certifications, order of goods, documentary letters of credit, postal receipts or any other documents customary in international commerce which
testify to ownership of goods or merchandise (hereinafter: “the documents”) which shall be transferred, if it shall be transferred, from time to
time to the bank, for collection, for custody, for security or other, including all the insurance rights in any shape or form vis-à-vis the Israeli
Foreign Trade risks Insurance Corporation Ltd. or any other insurance company, as well as any right for compensation or indemnification that
the company shall have vis-à-vis third parties due to failure, damage, loss or expropriation of the goods or the merchandise - upon their transfer
to the bank as aforementioned they shall be considered to be attached and pledged to the bank within the pledge and the first degree fixed lien
pursuant to the terms of this bond and its provisions.

6

 
 
 
 
 
f)

By a fixed lien and by a pledge of all those same securities, documents, notes of others which the company transferred or shall transfer from
time to time to the bank whether for collection, custody, security or other (hereinafter: “the attached documents”) and on their transfer they shall
be considered as pledged and attached to the bank as a pledge and first degree fixed lien pursuant to the terms of this bond, and its provisions,
with the appropriate changes, shall be imposed on their attachment and their pledge.

The bank shall be exempt from taking any action whatsoever in regard to the attached documents and shall not be responsible for any damage
that shall be caused in regard to this, and the company undertakes to indemnify the bank in any event in which the bank shall be prosecuted for
such damage by others. The company hereby waives in advance any claims of limitation in regards to the attached documents.

g)

“The attached assets”, “the attached goodwill”, “the attached intellectual property” “the documents” and the “attached documents” and any
other lien noted in this section shall be referred to hereinafter as “the attached property”.

6.

The company hereby declares the following:

a)

That the attached property is not attached or pledged to others or confiscated in any way whatsoever, apart from that detailed hereinafter:

Attached in favour of Bank Leumi

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b)

c)

d)

e)

f)

That the attached property is under its exclusive ownership and possession, or in the possession of the bank.

That there is no restriction or condition pursuant to law or agreement or other, imposed on transfer of the attached property or on its attachment
or its pledge.

That it is permitted to pledge or attach the attached property by any method.

That there has been no transfer of rights or other action derogating from the value of the attached property.

That it received all the agreements and/or waivers required (inasmuch as required) from the shareholders or the investors pursuant to the
company’s Articles of Association or various investment agreements.

7.

The company hereby undertakes vis-à-vis the bank as follows:

a)

b)

To keep the attached property in its possession.

To use and handle the attached property with exceptional care and to inform the bank about any incident of damage or malfunction that shall
occur in them and to repair any damage or defect or malfunction that shall be created in the attached property due to use and/or for any other
reason and to be responsible vis-à-vis the bank for any incident of breakdown, damage, defect or malfunction as aforementioned and all apart
from reasonable wear and tear.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c)

d)

e)

f)

To allow the bank’s representative at any time to visit and examine on site the condition of the attached property at its location.

Not to sell, lease, transfer to another location, to transfer by any means or method to another the attached property or any part of it - apart from
for sales, transfers and leasing of the business inventory carried out during the normal course of business in the company - without receiving
consent in advance and in writing from the bank.

Not to sell, not to lease, not to transfer to another location, not to transfer to others and to give to others the right of use of the attached assets
without receipt of consent for this in advance and in writing from the bank.

To immediately inform the bank of any incident of imposition of a confiscation on the attached property and/or the attached assets and/or any
part of them and to immediately inform the confiscator of the lien in favour of the bank and to take on the account of the company immediately
and without delay all the means required to remove the confiscation. If the company shall not take the aforementioned steps, the bank shall be
permitted (but not obligated) to take all the means to remove the confiscation and the company shall be required to pay the bank immediately all
the reasonable expenses entailed in this (including the bank’s attorneys fees).

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
g)

h)

i)

j)

Not to attach in any way whatsoever the attached property or any part of it with equal, prior or later rights than the bank’s rights and not to
assign any right whatsoever that the company has to the attached property without receipt of consent for this in writing and in advance from the
bank.

To be responsible for the veracity and accuracy of all the signatures, endorsements, and details on notes, documents and securities that were
transferred and/or shall be transferred to the bank as a security.

To pay in a timely fashion all the taxes, municipal taxes, levies and other mandatory payments imposed on the attached property pursuant to any
law and to present to the bank at its first request a copy of all the receipts for the abovementioned payments, and if the company shall not pay
the aforementioned payments as abovementioned in a timely fashion, the bank shall be permitted to pay them on the account of the company
and to charge them for the payments together with expenses and interest at the maximum rate. These payments are secured by this bond.

To administer its accounting books and to allow the bank or a representative on its behalf coordinated in advance to examine the books. The
company undertakes to assist the bank and its representatives to transfer to them at their first request, balance sheets, documents and any
information that they shall require, including explanations in regard to the financial and operating status of the company and/or its businesses.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
k)

l)

m)

n)

That there shall be no fundamental change in the area of the company’s occupation without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

The company is the owner and/or the owner of the rights of use pursuant to license or agreement of all the intellectual properties required for the
company for the purpose of its business.

To the best of its knowledge the company is not infringing at present and there is no proceeding as regards infringement of intellectual property
against it by any third party.

The company is hereby attaching a complete list of all the intellectual properties and shall present to the bank in writing any update or change
that shall occur to the list. Furthermore the company shall update the list of accounts receivables every six months. Following the company’s
reports as abovementioned an update shall be performed for the liens at the relevant registrars and the company shall sign on the customary
documents in this matter.

8.

For as long as this bond is valid the company undertakes with respect to itself and with respect to its subsidiaries as follows:

a)

Deleted.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b)

c)

d)

e)

..
a)

9.

Not to pay to shareholders in any shape or form whatsoever any loan or monies that the shareholders shall lend the company or any monies that
the aforementioned invested and/or shall invest in the company. The abovementioned shall not be imposed on a loan given for conversion to
company shares which shall be redeemed by allocation of shares.

Not to give shareholders any loan or credit without the consent of the bank in writing.

To ensure that the shareholders who loaned and/or shall loan owners loans to the bank shall undertake vis-à-vis the bank not to demand and not
to claim for the abovementioned monies from the company, and if for any reason nevertheless they shall receive sums from the company - to
return the abovementioned sums to the bank to serve for defrayal of the abovementioned sums.

Not to purchase its shares and not to pay any dividend whatsoever without the consent of the bank in advance and in writing.

The company hereby undertakes to maintain at any time the attached property insured for its full value against those same risks that the banks
shall advise from time to time with insurance companies and to transfer to the bank to the limit of the sum of this bond the rights derived from
the insurance certificates, according to wording approved by the bank, to pay all the insurance fees on time and to transfer to the bank all the
insurance certificates and the receipt for payment of the insurance fees.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b)

c)

Without derogating from the aforementioned and further to it, the company hereby undertakes to give the insurance company through which it
is insuring the attached property, an irrevocable instruction to transfer all the monies that shall be due to the company pursuant to the insurance
policy for the attached property to the borrower’s account at the bank only. Also the company undertakes to present to the bank an undertaking
by the abovementioned insurance company and to inform the bank of the date of expiration of the validity of the insurance policy for as long as
it shall be issued by it, at least 30 days prior to the date of expiration.

In each of the events noted hereinafter the bank shall be permitted, at its sole discretion, to insure the attached property on behalf of the bank
and to charge the company’s account for the expenses for insurance fees:

(1)

If the attached property shall not be insured to the satisfaction of the bank.

(2)

If the company shall not present to the bank within 10 days from the date of signature on this bond, insurance certificates for the attached
property to the sole satisfaction of the bank.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)

If 30 days before the end of the validity of the insurance for the attached property, the company shall not present to the bank insurance
certificates for the attached property on the same conditions and for the same term to the full satisfaction of the bank. In the event that
the insurance shall be executed by the bank as abovementioned, the bank shall not be responsible for any defect or fault that shall be
discovered as regards to the insurance. Sums that shall be paid as an expense and as the aforementioned insurance fees are secured
pursuant to this bond.

All the rights derived from the insurance of the property as aforementioned, including rights pursuant to the Property Tax and Compensation
Fund Law 5721-1961 as shall be in force from time to time or pursuant to any other law, whether they were transferred to the bank as
aforementioned or not, are hereby attached by a fixed first degree lien and pledge.

As regards the insurance of the company property the company hereby appoints the bank as its sole representative and it awards it the exclusive
rights to conduct negotiations in the name of the company and to agree to arrangements, to compromise, waive, receive monies from insurance
companies and to credit them for defrayal of the insured sums; the aforementioned power of attorney is irrevocable as third party rights are
dependent upon it, the company shall not have any claims as regards the arrangements, waivers, compromises that the bank shall make with the
insurance companies.

The company undertakes to sign, at the bank’s first request, on all the requests, documents and certificates required or desired for the purpose of
executing all the company’s undertakings incorporated in this section. Furthermore the company undertakes not to cancel or change in any way
whatsoever any of the terms of the abovementioned insurance without the consent of the bank in advance and in writing.

d)

e)

f)

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.

..
a)

b)

c)

The securities given to the bank pursuant to this bond are continuous notwithstanding the arrangement for accounts or for any of the company’s
accounts and shall remain valid until the bank confirms in writing that this bond is cancelled.

If the bank has been given or shall be given securities or guarantees to defray the secured sums, the securities and the guarantees shall be
independent of each other.

If the bank shall compromise or shall give an extension or an easement to the company, the bank shall amend the company’s undertakings as
regards the secured sums, shall release or shall waive other securities or guarantees - the abovementioned shall not change the essence of the
securities created pursuant to this bond, and all the company’s securities and undertakings pursuant to this bond shall remain fully in force.

11.

The bank has the rights of possession, stay and set off for all the sums, the assets and the rights, including securities, coins, gold, bank notes, negotiable
documents, insurance policies, bills, cheques, charges, deposits, securities and their consideration, that shall be found in the bank at any time to the
company’s credit or for it, including those that were transferred for collection, security, custody or in another fashion. The bank is permitted to retain
the aforementioned assets until full defrayal of the secured sums or to sell them and to use their consideration, in entirety or in part, for defrayal of the
secured sums.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
12.

13.

In the event that the set off sums are deposited in foreign currency the company hereby gives the bank authorization and instructions in advance to sell
the balance of the rights to credit the foreign currency according to exchange rate that the bank shall achieve for it.

The bank shall be permitted at any time to charge any company account with you for any sum due or that shall be due to it from the company and the
company shall accredit any sum that it shall receive from the company or for it to credit that same account that it shall see fit to transfer any sum that it
shall provide to the company in any account whatsoever with it and any other account with it as the bank shall see fit.

Taking into account that the sums due and that shall be due to the bank from the company on account of secured sums can be both in Israeli currency
and foreign currency, it is hereby agreed and declared that the bank and the receiver - accordingly - shall be permitted to convert the Israeli currency
that shall be available to them into the foreign currency required to defray in full or in part the secured sums due to the bank in foreign currency, and
shall convert the foreign currency available to them to Israeli currency and this according to the official exchange rates that shall exist in Israel at the
time of execution of the aforementioned conversion in practice by each of them.

16

 
 
 
 
 
The term “exchange rate” means:

a)

b)

As regards a time when there is a restriction pursuant to Israeli law on the free use of foreign currency in Israel - the highest sum in Israeli
currency that an Israeli resident is required to pay for a unit of currency for such a debt with one who is authorized by law to trade in Israel in
foreign currency together with a bank commission for such a transaction.

As regards a time when there is no restriction as aforementioned - the highest purchase rate of a unit of currency of such a debt that shall exist in
the Bank of Israel as regards bank telegraph withdrawals for a town known at that time as one of the financial centres of the country in which
the currency of the debt is legal tender or in New York at the choice of the bank together with bank commission for such a transaction.

14. Without harming other instructions in the matter of consignment for immediate defrayal agreed with the company, the bank shall be permitted in each
of the cases detailed hereinafter to consign for immediate defrayal the secured sums or any part of them without any prior notice to the company and
these are the cases:

a)

b)

If the company shall not defray to the bank on time or on the defrayal dates any sum that shall be due from the secured sums.

If a resolution shall be taken for voluntary liquidation either by the company or if a liquidation order shall be issued against it by the court of if
the company shall convene a creditors’ meeting for the purpose of coming to an arrangement with them, or if the company’s name shall be
stricken or is about to be stricken from any register whatsoever conducted pursuant to any law.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c)

d)

e)

f)

g)

h)

If a receiver shall be appointed (temporary or permanent) or a receiver and administrator (temporary or permanent) or a liquidator (temporary or
permanent) for the company’s property or any part of it.

If any confiscation whatsoever shall be imposed on the company’s property, in entirety or in part, or on any of the securities that were
transferred by the company to the bank, or if an action shall be made by the court execution office against it.

If the company shall cease paying its debts or managing its businesses.

If work shall be terminated, or any part of it, for two months or more.

If a significant part of the company’s property shall burn or shall be damaged in any other way.

If the bank shall see, at its absolute discretion, that there has been a change of the control of the company - as compared to the status quo on the
date of signature on this bond - by voluntary transfer of shares or by another means (apart from transfers in good faith to the transferee who also
was a company shareholder on the date of this bond, apart from transfer of shares by way of inheritance), or by a resolution of members
constituting the company, without approval in writing and in advance from the bank.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i)

j)

k)

l)

If an order for receipt of assets or a bankruptcy order shall be given against one of the company’s guarantors (in the event that the secured sums
are secured inter alia pursuant to letters of guarantee) or in the event of the death of a guarantor or in the event of appointment of a guardian for
the body and the property of a guarantor, and the company shall not present to the bank within seven days from the date of the occurrence of
one or more of the aforementioned events a letter of guarantee and undertaking signed by an individual or an entity which the bank shall agree
to in advance and in the wording to be determined by the bank, according to which that same individual or entity shall guarantee vis-à-vis the
bank for the full and accurate payment of all the above-mentioned sums. The provisions of this sub-section shall be imposed with the
appropriate changes accordingly, also on that same individual or entity as if that same individual or entity were the original guarantor and on
anyone who shall come in their stead.

If the number of company shareholders and/or the number of members constituting the company shall be reduced to less than the minimum
required.

If the bank shall see, at its sole discretion, that a fundamental incident has occurred which could harm the company’s financial ability.

If at the absolute discretion of the bank and pursuant to its sole estimation there has been a detrimental change to the value of the securities
given to secure defrayal of the secured sums.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
m)

If the company shall be required to defray early defrayal of debts that the company owes to other creditors.

n)

o)

p)

q)

If the company shall breach or shall not comply with any of its undertakings incorporated in this bond and/or pursuant to any agreement and/or
any writting and/or engagement that was made in the past and/or that shall be made in the future between the company and the bank.

If it shall transpire that any declarations by the company in this bond and/or in any writ of association which were made in the past and/or shall
be made in the future between the company and the bank - is incorrect and/or is inaccurate.

If the company changed its Articles of Association or part of it and did not inform the bank of this within 48 hours.

If the company made a resolution regarding a merger with another company, whether as a receiving company or as a target company, as defined
in the Companies Law 5759-1999, or a request for merger has been submitted or a request for an arrangement and reorganization the result of
which shall be a merger of the companies.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.

r)

..
a)

b)

If a license, certification, approval or registration of any of the intellectual rights of the company shall be revoked, cancelled, stayed or shall be
harmed in any fundamental way, and the result shall have a fundamental effect on the company.

In each of the events detailed in the previous section, the bank shall be permitted to use any means that it shall see fit in order to collect all the
secured sums, to realize the securities in any way that the law permits and to realize all its rights pursuant to this bond, including realization of
the attached property, in entirety or in part, and to use their proceeds to defray the secured sums and this without the bank being required to
realize other guarantees or securities if there shall be such with the bank.

The bank is permitted to realize the securities given to it pursuant to this bond or another, to appoint a receiver or a receiver and administrator
on behalf of the bank (and the company agrees in advance to any individual or legal entity that the bank shall appoint or shall recommend to
appoint as a receiver or administrator as abovementioned) and whereby amongst his other authorities it shall be permitted:

(1)

(2)

To take into his possession the attached property, in entirety or in part.

To manage the company’s business or to participate in their management as it shall see fit.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)

To sell or to lease and/or to agree to sell or to lease the attached property in entirety or in part or to transfer it by any other method
pursuant to the conditions that it shall see fit.

(4)

To make any other arrangement as regards the attached property in entirety or in part.

16.

All the revenues that shall be received by the receiver and the administrator from the attached property as well any consideration that shall be received
by the bank and/or by the receiver and the administrator from the sale of the attached property or part of it, shall be credited:

a)

b)

Firstly for defrayal of all the expenses that shall be caused as regards collection of the secured sums including the expenses of the receiver or the
receiver and administrator and his salary at a rate that shall be determined by the bank.

Secondly for defrayal of additional sums that shall be due to the bank due to the terms of linkage, interest, damage fees, commissions and
expenses due and that shall be due to the bank pursuant to this bond.

c)

Thirdly for defrayal of the capital of the secured sums or any other accrediting arrangement that shall be determined by the bank.

17.

In the event that during the realization of the attached property the date of defrayal of the secured sums has still not arrived or that the secured sums
shall be due to the bank conditionally, the bank shall be permitted to collect from the realization proceeds a sufficient sum to cover the secured sums
and the sum that shall be collected shall be attached to the bank for their security and shall remain in the bank until their defrayal.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. Without derogating from the other provisions of this bond, any waiver, extension, discount, silence, abstention from action (hereinafter: “waiver”) on

the part of the bank as regards partial non-compliance or incorrect compliance of any undertaking whatsoever of the undertakings pursuant to this
bond, shall not be considered as a waiver on the part of the bank to any right whatsoever but rather as a limited agreement for the special circumstance
in which it was given.

Any waiver that the bank shall grant to any party to a note that the bank shall hold pursuant to this bond, shall not influence in any shape or form the
company’s undertakings.

19.

..
a)

If and in the event that the company shall be a guarantor (hereinafter: “the guarantor company”) the company hereby agrees that the bank shall
be permitted:

(1)

(2)

To take any actions pursuant to law for the purpose of realizing the securities and/or for the purpose of collecting the aforementioned
sums without the bank being required firstly to approach the guaranteed obligants with a request to defray the aforementioned sums due
from them to the bank.

To stop, change, increase, decrease or renew any credit or other banking service that has been given and/or shall be given to the
obligants.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)

To give a time extension and/or similar discount in regard to defrayal of the aforementioned sums.

(4)

To exchange, renew, release, repair, abstain from compliance or to realize other securities or guarantees that the bank holds or shall hold
whether it has received them or shall receive them from the obligants - the guarantors or from others.

(5)

To compromise with the guaranteed obligants or with others.

The guarantor company hereby agrees that any action taken whatsoever of the aforementioned actions by the bank shall not award them
any right to change or cancel their undertakings vis-à-vis the bank.

b)

Deleted.

20.

The company confirms that the bank's books and accounts are acceptable to it, shall be considered to be correct and shall serve as evidence prima facie
against it for all their particulars and inter alia in all matters relating to calculation of the secured sums, for the details of the notes and the guarantees
and the other securities, and in any other matter relating to this bond.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The term “the bank’s books” means - any account sheet or a copy of an account sheet and any loan contract or note signed by the company, and the
term “its accounts” means - any record or copy of a record whether registered or copied in handwriting or by a type writer and whether it was
registered or copied by printing, duplication, photocopy or by means of any technical electrical or electronic device including microfilm.

21.

22.

23.

The bank is permitted at any time, at its discretion, without requiring the company’s consent, to transfer this bond and its rights pursuant to it to
another, including the securities, in entirety or in part, and any transferee shall be permitted also to transfer the aforementioned rights without requiring
additional consent from the company. The transfer can be made by endorsement in the margins of this bond or by collection or in any other way that
the bank shall see fit on condition that this shall not increase and/or change the company’s undertakings.

The bank is permitted to deposit the securities given to it or that shall be given to it pursuant to this bond or any part of them in the hands of a
custodian at its discretion on account of the company and to replace the custodian from time to time, and the bank shall be permitted to safeguard the
aforementioned securities, in entirety or in part, with any authorized authority pursuant to any law.

..
a)

b)

Nothing in provision of this bond shall derogate from the bank’s right to collect the secured sums other than by realization of this bond.

Nothing in realization of this bond shall derogate from the bank’s right to collect from the company the balance of the secured sums which were
not defrayed by realization of this bond.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24.

All the expenses and fees relating to this bond, its stamp duty, its registration, realization of the securities (including the bank’s attorneys fees) as well
as insurance, safeguarding, possession and repair of the attached property shall be paid by the company to the bank at its first request, if expended by
the bank or its representative including the receiver, together with interest at the maximum rate that shall be customary in the bank at that time for
overdrafts and arrears in a current loan account, from the date of the request and until their full defrayal. Until their full defrayal all the aforementioned
expenses shall be secured by this bond.

25.

In this bond:

a)

b)

c)

d)

“Bank” - means Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd and each of its branches existing on the date of this bond and/or that shall open in any location
whatsoever in the future, and those coming by the power of the bank and in its stead.

“Notes” - means promissory notes, bills of exchange, cheques, undertakings, guarantees, securities, bills of lading, deposit notes and any other
negotiable documents.

The preface to this bond constitutes an integral part of it thereof.

If this bond is signed by two or more, the signatories shall be responsible, together and specifically, for compliance with all the undertakings
pursuant to this bond.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.

27.

Any notice that shall be sent by post by the bank to the company by registered letter or regular to the address noted above which the company shall
inform the bank in writing, shall be considered to be a lawful notice that was received by the company within 48 hours of the time that the letter
including the notice was sent.

The jurisdiction for the purpose of this bond is hereby determined as the authorized court in Tel Aviv, however the bank is permitted to use any legal
means and also any other authorized court.

28.

Special terms: [crossed out]

And in witness the company hereby puts its hand

Stamp: Audiocodes Ltd

(signature)             (signature)

The Company

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix A

The lien shall be imposed also on all the rights, including the intellectual property rights, of the company that exist at present and shall exist in the future
whether they are registered in the name of the company or not, including if a request for their registration has been submitted and:

(a)

All the knowhow, inventions, patents, trademarks, designs, models, trade names, copyrights and technological processes and applications.

(b)

Domain names on the internet, licenses, franchise agreements, rights of use agreements, technical drawings, computer programs, trade secrets and
customer data base.

And all this whether the company’s rights have been registered in its name or not and whether the aforementioned rights exist at present or shall exist
in the future.

As regards the aforementioned intellectual property rights or any part of them the company undertakes to ensure that it itself and any subsidiary:

(a)

Shall execute all the appropriate registrations and shall pay all the expenses and fees required in order to safeguard and protect all the intellectual
property rights of the company and/or its subsidiaries and/or their registration.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)

Shall take all the steps required, including legal proceedings, to prevent any third party from harming those same intellectual rights.

(c)

They shall not sell, transfer, lease or give a license for use apart from licensing arrangements with a third party that is not an affiliated party which
were made during the normal course of business and for the customary remuneration.

29

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.23

Date: December 12th 2011

Att:
Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd

Re: Letter of Undertaking

We the undersigned Audiocodes Ltd, Reg. No. 520044132 (hereinafter: “the company”), which administers an account with you hereby confirm and
undertake as follows:

1.

2.

3.

The company has been given or shall be given credit as defined in the agreement and terms of general business and/or the general terms for credit, all
as agreed between the company and yourselves as regards any type of credit whatsoever (hereinafter: “the credit”).

Whereas Adlersberg Shabati holds shares in the company and is a stakeholder in the company, the company and the stakeholder shall sign on this letter
of undertaking.

For as long as the credit has not been cleared in full, the company undertakes to you that:

3.1.

The company’s equity capital shall not be less than $40 million and its percentage as compared to the total balance sheet shall not be less than
25%.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity capital - as it appears in the company’s financial reports (including inter alia the company’s redeemed share capital, capital funds,
undesignated profit balance less the cost of company shares held by it or by subsidiaries and plus/less any other clause included within the
framework of the equity capital clause in the financial reports) plus deferred owners loans, less loans provided to affiliated parties less
intangible assets as they shall appear in the company’s financial reports.

The total of the company’s financial undertakings including vis-à-vis banks, financial institutions, bond holders (inasmuch as there shall be
such) shall not exceed $36 million.

The operating profit (US GAAP) accrued for the last 4 quarters shall not be less than $3 million. One-time expenses for deduction of intangible
assets and/or expenses up to a total of $3 million for an accounting record of the value of the bonus entailed in awarding options to employees
pursuant to FAS 123 shall not be taken into account when calculating the operating profit.

3.2.

3.3.

3.4.

The company’s customers’ debts plus cash and plus investments shall not be less at any time than $50 million, whereby the sum in cash plus
investments shall not be less at any time than $30 million and the cash balance shall not be less at any time than $15 million.

Cash - as it appears in the financial reports of the company including cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits for a period of up to one
year.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments - long-term deposits for a period of up to two years, negotiable bonds ranked A for a period of up to 3 years.

4.

The financial ratios detailed in Section 3 above shall be examined pursuant to the company’s audited annual reports (and quarterly reports approved by
the company management and the board of directors).

We undertake that no later than June 30th of each year we shall transfer to you the company’s financial reports as of December 31st of the previous
year, when they are audited by an external CPA and prepared pursuant to the US GAAP rules of accounting, as they shall be from time to time.

We undertake that within 60 days from the end of each calendar quarter, we shall transfer to the bank a quarterly report including balance sheet, profit
and loss report and cash flow report. Furthermore and without derogating for all the aforementioned, we hereby undertake to transfer to the bank from
time to time at its request additional information in regard the businesses, the financial status and our bank credit.

5.

The company hereby confirms that the credit that has been provided or shall be provided to it, inter alia, is based on its undertakings vis-à-vis the
bank, as stated in this document, and that breach of any of its undertakings in this document shall award the bank the right to all the reliefs to which it
is entitled pursuant to any law or agreement against the company, including the right to consign for immediate defrayal all the credit that the company
received from the bank even prior to the agreed date of defrayal, and the right to enforce and to realize any security or guarantee that has been provided
or shall be provided to the bank to secure the credit.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.

7.

8.

To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that nothing stated in this document shall derogate or diminish in any way whatsoever any undertaking by the
company vis-à-vis the bank pursuant to any other document that has been signed and/or shall be signed by the company, and the company’s
undertaking in this document shall be in addition to any other document that the company has signed and/or shall sign for the bank.

Our undertakings in this document are irrevocable and cannot be amended or cancelled without your consent in advance and in writing.

The financial criteria determined in Section 3 above of the letter of undertaking (hereinafter: “the criteria”) are based on existing accounting standards
and rules of accounting which have been implemented in the company’s recent financial reports.

Implementation of different accounting standards and/or rules from those by which the recent financial reports were prepared, for the company’s
financial reports, including the International Financial Reporting Standards - IFRS), accounting standards in Israel and/or in the USA (hereinafter “new
standards”), could cause changes that will have ramifications on the criteria.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Therefore the company agrees as follows:

At any time in which it shall become clear to the bank that the changes that have been caused and/or about to be caused to the company’s financial
reports, due to implementation of a new standard which necessitates such, it shall be permitted, after consultation with the company, to inform the
company which changes are required by it to the criteria, in order to correlate them to the abovementioned changes, and this with the intention to
correlate the original financial purpose according to the which the criteria were determined (“the amended criteria”). In the event that the bank shall
inform the company after consultation with the company what the amended criteria are - they shall obligate the company starting from the date of
transfer of the bank’s notice.

9.

10.

Shabtai Adlersberg hereby undertakes that no change shall occur to his holdings of the company as such that it shall reduce his holdings under the rate
of holding required pursuant to the Securities Law, 5728-1968 for the purpose of the definition of a stakeholder, without the consent of the bank in
advance and in writing, and it is also hereby declared that any change that shall be imposed as aforementioned shall constitute a cause to consign the
credit for immediate defrayal.

Loans which the company received and/or shall receive from a stakeholder in the company (hereinafter: “owners loans”) shall be inferior and deferred
from the company’s obligations and undertakings to the bank for the provision of the loans, and the company’s debts and undertakings vis-à-vis the
bank for provision of the loans shall have priority as compared to the owners loans as they shall be from time to time. To avoid doubt it is hereby
clarified that the services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the company, including as the
chairman of the board of directors, president and/or company CEO, shall not be considered owners loans, and the company’s debts and undertakings
vis-à-vis the bank shall not have priority as compared to these services.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
11.

The company undertakes not to pay management fees, dividends, interest payments and/or any other payment to shareholders, and shall not defray
owners loans or part of them until all the sums due from it to the bank for provision of the credit shall not be defrayed in full and for as long as the
company’s debts and undertakings to the bank shall not be defrayed in full for provision of the credit.

Notwithstanding the above-mentioned in this section, the company shall be permitted at any time to take any permitted action, as defined hereinafter,
subject to at any time and even after execution of any permitted action, the company shall comply with all its undertakings as detailed in Section 3
above.

Permitted action

(1)

(2)

Permitted distribution, as defined in the Companies Law, 5759-1999 (including by way of purchase of company shares, for an accumulated sum
that shall not exceed a total of $25 million).

Payments to a stakeholder for services that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary” of the company,
including as the chairman of the board of directors, president and/or company CEO.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. We hereby undertake not to sell and/or transfer and/or render and/or lease and/or rent (hereinafter, jointly and severally - transfer) any assets

whatsoever (including monies), in any shape or form, as they are at present and as they shall be in the future, in entirety or in part, from our ownership
and/or from our possession during an entire consecutive period of 12 months, whereby the value of the assets is higher than 1 million US dollars (or
equivalent in foreign currency and/or in NIS), that is not during the regular course of business and in favour of full remuneration to third parties
(including to any of our shareholders directly or indirectly), without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

13. We hereby undertake that we shall not execute purchases/investments of any type whatsoever of/in companies and/or of/in assets and in any way

whatsoever, whether indirectly or directly, whereby the sum of the purchase/investment exceeds 10 million US dollars (or the equivalent in foreign
currency and/or in NIS, pursuant to the type of investment) during a consecutive period of each 12 months, without notice to the bank in writing and in
advance. A notice to the bank shall not be given prior to a notice to the public if such is required.

14.

This agreement replaces and comes in the stead of “the letter of undertaking” dated July 14th 2008.

Stamp: Audiocodes Ltd

Public Co. 520044132
(signature)     (signature)
Company signature

I agree to the aforementioned in Sections 9, 10 and 11 of this letter of undertaking.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(signature)
Signature Shabtai Adlersberg

Attorney’s Confirmation:
I the undersigned Itamar Rosen of 1 Hayarden Street, Airport City hereby confirm that Audiocodes Ltd, Reg. No. 520044132 (hereinafter: “the company”)
made a lawful resolution to sign on this letter of undertaking in favour of Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd and that the signature of Messrs Shabtai Adlersberg and
Guy Avidan together with the company stamp or alongside its printed name obligates it pursuant to this document. Furthermore, I confirm that this document
was signed before me by the aforementioned gentlemen.

Stamp:

Itamar Rosen, Adv
No. 24634
(signature)
Signature

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.24

Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd

    Address

Deed of Pledge of Rights
(of monies in an account/deposit account and rights in relation to a deposit)

Signed on the 12th of the month of December year 2001
In the name of Audiocodes Ltd Identity Number/Corporation Number 520044132

(hereinafter: “the pledgers”)

Pursuant to the incorporation documents of the pledgers and the rest of the provisions that provide the pledgers with power in this matter and pursuant to the
resolution of the directors (in the event that the pledgers are a company, a cooperative society, a foundation)

In favour of - Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd (hereinafter: “the bank”).

Whereas it has been agreed between the pledgers and the bank, that the pledgers shall guarantee the bank defrayal of all the sums that the pledgers owe or
shall owe to the bank, inter alia, in regard to provision of credit and/or the abovementioned banking services, by pledge of certain rights of the pledgers, and
this in addition to any sum due or that shall be due to the bank, and is guaranteed by a lien or another security

Therefore this deed of pledge testifies to the following:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.

In this deed of pledge:

a.

b.

“The credit” - whether in Israeli currency or any foreign currency whatsoever, whether in Israel or overseas including any revolving credit,
temporary credit, one-time credit, loan, discount of bills, purchase of bills, brokerage of bills, overdraft, provision of guarantee and/or letter of
indemnification, opening documentary credit, provision of various banking extensions and easements, handling of bills of ladings, transactions
with securities, various transactions with financial instruments and/or derivatives, service or other payment, which have been provided or shall
be provided by the bank to the pledgers or to their order as well as any transaction or other action according to which or following which debts
and undertakings have been created or could be created by the pledgers vis-à-vis the bank, whether as an obligant or as a guarantor and whether
as an endorser and/or in another fashion, whether severally or jointly with others, whether due or shall be due, whether consigned for defrayal
before signature on this deed of pledge or consigned for defrayal afterwards, whether due specifically or conditionally, whether directly or
indirectly, whether explicitly or whether in general.

“Other banking service” - this means each of the following transactions made on behalf of the bank at the request of the pledgers: provision of
letter of indemnification and any guarantees whatsoever for the pledgers or for others at the request of the pledgers (including guarantees in any
form whatsoever), opening documentary credit, handling of bills of lading or securities, provision of extensions, various banking easements and
any other transaction.

2

 
 
 
 
 
c.

d.

e.

The plural includes the singular and vice versa: If this deed of pledge has been signed by two pledgers or more, its terms shall obligate all the
signatories jointly and severally. Any mention in this deed of pledge of the pledgers whether in regard to their undertakings or in any matter,
shall be considered to refer to all the pledgers jointly and severally or to several of them. Provision of any banking service by the bank to each
of the individuals constituting the pledgers, shall be considered as if it was received by each of the individuals of the pledgers.

“The pledgers” - referral to them shall be interpreted as including and referring to each individual of the pledgers or any of them, including
their heirs, the executors of their wills and the executors of their estates and anyone representing them or coming in their stead and the receiver
of their assets, liquidators and trustees. The undertaking of all the individuals of the pledgers shall be jointly and separately. If the pledgers are a
corporation - included in this term are also partners, shareholders, directors, liquidators and anyone coming in their stead.

“The bank” - the meaning is Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd and each of its branches existing on the date of signature on this deed of pledge and/or
that shall be opened in the future, and all those representing the bank. Furthermore it includes subsidiaries of the bank, and companies affiliated
with the bank, whereby at least 20% of their redeemed capital or by virtue of voting in them, is in the possession of the bank and/or the
shareholders who have control of the bank.

3

 
 
 
 
 
f.

g.

..

a.

2.

“Bills” - means promissory notes, cheques, exchange notes, undertakings, guarantees, securities, drafts, bills of lading and any other negotiable
documents.

The preface to this deed of pledge constitutes an integral part of it thereof.

This deed of pledge is given to guarantee full and accurate payment of all the sums due and/or shall be due to the bank from the pledgers, inter
alia in regard to provision of the aforementioned credit and/or the banking services that the pledgers received from the bank, whether due from
the pledgers alone, or together with others, whether due from them personally or due from them as a corporation, or according to the name of
the business which they manage, or are owners of or according to any other name whether due from the pledgers pursuant to the current
composition or pursuant to any other composition whatsoever, according to the name of their business or according to any other name, whether
the pledgers have already obligated to them or shall obligate to them in the future, whether due from them as an obligant or a guarantor, or an
endorser, whether due specifically or conditionally, whether due directly or indirectly.

c

(signature) ____ “b. The inclusive sum that we shall be obligated to pay to the bank pursuant to this deed of pledge of rights is
unlimited in sum (hereinafter: “the sum of the deed”).

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All the expenses and charges in relation to the preparation of this deed of pledge of rights and its registration with the appropriate Registrar, expenses
entailed in the expense of executing and exercising this deed of pledge of rights, attorney’s fees (pursuant to the instructions of the Bank of Israel),
other legal expenses, shall be imposed on the pledgers, subject to the instructions of the Bank of Israel as they shall be from time to time, and shall be
added to the sum of the deed, as defined above, including all its sub-sections, together with interest for delay as detailed in the “Credit for a
private/business customer” booklet or at a rate that shall be agreed to in an agreement for provision of banking services from the date of the request
until full defrayal or as it shall be determined by the authorized judicial authority.

Until full defrayal all the aforementioned expenses and charges shall also be guaranteed by this deed of pledge of rights.

(All the aforementioned sums guaranteed by this deed of pledge of rights shall be called hereinafter: “the abovementioned sums”).

3.

The pledgers hereby undertake to pay the bank any sum of the abovementioned sums.

a.

On the agreed date of defrayal, if agreed or shall be agreed between the pledgers and the bank for that same sum that shall be consigned for
defrayal on a certain date, or on request, or on the occurrence of a certain event, or at a certain time after the request or after the occurrence of a
certain event.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b.

At the end of three days from the date of sending the bank’s first written request to the pledgers, if a date for the aforementioned defrayal has
not been agreed in Paragraph a above.

4.

5.

Unless permitted explicitly in a specific credit agreement or in the “Credit to a private/business customer” booklet, the pledgers shall not be permitted
to defray any sum of the aforementioned sums before the agreed date for its defrayal, in the event that it has been agreed or shall be agreed between the
pledgers and the bank the date for its defrayal, without the bank’s consent in advance and in writing. Taking into account the aforementioned, the
pledgers hereby agree that the provisions of Section 13(b) of the Pledge Law 5727-1967, shall not apply.

The bank is permitted to calculate interest on the aforementioned sums at a rate that shall be agreed upon from time to time between the bank and the
pledgers, and in cases when no rate of interest has been agreed, the bank is permitted to determine itself the rate of interest by providing a notice to the
pledgers. The bank shall be permitted to add the interest to the capital at the end of each quarter year or at the end of any other period. In any event of
awarding the bank the right to realize the securities pursuant to this deed of pledge, the bank shall be permitted to raise the rate of interest agreed for it
and/or determined as aforementioned, up to the rate of interest in arrears as detailed in the “Credit for a private/business customer” booklet or at a rate
agreed upon in an agreement for provision of banking services and this from the date of the event and until full defrayal.

6

 
 
 
 
 
6.

7.

8.

As a security and as a guarantee for full and accurate defrayal of all the aforementioned sums (and by virtue of Articles 165 and 166 of the Companies
Law (New Version) 5743-1983 in the event that the pledgers are a company) and by virtue of the Pledge Law 5727-1967 and any other law existing at
that time in Israel which validates such a lien, the pledgers hereby pledge in favour of the bank and/or to its order as a pledge and first degree fixed
lien and assignment by way of the lien all the pledgers’ rights in Account No. ####### in Branch 418 (hereinafter: “the account”) including all
the pledgers’ rights to monies and/or deposits and/or deposited assets and/or that shall be deposited and/or that shall be found in the account
including securities of any form whatsoever that shall be in the account and the revenues, interest and the remunerations that the company
shall have for and in relation to the account (hereinafter: “the pledged rights”).

The pledgers hereby declare that the pledged rights are not attached, pledged or confiscated in favour of any other, and that there is no restriction or
condition imposed pursuant to law or agreement for transfer of ownership of the pledged rights or of the pledge to the bank.

The pledgers hereby undertake:

a.

That the bank shall be entitled to delay payment of monies or monies in deposits incorporated in the pledged rights until defrayal of all the
aforementioned sums. The pledgers shall not be entitled to withdraw the aforementioned monies or to take action with them or in regard to them
in any way whatsoever, without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
b.

c.

That the liability of the bank to pay the monies from the deposits incorporated in the pledged rights ceased being a liability that is customary in
the bank vis-à-vis a customer and it becomes a conditional liability, inter alia, as a prerequisite that the abovementioned sums shall be defrayed
to the bank in full before the bank shall be obligated for any payment whatsoever on account of the monies in deposits.

For as long as this document shall be in force, the pledgers undertake irrevocably to give the bank - in advance and from time to time -
instructions in writing for renewal for the deposit and the monies of the deposit. The pledgers agree that in any event for any reason whatsoever
the pledgers shall not give a renewal instruction as aforementioned or contrary to their previous renewal instruction they shall give a withdrawal
instruction for the monies of the deposits or in part on the date of their defrayal; then the bank shall be permitted to deposit from time to time
the monies of the deposit as regards the deposit bearing interest (in shekels or the currency of the deposit, accordingly) for a period similar to
the period that ended on the eve of the renewal and on the interest and/or linkage terms that shall be customary in the bank at that time as
regards deposits of the same type and the same sum, or at the choice of the bank for a shorter period than shall be customary at that time in the
bank in regard to deposits of its customers in shekels or in the currency of the deposit, accordingly. The pledgers are aware that in any event that
the bank shall renew the monies of the deposit by virtue of this section, the pledgers shall have information as regards the rates of interest and/or
the terms of linkage of the monies of the deposit renewed in the bank branch in which the deposit is administered.

8

 
 
 
 
d.

e.

f.

Not to sell and/or transfer and/or convey and/or assign in any other way the pledgers’ rights or part of them in any shape or form whatsoever to
any other entity without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

To immediately inform the bank of any incident of lien of the pledged rights or any part of them and to inform immediately to the imposer of
the lien about the pledge in favour of the bank, and to take on their account immediately all the means required to remove the lien.

Not to pledge or attach the pledged rights, in entirety or in part, in any way whatsoever, with prior, equal or later rights than the rights provided
to the bank pursuant to this deed of pledge, without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

9.

In order to guarantee the bank’s rights pursuant to this deed of pledge, vis-à-vis the pledgers’ creditors, extant or future, the pledgers hereby agree that
the pledge hereby created in favour of the bank, shall be registered with the Registrar of Companies, pursuant to the Companies Ordinance, and/or at
the appropriate Office of the Registrar of Pledges, and for the purpose of the aforementioned registration the pledgers hereby undertake to sign on a
notice of pledge as well as on any other document required pursuant to law and any other document that the bank shall determine to be necessary in its
judgement, in regard to this deed of pledge and its registration. All the expenses entailed in preparation of this deed, and its registration, shall be paid
by the pledgers to the bank at its first request, and until their full defrayal all the aforementioned expenses shall be guaranteed by this deed of pledge
(including interest for delay from the date of request and until defrayal in practice).

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.

The securities given to the bank pursuant to this deed of pledge shall be independent of any other security that the bank has received or shall receive
from the pledgers or for them, and shall serve as revolving securities notwithstanding any arrangement for the accounts or for any of the pledgers (shall
serve as revolving securities for all the other sums that the pledgers shall owe to the bank in all its branches). If the bank shall compromise or give an
extension or an easement to the pledgers, the bank shall change the pledgers’ undertakings in regard to the aforementioned sums, shall release or waive
any other securities or guarantees, these shall not change the nature of the securities created by the deed of pledge, and all the pledgers’ securities and
the undertakings pursuant to this deed of pledge shall remain in full force.

11.

The bank’s rights

11.1

In this section:

“Asset” - in any shape or form, including monies, in Israeli currency or foreign currency, securities and rights including monies that the State
or any other entity transferred or shall transfer to the bank in any form whatsoever for the pledgers as well as including the aforementioned
asset that has been transferred and/or will be transferred by the pledgers or for them to the bank for collection and/or for security and/or for
custody and/or in any other method, including the remuneration of those assets.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.2 The bank shall have the right to place a lien on any assets that are due and/or shall be due to the pledgers from the bank in any form

whatsoever and from any source whatsoever and in any account whatsoever, whether the account is registered in the name of the pledgers
alone or in the name of the pledgers together with others, as well as assets that are located and/or shall be located with the bank for the
pledgers at any time whatsoever, and the bank shall be permitted at any time that is required in the bank’s opinion to protect its rights, from
experience, inasmuch as it is reasonable in the circumstances of the matter, to inform of this in advance to the pledgers, to stay the
aforementioned asset until defrayal of all the sums of monies due or that shall be due to the bank from the pledgers and have still not been
defrayed from the aforementioned sums.

Inasmuch as these are sums for which the date of defrayal has still not arrived, the bank shall be permitted to use its right pursuant to this
section as aforementioned only if there is a reasonable concern that the pledgers shall not comply with their undertakings to the bank.

11

 
 
 
 
11.3 The bank shall have the right to prevent the pledgers from withdrawing credit balances at their disposal in any account whatsoever whether

the account is registered in the name of the pledgers alone or on the name of the pledgers together with others, and the credit balances are
located and/or shall be located with the bank for the pledgers at any time whatsoever, at any time that the pledgers owe monies to the bank
and the bank is of the opinion that the withdrawal of the aforementioned credit balances could harm the bank’s rights.

11.4 Without derogating from the aforementioned, the bank shall be permitted to set off at any time any credit balance of the pledgers (as detailed
in Section 13.3 above) against the aforementioned sums and the credit balance shall serve for defrayal of the aforementioned sums. The bank
shall attempt, inasmuch as it shall be reasonable in the circumstances of the matter, to inform the pledgers of this in advance. For the purpose
of execution of the aforementioned the bank shall be permitted to take any legal steps or others, as the bank shall see fit in the circumstances
of the matter.

Furthermore, the bank shall be permitted to set off the pledgers’ deposits whereby the date of their defrayal has still not arrived and this
against the aforementioned sums for which the date of defrayal has arrived, including due to consignment for immediate defrayal or due to an
anticipated breach by the pledgers.

The pledgers are aware that in such a case changes detrimental to the pledgers could be imposed in all matters relating to their rights for that
same deposit such as loss of interest and loss of right to grants and the pledgers shall not have any claim against the bank in this matter.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
12.

13.

The bank shall be permitted at any time to charge any account whatsoever of the pledgers with them for any sum due or shall be due to it from the
pledgers, and to credit any sum whatsoever that it received from the pledgers or for them to the credit of that same account that it shall see fit. To
transfer any sum in favour of the pledgers in any account whatsoever with it, to any other account that it shall see fit, as it shall see fit. For sums in
foreign currency credited to the pledgers the bank shall be able to sell at any time and to collect additions and donations paid to the pledgers incidental
to the sale of foreign currency.

..

a.

On the occurrence of one of the events awarding the bank the right for consignment of immediate defrayal of the aforementioned sums,
pursuant to any document that has been signed or shall be signed by the pledgers, the bank shall be permitted to use any means that it shall see
fit, in order to collect the aforementioned sums from the pledgers and to realize the securities in any way that the law shall permit and to realize
all its rights pursuant to this deed of pledge including by way of realization of the aforementioned sums and this without the bank being required
to realize other guarantees or securities if the bank shall have such.

13

 
 
 
 
 
b.

c.

Further to that stated in sub-section a above, the pledgers shall pay the bank an agreed and estimated compensation in advance for any failure,
damage or loss that shall be caused to the bank as a result of consignment for immediate defrayal - a sum equal to the total of all the sums that
the bank customarily collects as commission for early defrayal as shall be customary from time to time in the bank, or a sum that the bank shall
be permitted to collect as early defrayal commission pursuant to law and/or pursuant to the instructions of the Bank of Israel - the higher of the
two.

In the event that it shall not be determined otherwise by a court order or an order of the Head of the Court Executions Office, all the sums shall
be collected by the bank from realization of this deed of pledge shall be used for:

(1)

For defrayal of the expenses caused as a result of the realization of this deed of pledge.

(2)

For defrayal of the rest of the expenses, bank charges and the interest due to the bank including additional sums due to linkage of the
interest.

(3)

For defrayal of the sums of the capital that shall be due to the bank, including additional sums due to linkage of the capital.

d. Nothing in the provision of this pledge shall derogate from the right of the bank to collect the aforementioned sums other than realization of its
rights pursuant to this deed of pledge; nothing in the realization of the bank’s rights pursuant to this deed of pledge shall derogate from the
bank’s right to collect from the pledgers the balance not defrayed for realization of its rights pursuant to this deed of pledge.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
e. Nothing in provision of this pledge shall derogate or harm the bank’s rights and/or the pledgers’ undertakings pursuant to other documents on

which the pledgers have signed and/or shall sign.

14.

15.

16.

17.

The pledgers hereby declare that the bank’s books and its accounts shall be acceptable to them and shall be considered to be admissible proof in all
matters relating to the rates of the aforementioned sums.

If this deed of pledge shall be signed by a limited liability company, or by a cooperative society, then the pledge created pursuant to it shall be
considered as it if was made pursuant to the Pledge Law 5727-1967 and pursuant to the Companies Ordinance (New Version) 5743-1983 and/or the
Companies Law 5759-1999 or pursuant to the Cooperative Societies Ordinance from 1933 according to the event.

The waiver of the bank to the pledgers as regards a previous breach, or previous non-compliance with one or more of their undertakings pursuant to
this deed of pledge, shall not be considered as justification or as a pretext for an additional breach or additional non-compliance of any term or
undertaking of this deed of pledge.

The address of pledgers is as written above or any other address in Israel of which they shall inform the bank in a recorded letter whereby the bank
shall confirm its receipt in writing. Any notice that shall be sent to the pledgers by the bank by regular post according to the aforementioned address
shall be considered as if it was received by the pledgers in a timely fashion pursuant to the regular post arrangements. A declaration by the bank in
regard to sending a notice and the time it was sent shall serve as admissible proof against the pledgers as regards the time and the delivery noted
therein.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.

The parties hereby waive the need to send a notarized warning in all matters relating to this deed.

19.

The jurisdiction for this purpose has been determined as the authorized court in Israel.

20.

The bank shall be permitted at any time, without needing the additional consent of the pledgers, to transfer this deed to another, and the rights pursuant
to this deed including the guaranteed sums, without needing the additional consent of the pledgers.

21.

Special terms:

In witness the pledgers hereby put their hands:

c

c

Stamp:

Audiocodes Ltd
Public Co.  520044133
(signature)     (signature)
Signature of the pledgers

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mizrahi Tefahot

Exhibit 4.25

Date: July 23rd 2012

Att: AudioCodes Ltd (hereinafter: “the company”)

Dear Sir or Madam,

Re: Letter of Undertaking dated December 12th 2011

Whereas on December 12th 2011 you signed on a letter of undertaking for us (hereinafter: “the letter of undertaking”);

And whereas in Section 3.3 of the letter of undertaking it was determined that the operating profit (as defined in that section) accrued for the last 4 quarters
shall not be less than a total of $3 million (hereinafter: “the aforementioned financial index “, “the abovementioned cause”);

At your request we confirm that we are suspending the exercise of our right to of immediate repayment of your debts and undertakings to us due to the
aforementioned cause and this until publication of the reports of December 31st 2013 (hereinafter: “the suspension period”); on condition of compliance with
all the following conditions:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.

2.

3.

4.

The operating loss (Non GAAP) of the company for 2012 shall not exceed $6 million.

The company shall have operating profit (Non GAAP) in the first quarter of 2013.

You shall pay the bank a one-time payment of $15,000 and your account shall be debited with this sum.

The interest on the existing loans shall be increased from today and until full defrayal by 0.75% (annual).

This confirmation is limited to the aforementioned cause only and for the aforementioned period only and it shall not derogate from our right to consign your
debts and undertakings for immediate defrayal, including during the suspension period, for any other cause.

To avoid all doubt it is clarified that our consent should not be seen as an amendment of the letter of undertaking and that all the terms of the letter of
undertaking remain fully in force. It shall also be clarified that this consent shall not derogate from our rights to you pursuant to any document or pursuant to
law.

This letter is subject to your compliance with your undertakings to maintain any financial indices vis-à-vis any entity that you have made undertakings to or
alternatively that you have received a letter of waiver in the event that you are not complying with those same financial covenants or part of them.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
That stated in this letter is conditional on your consent in the margins of this letter.

Yours sincerely,

Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd
Business Division - Corporations Sector
(signature)
Alon Egozi
Corporations Sector Manager

We agree to the aforementioned
(signature)
Audiocodes Ltd

(signature)
Danny Maor
Hi-tech Department Manager
Commerce and Services

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Request for receipt of credit in foreign currency

Exhibit 4.26

No. of type

Name of type

9035/9

Loan, in foreign currency at variable interest - dollar only

Customer details

Credit Account (customer number)
###-######/##

Customer name
AudioCodes Ltd

Account
details

Credit
details

Type of
account
095
Type of
account
095
Type of
account
095
Sum of credit

Account for provision

Branch

Bank

Currency of account

######/##
Account for provision

######/##
Account for provision

978
Branch

978
Branch

10
Bank

10
Bank

0001/8 US dollars
Currency of account for defrayal

0001/8 US dollars
Currency of account for commissions

######/##

978

10

0001/8 US dollars

6,000,000.00
Currency of credit
0001/8 US dollar
Term of credit

60 months from the date of provision of the credit

Six million only**********************

Designation of credit

Date of provision of
credit
September 28th
2011

Credit details

Variable credit

Interest margin

Accrued period

Defrayal of
capital

3.1250% per annum

2.7500% per annum above
“Libor” basis

### months

Frequency of payment
03 - quarterly on the 28th of each of the months December, March, June, September
Date of first payment
December 28th 2011
Number of inclusive payments

Date of last payment
September 28th 2016
Frequency of payments

20
On the 28th of the months December, March, June, September
Total of each payment
From the 1st payment and until payment of the 20th  300,000.00 US dollars

03 - quarterly

Term of interest for
definition of Libor
3 months

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional
charges

Special details

Three hundred thousand dollars only ****************** each payment

Date of first payment
December 28th 2011

Collection fees for periodic repayment

Date of last payment
September 28th 2016
Commissions from securities

NIS 105.40
Handling fees for credit: 3100.00 US dollars
Symbol for exchange rate

0 - today/continual benefits

Percentage of benefit for commission

Provision 0.00

NIS 0.00

Percentage of
benefit/irregular
exchange rate
0.000000

Method of defrayal of
the loan
1- regular defrayal from
reported defrayal
account

Other charges

NIS 0.00

Symbol for
exchange rate
commission
0 - regular/
continual benefits
Symbol of credit of
account
1 - current account

Percentage of benefit from
exchange rate commission

00

Symbol for commission for
loan
0 - regular

***Irrelevant for the abovementioned type of credit

We agree that all the conditions noted in the second page hereinafter apply to this request, and our signature constitutes confirmation of our consent to the
abovementioned conditions and to the detailed noted above.

Signature of customer:  

Audiocodes Ltd
(signature)   (signature)
Private Co. 520044132

For internal use

Renewal symbol: 2 non-renewable loan

Symbol of defrayal interest: 0 - regular interest

Symbol of average term: 0 - none

Exporter No:

Approving entity:

Affiliated account:

Sum of reprocessed capital:

Export document No.

Approval No.

Symbol of affiliated account

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Request for receipt of credit in foreign currency

Exhibit 4.26

No. of type

Name of type

9035/9

Loan, in foreign currency at variable interest - dollar only

Customer details

Credit Account (customer number)
###-######/##

Customer name
AudioCodes Ltd

Account
details

Credit
details

Type of
account
095
Type of
account
095
Type of
account
095
Sum of credit

Account for provision

Branch

Bank

Currency of account

######/##
Account for provision

######/##
Account for provision

978
Branch

978
Branch

10
Bank

10
Bank

0001/8 US dollars
Currency of account for defrayal

0001/8 US dollars
Currency of account for commissions

######/##

978

10

0001/8 US dollars

6,000,000.00
Currency of credit
0001/8 US dollar
Term of credit

60 months from the date of provision of the credit

Six million only**********************

Designation of credit

Date of provision of
credit
September 28th
2011

Credit details

Variable credit

Interest margin

Accrued period

Defrayal of
capital

3.7750% per annum

3.4000% per annum above
“Libor” basis

### months

Frequency of payment
03 - quarterly on the 28th of each of the months December, March, June, September
Date of first payment
December 28th 2011
Number of inclusive payments

Date of last payment
September 28th 2016
Frequency of payments

20
On the 28th of the months December, March, June, September
Total of each payment
From the 1st payment and until payment of the 20th  300,000.00 US dollars

03 - quarterly

Term of interest for
definition of Libor
3 months

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional
charges

Special details

Three hundred thousand dollars only ****************** each payment

Date of first payment
December 28th 2011

Collection fees for periodic repayment

Date of last payment
September 28th 2016
Commissions from securities

NIS 105.40
Handling fees for credit: 3100.00 US dollars
Symbol for exchange rate

0 - today/continual benefits

Percentage of benefit for commission

Provision 0.00

NIS 0.00

Percentage of
benefit/irregular
exchange rate
0.000000

Method of defrayal of
the loan
1- regular defrayal from
reported defrayal
account

Other charges

NIS 0.00

Symbol for
exchange rate
commission
0 - regular/
continual benefits
Symbol of credit of
account
1 - current account

Percentage of benefit from
exchange rate commission

00

Symbol for commission for
loan
0 - regular

***Irrelevant for the abovementioned type of credit

We agree that all the conditions noted in the second page hereinafter apply to this request, and our signature constitutes confirmation of our consent to the
abovementioned conditions and to the detailed noted above.

Signature of customer:  

Audiocodes Ltd
(signature)   (signature)
Private Co. 520044132

For internal use

Renewal symbol: 2 non-renewable loan

Symbol of defrayal interest: 0 - regular interest

Symbol of average term: 0 - none

Exporter No:

Approving entity:

Affiliated account:

Sum of reprocessed capital:

Export document No.

Approval No.

Symbol of affiliated account

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 4.27

Date: December 12th 2011
Att:
Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd

Dear Sir or Madam,

Whereas

Mr Shabtai Adlersberg holds shares of the undersigned, Audiocodes Ltd (“the company”) and is a stakeholder in the company, as
detailed in his report to the Securities Authority in the United States in February 2008, attached as an integral part of this document and
as the term “stakeholder” is defined in the Securities Law 5728-1968 (hereinafter: “the stakeholder”);

And whereas

as one of the conditions of provision of credit, banking services and receipt of various undertakings and guarantees from the company,
you  have  requested  that  the  company  and  the  stakeholder  shall  sign  for  you  on  this  document  and  on  the  undertakings  detailed
hereinafter, and the company and the stakeholder have agreed to this:

Therefore we hereby declare and undertake as follows:

1.

Financial criteria

We agree that the provision of credit and banking services to our company and/or with our guarantee and their continued administration shall be
dependent on our company providing at any time all the following financial criteria:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial leverage (the capital structure):

1.1.

The sum of the tangible equity capital of the company shall not be less at any time than a total of 40 million US dollars;

1.2.

The sum of the tangible equity capital of the company shall not be less at any time than 25% of the company’s total balance sheet;

1.3.

The rest of the company’s undertakings (short term and long term) vis-à-vis banks and other financial institutions, as they appear in the financial
reports, shall not exceed at any time a total of 33 million US dollars;

Balance sheet structure

1.4.

The balance of cash in the company shall not be less at any time than a total of 20 million US dollars;

1.5.

The balance of cash and investments of the company shall not be less at any time than a total of 30 million US dollars;

1.6.

The balance of cash, investments and customers of the company shall not be less at any time than a total of 50 million US dollars;

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profitability

1.7. The operating profit of the company accrued for 4 quarters shall not be less at any time than a total equal to 3 million US dollars.

To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that within the framework of the calculation of the operating profit expenses for deduction of intangible
assets and/or expenses up to a total of 3 million US dollars for accounting records of a value of the benefit entailed in awarding options to
employees pursuant to FAS123 shall not be taken into account.

In this section the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Financial reports” means - the company’s consolidated annual and quarterly reports published by it pursuant to the customary rules of accounting
(US GAAP), including inter alia balance sheet report, profit and loss report, cash flow report, report on changes to equity capital and every other
report or annotation that shall be required pursuant to accounting standards rules and/or by any of the authorized authorities.

“Investments” means - as defined and their value in the financial reports, including long term deposits up to two years, negotiable bonds ranked A and
above for a period of up to three years.

“Customers”, “total balance sheet”, “the operating profit” means - as defined and their value in the financial reports.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Cash” means - as defined and their value in the financial reports, including cash, cash equivalent and short term deposits for a period of up to one
year.

“Tangible equity capital” means - equity capital as presented in the financial reports, including redeemed share capital, undivided surplus, funds, plus
the balance of the sums of owners loans capital for collection which were signed vis-à-vis the bank by the company and the shareholders, writs of
subordination less deferred expenses, intangible assets such as: goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and so forth less obligants to the
company who are stakeholders and/or subsidiaries and/or affiliated companies of the company (as these aforementioned terms are defined in the
Securities Law 5728-1968) and less guarantees given by the company to guarantee the debts of the stakeholders and/or subsidiaries and/or affiliated
companies of the company.

As regards financial reports prepared pursuant to IFRS the definition of the equity capital shall change according to that detailed hereinafter:

a.

b.

Minority rights appearing within the framework of the equity capital (as regards consolidated reports) shall not be included.

The equity capital shall also include the warrants whereby the supplement for their realizations is linked (shall appear within the framework of
the liabilities).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c.

d.

The equity capital will also include the conversion component for bonds to be converted whereby the price of their realization is linked (in the
event that they shall appear separately within the framework of the liabilities in the balance sheet).

No re-evaluation fund shall be included for fixed assets which was created following implementation of the re-evaluation model during the
period after consolidation of the financial stipulations.

In regards to the financial reports prepared according to US GAAP standards, the definition of the equity capital (for consolidated reports) shall not
include the minority rights appearing within the framework of the equity capital.

The financial criteria determined in Sections 1.1-1.7 above (hereinafter: “the financial criteria”) are based on accounting standards, accounting rules,
estimates and accounting policies (hereinafter: “accounting administration”) as they shall be implemented in the company’s last financial reports
according to the US GAAP standards, as of the date of this document (hereinafter: “the last reports”), and the company declares that as of the date of
signature on this document it is complying with the criteria.

An accounting administration different from the one on which the last financial reports are based pursuant to the US GAAP standards including, but
not only, due to implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), new / other/ any accounting standards whatsoever in Israel or
overseas, amendment of estimates and/or changes to accounting policies (all the aforementioned shall be called hereinafter, jointly and severally: “new
accounting administration”) could cause changes that shall have ramifications on the criteria.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Therefore the company agrees as follows:

At any time that it shall become clear to the bank, at its absolute discretion, that changes have been caused and/or shall shortly be caused to the
company’s financial reports, due to a new accounting administration, it shall be permitted, after consulting with the company however without
requiring their consent, to inform the company which changes are required by it to the financial criteria (hereinafter: “the amended criteria”), in
order to correlate them with the aforementioned changes, and this with the intent to correlate them to the original economic purpose according to
which the criteria were determined.

If the bank has informed the company as to the amended criteria - they shall obligate the company starting from the date of transfer of the bank’s
notice and this document shall be considered to include, starting from the date of the bank’s notice, the amended criteria.

2.

Undertaking not to change stakeholder’s holdings

We undertake that there shall be no change to the percentage of the stakeholder’s holding in the capital, shares and voting rights in the company as
compared to the status on the date of signature on this document, as such that decreases his holdings to less than the percentage of the holdings
required pursuant to the Securities Law 5728-1968, for the purpose of definition of a “stakeholder”, without the consent of the bank in writing and in
advance.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.

Undertaking not to execute a merger

We undertake not to execute, not to undertake to execute and not to take any actions whatsoever for execution of a merger or division with
another/other corporation/s, without receiving the consent of the bank in writing and in advance. For this purpose we undertake to transfer to the bank
immediately any information and document, required by the bank, at its discretion, for the purpose of determining its position as regards the merger.

The company’s undertakings as aforementioned in this section are imposed as regards a merger pursuant to the eighth part or pursuant to ninth part of
the Companies Law, 5759-1999 and as regards any action the result of which shall be acquisition of the majority of the company’s assets by an
individual or another corporation or any action that as a result of which company shares are purchased which award the buyer control of the company
or any action as the result of which the company acquires, directly or indirectly, the majority of the assets of another corporation or shares of another
corporation which award it control of that same corporation.

 
 
 
 
 
 
4.

Undertakings for non-execution of purchases and/or investments

We undertake not to execute, not to undertake to execute and not to take any actions whatsoever to execute purchases and/or investments in any shape
or form whatsoever of and/or corporations and/or assets and/or by any other method, whether directly or indirectly, for as long as the accumulated sum
of the purchases and/or the investments as aforementioned during a period of 12 consecutive months exceeds a total of 10 million US dollars, without
receiving the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

5.

Undertaking for non-execution of dispositions for the company assets

We hereby undertake that we shall not sell and/or transfer and/or deliver and/or lease and/or rent (hereinafter jointly: “the transfer”) any assets
whatsoever (including monies), in any shape or form, as they are at present and as they shall be in the future, in entirety or in part, from our ownership
and/or our possession during an entire consecutive period of 12 months, inasmuch as the value of the assets as aforementioned shall exceed 1 million
US dollars, other than during the normal course of business and for full consideration to third parties (including if any of them are our shareholders
directly or indirectly) without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

6.

Undertaking for liens at an equivalent degree and for non-provision of guarantees

We hereby declare and undertake as follows:

6.1. Apart from that detailed in the Registrar of Companies as of the date of signature on this document, we have not created and have not

undertaken to create any pledge and/or lien of any type whatsoever on any asset whatsoever of our assets and/or part of them, as they are at
present and as they shall be in the future, in favour of any third party whatsoever.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.2. Without derogating from the aforementioned in Section 6.1 above, we shall be permitted to create a current lien in favour of other banks as well
as a first degree fixed lien on deposits of monies that shall be deposited from time to time in those same banks on condition of compliance with
all the following terms:

6.2.1.

6.2.2.

Prior to creation of the abovementioned liens an interbank agreement shall be signed in wording to your satisfaction in regard to
division of the remuneration from realizations of the liens;

In the event that to guarantee our debts vis-à-vis any other bank whereby between it and yourselves an interbank agreement shall be
signed as abovementioned in Section 6.2.1, we shall provide any security, create and register the security as abovementioned also in
your favour.

6.3.

If no guarantee and/or undertaking to provide a guarantee whatsoever shall be provided by us as aforementioned in favour of any third party
whatsoever, apart from guarantees during the normal course of business and/or bank guarantees (against which we did not provide guarantees
other than during the normal course of business and/or any other securities whatsoever).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.

Undertaking to present financial reports

We undertake to present to you the following reports:

7.1.

The company’s and the company’s consolidated financial reports no later than June 30th of each year, including inter alia, balance sheet, profit
and loss report, cash flow and any other report that shall be required by the authorized authorities (hereinafter: “the financial reports”)
annually, audited by an external CPA and relating to December 31st of the previous year.

7.2.

The company’s consolidated quarterly financial reports up to no later than 75 days from the end of each quarter as they shall be reported to the
Stock Exchange and relating to the end of the proximate quarter.

7.3. Reports signed and approved by the company’s VP Finance up to no later than 30 days from the end of each quarter, as regards inventory,

receivables, company liabilities to the banking system, and the company creditors. The abovementioned reports shall also include inter alia the
following particulars:

7.3.1.

Inventory report - a report on the inventory balances pursuant to the company’s financial reports.

7.3.2.

Receivables report - including details of the receivables in Israel, receivables from overseas, cheques and notes for collection, down
payments from customers (which are not against a bank guarantee) and details about aging of receivables and details of the names of
the major customers.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.3.3.

7.3.4.

A report in regard to liabilities to the banking system and other secured creditors (detailed pursuant to each of the banks and
other creditors individually and separately) - including details in regards to short term credit (including Israel Land Administration),
long term loans, documentary credit, company import, guarantees and total obligo.

Balances and other debts report - including details about debts to employees (for salaries, vacation, severance compensation and
pensions), provisions for income tax at source for employees, debts to local authorities and debts to government institutions (such as:
income tax, purchase tax, national insurance, property tax and so forth).

7.4. At the bank’s request any report, document or additional information plus other clarifications inasmuch as they shall be required, including and

without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, a detailed business plan and the reports that the company shall transfer to its
shareholders, and all in the manner and format that shall be required by the bank.

8.

Undertaking to present additional reports and reporting

We undertake to present to you a copy of any confirmation, notice, report or any other document that we are required to transfer to the Registrar of
Companies and/or the Securities Authority pursuant to any law, and this simultaneous to presenting them to the Registrar of Companies and/or the
Securities Authority.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, we further undertake to inform you immediately of any prosecution or legal proceeding
of any kind whatsoever which has been filed or which has been opened in the court, tribunal of any other judicial institution, including arbitration or
quasi arbitration, in Israel or overseas, for a total of no less than one million US dollars.

9.

Undertaking not to issue securities to the bearer of this document

We undertake not to issue securities to the bearer of this document, without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

We declare that as of the date of signature on this document no securities have been issued by the company to the bearer of this document.

10.

Undertakings vis-à-vis third parties

a.

We undertake to inform the bank, at a reasonable time in advance and in writing, of our intention to make an undertaking vis-à-vis any third
party whatsoever, including but not only, within the framework of issuance of shares, for undertakings that are or could restrict, in any way
whatsoever, our right to create securities in favour of the bank which are required and/or could be required to guarantee credit and/or existing
and/or anticipated banking services and to present to the bank in the wording of the undertaking as aforementioned before its final
consolidation. We are aware that the undertaking vis-à-vis a third party as abovementioned could cause the cancellation and/or reduction of the
credit lines before the end of their term and/or cancellation of the undertaking to provide credit and/or banking services, inasmuch as such have
been provided and/or shall be provided, and we agree to this.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b.

c.

We undertake to inform the bank, at a reasonable time in advance and in writing, of our intention to take upon ourselves, vis-à-vis any third
party whatsoever, including but not only, within the framework of an issuance of shares, financial criteria the breach of which shall award or
could award, to that same third party, a cause for consignment of our debts for immediate defrayal.

We undertake and declare that in the event that we have obligated vis-à-vis any third party whatsoever with an undertaking which shall have
priority and/or harm and/or is contradictory with our undertakings pursuant to this document (hereinafter: “the priority undertakings”), the
priority undertaking shall also be imposed in favour of the bank and we shall contact the bank immediately in order to amend our undertakings
pursuant to this document thus that they shall not be subordinate as compared to the priority undertaking.

 
 
 
 
 
d.

If any event shall occur the result of which could award any entity whatsoever in Israel and/or overseas pursuant to any document whatsoever
signed and/or that shall be signed by us in favour of early defrayal of our debts to it and/or consignment of our debts for immediate defrayal, in
entirety or in part, then - further to any other relief that you shall be entitled to pursuant to law or pursuant to any other of our undertakings to
you incorporated or that shall be incorporated in any document whatsoever - you shall be permitted to consign for immediate defrayal all or
some of the debts and undertakings of the company to you, and to collect them from us together with any sum which in the opinion of the bank
shall cover the losses and/or expenses that shall be caused to the bank due to the consignment for immediate defrayal as aforementioned.

11.

Additional undertakings in regard to non-defrayal of loans, non-payment of dividends and more

11.1.

We shall not pay in any shape or form whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly, to any of our shareholders or to any of our stakeholders
who have signed at the foot of this document, including and without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, the stakeholders
and/or family members of any of them and/or corporations under the control of any of them and/or any other third party who shall come in
their stead or on their behalf, any sum whatsoever from or on account of the capital notes which the company has issued and/or shall issue in
their favour and/or from or on account of loans that have been provided and/or shall be provided to us by any of the aforementioned, or in
relation to them, including, however without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned, payments of capital, interest,
commissions and expenses (all the above-mentioned sums shall be called hereinafter: “the loans”), all without receiving your consent in
writing and in advance.

 
 
 
 
 
 
11.2.

We shall not pay and shall not undertake to pay in any shape or form whether directly or indirectly, from the company (from its profits or its
capital or from any other source) dividends (as defined in the Companies Law 5729-1999 as it shall be amended from time to time) or
interest or management fees or compensation fees or indemnification fees or consultancy fees or sums of money or monetary equivalent
(these sums shall be called hereinafter: “dividends”) to our shareholders or our stakeholders, whether they have obligated to you at the foot
of this document or they have not obligated to you at the foot of this document and/or to a family member or any of them and/or to
companies or corporations in which any of our shareholders is a stakeholder and/or to any third party whatsoever who shall come in the
place of any of the aforementioned or on behalf of them.

11.3.

If any request shall be made by any of our shareholders and/or by any other entity of the aforementioned, for any payment whatsoever on
account of the sums of the loans and/or the dividends or in relation to them other than pursuant to this document, we shall inform you of this
immediately and at your request we shall coordinate with you the actions for cancellation of the request for payment.

 
 
 
 
 
11.4.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, and for as long as no event has occurred which awards the bank the right to consign our debts to it for
immediate defrayal, we shall be permitted to pay the stakeholder, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and any law, a salary for
that service that the stakeholder provides and/or shall provide to us as a “functionary” in the company, including as chairman of the
company’s board of directors, president and/or CEO of the company, without the salary being considered as loans and/or dividends, and we
shall be permitted to pay to our shareholders every calendar year sums on account of the loans and/or dividends and/or to purchase, to
provide financing for purchase or to undertake to purchase or to provide financing for acquisition of company shares, in any shape or form,
including but without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned by providing a guarantee, whether directly or indirectly, by the
company or by its subsidiary or by another corporation under its control (hereinafter jointly: “acquisition of company shares”), all subject
to the provisions of the Companies Law and the law, on condition of compliance at all times with the following terms:

11.4.1.

The  accrued  total  of  sums  on  account  of  the  loans  and/or  the  dividends  that  the  company  shall  pay  to  its  shareholders  every
calendar year shall not exceed a total of 6.5 million US dollars;

11.4.2.

The  accrued  total  of  sums  on  account  of  the  acquisition  of  company  shares  every  calendar  year  shall  not  exceed  a  total  of  20
million US dollars;

 
 
 
 
 
 
11.4.3.

Also after execution of the distribution on account of the loans and/or the dividends and/or the acquisition of the company shares,
we shall comply at any time with all the financial criteria to which we have undertaken as aforementioned.

In this section the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Corporations under the control of the shareholders” - any company and any other corporation at the time of signature on this document
or which in the future shall be under the control of any of the shareholders or any of our stakeholders who have obligated to you at the foot
of this letter.

“Subsidiary”, “control”, “family member”, “stakeholder” - as defined in the Securities Law 5728-1968 as shall be in force from time to
time.

“The company shares” - also including securities that may be converted to company shares and securities that may be realized by company
shares.

12.

Validity of the undertakings

Our aforementioned undertakings shall remain valid for as long as any sums whatsoever are due and/or shall be due to you on account of loans, credit
and/or other banking services that you have provided to us and/or shall provide to us in the future and/or for as long as the undertakings and guarantees
to you or in your favour shall be valid.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In any event that we shall not comply with the financial criteria, in entirety or in part, or if we shall breach any of our other undertakings detailed in
this document above, in entirety or in part, then - further to any other relief to which we shall be entitled pursuant to any law or pursuant to any other
of our undertakings to you incorporated or that shall be incorporated in any document whatsoever - you shall be permitted to consign for immediate
defrayal all or some of our debts and undertakings to you, and to collect from us together with any sum which in the opinion of the bank shall cover
the losses and/or expenses that shall be caused to the bank due to the consignment for immediate defrayal as aforementioned.

It is declared that if the bank shall not take action due to a breach of a prior undertaking or due to non-compliance with one or more of our
undertakings vis-à-vis the bank, whether that same undertaking is incorporated in this document or whether it is incorporated or shall be incorporated
in any other document, this shall not be considered as neglect or a waiver by the bank of its rights and/or as justification or a pretext for continuing
with the breach and/or continuing another breach or for not additionally complying with any of our terms or undertakings as aforementioned.

To avoid doubt nothing in the aforementioned shall derogate from our undertakings to you pursuant to any document whatsoever and/or pursuant to
law, and nothing in the aforementioned shall derogate from any cause for consignment for immediate defrayal available and/or that shall be available
to you pursuant to any document whatsoever and/or pursuant to any law.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Yours sincerely,
Stamp: AudioCodes Ltd

Public Co. 520044132
(signature)     (signature)
Audiocodes Ltd

Att:
Bank Leumi LeIsrael Ltd

Date: December 12th 2011

1.

I the undersigned, a shareholder, stakeholder and company CEO of Audiocodes Ltd, agree and undertake to comply with all the undertakings
aforementioned in this document, inasmuch as they shall relate to me.

Without derogating from the generality of the aforementioned I undertake that no change shall be made to the percentage of my holdings in the share
capital and voting rights of the company as compared with the status on the date of signature of this document, as such that it shall reduce my holdings
to under the percentage of holdings required pursuant to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, for the purpose of definition a “stakeholder”, unless it is with
the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.

3.

4.

Furthermore, and without derogating from that stated in Section 1 above, I, the corporations under my control, and my family members, shall not
request, shall not receive, shall not request, shall not expend, directly or indirectly or by any shape or form, any sum whatsoever from or on account of
capital notes which the company has issued and/or shall issue in our favour and/or in the favour of any of us and/or from or on account of loans which
have been provided and/or shall be provided to the company, including payments of capital, interest, commissions and expenses (all the above-
mentioned sums shall be called hereinafter: “the loans”).

Furthermore, I undertake that I, the corporations under my control, and my family members shall not request, shall not receive and shall not request
and shall not expend from the company (from its profits or from its capital or from any other source) whether directly or indirectly, in any shape or
form whatsoever, dividends (as defined in the Companies Law 5759-1999 as it shall be amended from time to time) or interest or management fees or
indemnification fees or compensation fees or consultancy fees or any sums of money or monetary equivalent (this sums shall be called hereinafter:
“dividends”) and we shall not demand and shall not request from the company an undertaking to provide dividends as aforementioned.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, and for as long as no event has occurred which awards the bank the right to consign the company debts for
immediate defrayal, I shall be permitted to receive from the company in every calendar year, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the
law, a salary for the services that I provide and/or shall provide to the company as a “functionary”, including as chairman of the company’s board of
directors, president and/or company CEO, without this salary being considered as a loan and/or dividend, and I shall be permitted to receive from the
company every calendar year sums for defrayal of loans and/or payment of dividends subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the law, on
condition of compliance at any time with all the following terms:

 
 
 
 
 
 
4.1.

The accrued total of the sums on account of defrayal of the loans and/or payment of the dividends that the company shall pay to me each
calendar year shall not exceed a total of 6.5 million US dollars.

4.2.

The accrued total of the sums on account of acquisition of company shares each calendar year shall not exceed a total of 20 million US dollars.

4.3.

Even after execution of the distribution on account of the defrayal of the loans and/or payment of the dividends as aforementioned the company
shall comply at all times with the financial criteria which they have undertaken pursuant to this aforementioned letter of undertakings.

5.

Furthermore I shall not transfer to another/others whether directly or indirectly all or part of my rights, that exist and that shall exist in the future, vis-à-
vis the company for the dividends and/or the loans, without the consent of the bank in writing and in advance.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.

7.

8.

Without derogating from the aforementioned, in the event that I and/or the corporations under my control and/or my family members and/or others as
aforementioned, shall receive from the company any sum whatsoever on account of or in regard to the loans or the dividends, then we shall transfer to
the bank any such sum immediately on its receipt by any of us. The bank shall be permitted to credit as it sees fir any sum that it shall receive from us,
for the purpose of defrayal on account of the sums due and/or that shall be due from the company by any means whatsoever.

The bank’s books and its accounts shall serve as proof prima facie of the company’s debts to the bank.

The aforementioned in this document shall obligate the undersigned, even if some of the shareholders in the company shall not sign on this document.

(signature)

Stamp:      Audicodes Ltd

Public Co. 520044132
(signature)

(signature)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Letter of amendment prepared and signed on July 24th 2012
to the letter of undertaking signed by Audiocodes Ltd (hereinafter; “the
company”) on December 12th 2011 in favour of Bank Leumi LeIsrael Ltd
(hereinafter: “the bank”)

Exhibit 4.28

Whereas on December 12th 2011 the company signed in favour of the bank on a letter of undertaking according to which the company made various
undertakings vis-à-vis the bank, all as detailed in the undertaking attached (hereinafter: “the letter of undertaking”)’

And whereas the parties have agreed to amend the letter of undertaking as detailed hereinafter:

Therefore it is declared and agreed between the parties as follows:

1.

2.

The preface to this letter of amendment constitutes an integral part of it thereof.

The aforementioned parties hereby agree that the letter of undertaking shall be amended as follows hereinafter:

2.1.

Section 1 - under “profitability” - the sub-section hereinafter shall be added:

1.8 The company’s operating profit accrued for four consecutive calendar quarters whereby the date of their termination is the date of the last
quarterly financial reports shall not be reduced by more than 15% of the forecasted operating profit that the company presented in the attached
appendix in regard to that same period, and the operating profit starting from March 31st 2013 shall be positive. To avoid doubt compliance with
these undertakings shall also be examined on a quarterly basis.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To avoid doubt it is hereby clarified that within the framework of the calculation of the operating profit expenses shall not be taken into account
for reduction of intangible assets and/or expenses up to a total of 3 million US dollars for accounting records for the value of the benefit entailed
in awarding options to employees pursuant to FAS123.

2.2.

In Section 1 - following Section 1.8 - a new heading shall be added: “Financial ratios”.

2.3.

In Section 1 - under “Financial ratios” - the following sub-section shall be added:

1.9 The ratio between the company’s funds including cash and cash equivalents, short term and long term restricted bank deposits, restricted
bank deposits and long term marketable securities and the balance of the company’s undertakings vis-à-vis banks, financial institutions, bond-
holders and other lenders including the total undertakings bearing interest plus bank guarantees, SBLC and documentary credit and so forth
(without credit for request for securities for the purpose of protection transactions) shall not be less at any time whatsoever than 1.35. To avoid
doubt compliance with this undertaking shall also be examined on a quarterly basis.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.

All the rest of the terms of the letter of undertaking shall remain fully valid and without any change.

Stamp:  

Yours sincerely,

Audicodes Ltd
Public Co. 520044132
(signature)               (signature)
Audiocodes Ltd

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non GAAP Operating Income (Loss)

-981 

-1,200 

-2,450 

-1,055 

-5,698 

28 

613 

1,198 

1,490 

33,28 

  2012A
  Q1-2012

  2012A
  Q2-2012

  2012E
  Q3-2012

  2012E
  Q4-2012

  Total
  2012

  2013E
  Q1-2012

  2013E
  Q2-2013

  2013E
  Q3-2013

  2013E
  Q4-2013

  Total
  2013

Stamp:  

Audicodes Ltd
Public Co. 520044132
(signature)               (signature)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date: July 24th 2012

Att:

Audiocodes Ltd (“the company”)

Dear Sir or Madam,

Re: Letter of undertaking dated December 12th 2011 (“Letter of
Undertaking”)

At your request we confirm that if the company data, that shall be published within the framework of the company’s financial reports of June 30th 2012 and/or
September 30th 2012 and/or December 31st 2012 and/or December 31st 2013 and/or June 30th 2013 and/or September 30th 2013 (“the determining
reports”) shall indicate non-compliance by the company with the financial indices detailed in Section 1.7 of the letter of undertaking (“the agreed financial
indices”), we shall not realize our right to consign for immediate defrayal your debts and undertakings to us due to this.

This confirmation is restricted solely and only to the aforementioned cause and it shall not derogate from our right to consign for immediate defrayal your
debts and undertakings for any other cause.

To avoid any doubt it is clarified that our aforementioned waiver is a one-off waiver and relates to the determining reports only; our consent should not be
considered to be a waiver to your undertakings to comply with the agreed financial indices after the date of the determining reports, that is after September
30th 2013, or as an amendment of the letter of undertaking, and all your undertakings as detailed in the letter of undertaking shall remain in full force.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
It is also clarified that our consent shall not derogate from our rights to you pursuant to any document that you have signed and/or shall sign for us or pursuant
to any law.

This letter shall be conditional on the following terms:

1.

2.

3.

You shall receive similar consent from anyone whose non-compliance with any financial indices whatsoever based on the aforementioned determining
reports award him the right for immediate defrayal of your debts and undertakings to them, including Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd and The First
International Bank Ltd on condition that this consent shall not include conditions that are beneficial to that same entity apart from that stated in this
document.

You shall sign on a letter of amendment to the letter of undertaking which you signed on December 12th 2011 in the attached wording.

A total of 1,000,000 US dollars shall be deposited in Account No. ######/## which shall be attached in favour of the bank by a fixed first degree lien.

This letter shall come into force if by no later than July 30th 2012 you shall pay us a total of NIS 100,000 for this letter, as has been agreed with you, and you
shall present to us a copy of this letter when it is signed by you in the margins.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Yours sincerely

Bank Leumi LeIsrael Ltd

We agree to the aforementioned

Stamp:

Audicodes Ltd
Public Co. 520044132
(signature)               (signature)
Customers’ Signature

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302(A) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 12.1

I, Shabtai Adlersberg, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of AudioCodes Ltd.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the company and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
annual  report  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  company’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: April 10, 2013

/s/ SHABTAI ADLERSBERG
Shabtai Adlersberg
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 12.2

I, Guy Avidan, certify that:

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302(A) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of AudioCodes Ltd.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the company and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
annual  report  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  company’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting; and

5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: April 10, 2013

/s/ GUY AVIDAN
Guy Avidan
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 13.1

In connection with the Annual Report of AudioCodes Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 31, 2012 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Shabtai Adlersberg, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1)          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: April 10, 2013

/s/ SHABTAI ADLERSBERG
Shabtai Adlersberg
Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 13.2

In connection with the Annual Report of AudioCodes Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 31, 2012 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Guy Avidan, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1)          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: April 10, 2013

/s/ GUY AVIDAN
Guy Avidan
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-11894, 333-13268, 333-105473, 333-144825, 333-160330
and 333-170676) and Form F-3 (No. 333-172268) of our reports dated April 10, 2013 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of AudioCodes
Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2012, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of AudioCodes Ltd. included in this Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Tel Aviv, Israel

April 10, 2013

/s/ KOST, FORER, GABBAY AND KASIERER
KOST, FORER, GABBAY AND KASIERER

A member of Ernst & Young Global

Exhibit 15.1